Professional Documents
Culture Documents
2011 Audi A4 s4 71880 PDF
2011 Audi A4 s4 71880 PDF
Owner's Manual
Introduction
Thank you for choosing an Audi A4 Avant - we value your trust in us.
Your new Audi A4 Avant incorporates the newest technology as well as numerous features designed
for your comfort, convenience and safety . We recommend you read your Owner's Manual thoroughly
so that you can qu ickly become acquainted witlh your Audi.
In addition to explaining how the different features work, we also give you many useful tips and
information concerning your safety and that of your passengers , how to care for your vehicle and
maintain your vehicle's value .
We hope you enjoy driving your Audi A4 Avant and we wish you safe and pleasant motoring.
AUDIAG
Table of contents
Table of contents
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Ca t alytic converter . . . .. . . . . . . . 243 Fuses and bulbs ............. . 320
General notes ................. 179 Operate your veh icle economically Fuses ...................... . 320
Why safety belts? . . . . . . . . .. .. . 180 and minimize pollution . . . . . . . . 244 Bulbs .................... . . . 324
Safe t y be lts . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . 183 Trailer towing 247 Emergency situations ....... . 325
Safety belt pretensioners . . .. .. . 187 Dr iving with a trailer . . .. .. . . . . . 247 General ..................... . 325
Airbag system ................ 189 Trailer tow ing tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Starting by pushing or t owing . . 325
I mportant th ings t o know . . . . . . 189 Starting with jumper cables ... . 325
Front airbags ............ . .... 193 Use of jumper cables ......... . 326
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag
Vehicle care .............. 2s2
Emergency tow ing with
System ................... . .. 200 Cleaning and protection ...... 252 commercial tow truck ........ . 328
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Lifting vehicle .... ... ........ . 330
Genera l information . .. . . . . . . . . 252
Side curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Care of exterior . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 252
Child Safety .............. .....
211 Care of inte rior . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 259 Technical data 332
Important th ing s to know . . . . . . 211 Fuel supply and fill ing your fuel
Child safety sea t s . . ........... 217 tank .......................... 265 General information 332
Installing a child safety seat .... 221 Exp lanation of technical data .. . 332
Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . 265
LATCH Lower anchorages and Vehicle identif icat ion ......... . 332
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 266
t ether for children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Weights .................... . 333
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . 230 Checking and filling . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Dimensions ................. . 333
Engine hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . 272 Data ......................... . 335
Vehicle operation ... ... 232 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 273 211 hp, 2.0 Lit er 4-cyl. engine .. . 335
Engine cooling system .. . . . . . . . 277 Consumer Information ...... . 336
Intelligent technology ........ 232 Brake fluid . . .. . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . 280 Warranty coverages .......... . 336
Notice about data recorded by Bat t ery . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. . . . . 281 Operating your vehicle outside the
vehicle control modules . . .. . . . . 232
Windshield/headlight* washer U.S.A. or Canada ............. . 336
Electronic stab ili zat ion Program container . . . .. . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . 286 Audi Service Repair Manuals and
( ES P) ........................ 232
Tires and wheels .............. 287 Literature ................... . 336
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . 235
Tires ........................ 287 Maintenance ............... . . 336
Servotronic® - advanced power
Tire pressure monitoring system 306 Additional accessories,
steer ing system . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 238
modif ications and parts
Dr iving with your quattro® . . . . . . 238 replacement ......... ...... . . 338
Energy management . . . .. .. . . . . 239 Declaration of Compliance,
Do-it-yourself service . 3 10
Driving and environment ...... 242 Telecommun ica tions and
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) What do I do now? ........... 310 Electronic Systems ........... . 339
and afterwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Vehicle tool ki t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Avoid damaging the vehicle . . . . . 243 Space-saving spare tire (compact
Driving through water on roads . 243 spare t ire)* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Alphabetical index . . .. 342
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
Vehicle literature
Vehicle literature
In addition to this Owner's Manual, your Audi comes with a Warranty If you change your address or if you bought
& Maintenance booklet. this Audi used
Moreover, depend ing on the model and the eq uipm ent, there may be be sure to send in a "Notice of Address Change"/ "Notice of Used Car
additiona l instruction booklets delivered with your vehicle (for Purchase" post card. This card can be found in the Warranty & Main-
example, Operating Instruct ions for you r Sound System, Navigation tenance booklet or obtained from your authorized Aud i dealer.
System etc .).
It is in your own interest that we are able to contact you should the
If you are missing one of these publications, or if you believe that the need arise. •
information is not complete, contact your authorized Audi dealer for
assistance .
In Canada,
the vehicle literature is also available in French . To obtain a copy,
contact your dealer or write to:
Au Canada, on peut se procurer un exemplaire en fran~ais de ce docu-
ment aupres du concessionnaire ou de:
Volkswagen Canada, Inc.
Client Assistance
Assistance a la Clientele
777 Bayly Street, West,
Ajax, Ontario LIS 7G7
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
Instruments and controls
- -
-
- --=--
--
--- --
-
-
-
~
-
Fig. 1 Some of the equipment or features shown in the general illustration may be standard equipment on your vehicle or may be optional equipment depending on your
model. Always ask your authorized Audi dealer if you have a question about your vehicle.
Instruments and controls
Engine cold
If the needle is at or close t o the bottom of t he gauge, the engine has
Fig. 2 Overview of the inst rument cluster not yet reached its operat ing temperature. Avoid high eng ine speeds,
heavy eng ine loads, and heavy th rott le applica t ions.
© Coolant temperature gauge ..... . ... . . . . . . . ..... . 8
@ Tachometer .. .. . ... . ... . . . . . . . . . ... . . . ...... .. 9 Normal temperature
® Warning/indicator light s ... . . . ... . . . ... . .. .. . .. . 12 W hen the eng ine has reached its operati ng t em perature, t he needle
© [SET] butto n .. . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . 9 w ill move to t he midd le of the gauge and rema in there. If the engine
© Display is working ha rd at hig h ou t side temperat ures, the nee dl e may move
- Driver information system . . . . . . . ..... . ....... . 18 higher on the gauge. This is not a cause for concern as long as the - ~-
wa rning light in t he instr ument clus ter display does not illumina t e. _.,,
- Time and da t e dis play . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ......... 10
- Odometer .................................. 11
Instruments and warning / indicator lights
W a rning light in the instrum e nt clu s ter display -L Tachometer (engine rev counter)
If the _L warning light in the instr ument clus t er display flashes, this
can mean one of two things: eit her the coo lant temperature is too
The tachometer indicates the eng ine RPM (revolutio ns
high, or the coolant level is too low =>page 31 . per mi nu tes) .
If the needle is well in the upper area of the gauge, the coolant If engine RPM drops below 1,500, you should downshi ft to the next
temperature is too high. Stop the vehicle , switch the eng ine off, and lower gea r. The re d area at the end of the scale ind icates maximum
allow it to cool. If the war ning light comes on aga in aft er driving a permissible engine RPM after the brea k-in per iod. Before reaching
short distance, contact an authorized Audi dea ler or other qualified t his ar ea, m ove the sele cto r lever to pos ition D (Drive) or ease your
works hop . foot off t he accelerator pedal.
[SET) button
0 Note
You can perform different fu nctions with this button .
• Mounting addition al lights or a ccesso ries in fron t of t he air inlets
reduces the cooling effect of the radiator. At high outside tempera-
tu res or high engine load, the eng ine could overhe at.
• The front spo iler has been designed to properly d istribute the
coo ling air when t he vehicle is moving. If t he spo iler is damaged, this
could reduce the cooling effect and the eng ine could t hen overheat .
Ask your au t hor ized Audi dealer for assis t ance . •
Swit c hing on time , date, temperature display , and Digital clock with date display
odometer
The display appears f or approx imately 30 seconds w hen you press the
ISE T j button => page 9, f ig. 3 with t he ign it ion off.
Fuel gauge
Malfunction message
If there is a ma lfunction somewhere in the instrument cluster, dEF
will appear in th e trip odomet er and will stay on. Contact you r aut ho-
rized Audi dea le r to have the problem corrected.
Fig. 6 Instrument
cluster: reset button
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Instruments and wa r ning / indicator lights
CRUISE
USA model s:
Cruise control activated
=>page 15
Your vehicle is equipped with several important warning and indi- USA model s: Anti-Lock brake system =>page 15
cato r lights to help you moni tor the continued reliable operation of (ABS) defect ive
your vehicle =>& . Canada models: Anti-lock brake sys- =>page 15
tem (ABS) defective
Dynamic steering * =>page 13 -
PARIC USA model s: Parking brake =>page 16 .,,,
BRAKE
Electronic power control =>page 13
If the ind icator light I'"" illum inates after the engine sta rts, a system
(® ) Canada models: Parking brake =;, page 16
m al funct ion has occur red. You can co nt inue to d rive caref ully at a
red uced speed to a qua lified workshop . Steer ing ca n be more difficu lt
BRAKE
USA model s : Brake malfu nction =;, page 16 or sensitive than usual. The steering wheel may a lso be at an angle
when driving straight .
Canada models: Brake malfunc t ion =;, page 16
CCD
>
& WARNING
If the •• indicator lamp blinks while driving, the ESP or ASR (Anti-Slip If you have a malfunction in the airbag system, contact your
Regulation) is actively regulating. authorized Audi dealer immediately. Otherwise the airbag or the
If the ., indicator lamp illuminates, the system has switched the ESP belt pretensioner may not work properly in an accident. •
off. In this case, you can switch the ignition off and then on to switch
the ESP on again . The system is functioning completely when the Applie s to vehicles: with t ire pressure m onito ring system
indicator lamp switches off.
Tire pressure monitoring system - telltale
If the ind icat or lamp illum inates, the ESP was switched off with the indicator lamp )
[.$ OFF ] button.
The warning/indicator light appears in the event of a
Stabilisation program and ABS fault ! See owner's manual
significant loss of air pressure.
If the ·, indicator lamp and the ABS ind icator lamp illuminate and
the driver message appears, the ABS or e lectronic differentia l lock is The warning/indicator light illuminates for a few seconds after the
malfunctioning. This also interr upts the ESP. The brakes still function ign ition is turned on as function check, and then goes out.
with thei r normal power, but ABS is not active. If the '" symbol appears , pressure is too low in at least one tire .
Drive to your authorized Audi dealer immediately to have the When the system detects a malfunction, the warning/ind icator light
malfunction corrected. will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continu-
For more information about the ESP ~ page 232. • ously illuminated. This sequence w ill continue upon subsequent
vehicle starts up as long as the malfunction exists. Contact your
authorized Audi dealer and have the malfunction corre ct ed.
Airbag system
For more information~ page 307 . •
~i (USA models)/ ! ~- (Canada models)
This warning/indicator light monitors the airbag and the Turn signals¢¢
pretensioner systems.
The indicator light blinks when you use either turn signal .
The Cl(USA models) l ! !r (Canada models) wa rning light illuminates
for a few seconds each time you switch on the ignition. Whenever you use the left ¢ or the right ¢ turn signal, the indicator
light blinks. When you use the emergency flashers, both indicato r
If the I (USA models)/ ! !r (Canada mode ls) warning light does not go
lights flash .
out, or if it illuminates while you are driving, or if it starts to blink,
then there is a malfunction somewhere in the system. If the light If one of the turn signa l light bu lbs burn out, the turn signal will blink
does not illum inate when you switch on the ignition, this also means twice as fast as normal. •
there is a malfunction.
Instruments and warning/indicator lights
(Canada models)
This warning/indicator light reminds you to put on your
safety belt.
The warning/indicator light illuminates when the cruise control is
The 4,-warning/indicator light illuminates when the ignition is activated. •
switched on to remind the driver and (on USA models only) any front
passenger to put on the safety belt. Additionally, an audible warning
tone will also sound. Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
,. (USA models)/ (Canada models)
For more Information =>page 179, "Safety belt warning light~" . •
This warning/indicator light monitors the ABS and the
electronic differential lock (EDL).
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) )I
The warning/indicator light w ill come on for a few seconds when the
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is part of the On-Board Diag - ignition is switched on. The light will go out after an automatic check
nostic (OBD II) system . The symbol .J lights up when t he ignition is sequence is completed.
turned on and will turn off after the engine has started and has
sett led at a constant idle speed. This indicates that the MIL is working There is a malfunction in the ABS when:
properly. • The warning/ind icator light does not illuminate when you switch
on the ign ition.
The warning light illuminates when there is a malfunction in the
eng ine e lectron ic system. Contact your authorized Audi dealer and • The warning/indicator light does not go out after a few seconds .
have the malfunction corrected . • The warning/indicator light illuminates while driving.
For more information => page 25. • The brake system will still respond even without the assistance of
the ABS system. See your authorized Audi dealer as soon as
possible to restore full braking performance. For more informat ion
High beam ~D regarding the ABS => page 237.
The ABS warning light and the brake warning light come on
The ~D warning/indicator light illum inates when the high beams are together. The ABS will not work and you will notice a change in
on or when you use the headlight flasher . For more information about braking response and performance.
using the high beams, see => page 59. •
Malfunction in the brake system
If the brake warn ing light=> page 16 and the ABS warning illuminate
together there may be a malfunction in the ABS, and there may also
be a malfunction in the brake system itself=> & .
In the event of a malfunction in the brake system the warning/indi-
cator light BRAKE(USA models)/ ((i)) (Canada models) in the instrum ent ~
cluster flashes. By pressing the [SET ] button, you can bring up a Electromechanical parking brake
dr iver mess age w hich explains th e malf unct io n in mo re d et ail. Please ~[ {USA models)/ (®) {Canada models)
note=> page 30.
The warning/i ndicat or light m onito rs the elec trome cha n-
Malfunction in the electronic differential lock (EDL) ical p arking brake.
The EDLworks together wit h the ABS. The ABS warn ing light w ill
com e on if t here is a ma lfunc t ion in t he EDL syst em =>page 23 4 . See With the parking brake app lied and the ign it ion turned on, the
your authorized Audi dea ler as soon as poss ible. wa rni ng/ind icator light illum inates . Afte r t he ignit ion has been
t urned off, the wa rning/in dicator light contin ues to illuminate fo r
about 30 seconds . If the par king brake is applied w it h the ig nit ion
& WARNING t urned off, the wa rning/indicator light illuminates for about 30
seconds.
• If the (USA models ) / (Canada models ) warning light
does not go out, or if it comes on while driving, the ABS system is The warning/ind icator light will go out when the parking brake is
not working properly. The vehicle can then be stopped only with re lease d.
the standard brakes (without ABS) . You will not have the prote c-
If t he war ning/ indi cato r light flashes cont inuous ly after applying the
tion ABS provides. Contact your authorized Audi dealer as soon as park ing brake, braking fo rce is not sufficient to prevent the vehicle
possible. from rolling unin t en t ionally. Please note the following:
• USA models: If the BRAKE warning light and the warning
• If the slope of the ground is too steep to park the ve hicle, the addi-
light come on together , the rear wheels could lock up fir st under
tional drive messa ge appea rs Caution: Vehicle parked too steep .
hard braking . Rear wh eel lock-up can cause loss of vehicle control
and an accident. Have your vehicle repaired immediately by your • In the event of a pa rking brake malfunction, the yellow symbol
authorized Audi dealer or a qualified workshop . Drive slowly and ap pear s in the inst rumen t clu ste r display a nd t he driver mes sa ge
avoid sudden, hard brake applications. Parking brake malfunction! is displayed . Have the malfunction
re paired as soon as possible by an au t hor ized Aud i dea le r o r any ot her
• Canada models : If the brake warning light ((j))and the ABS
qualified workshop . •
warning light ....,.come on together , the rear wheels could lock up
fir st under hard braking. Rear wheel lock-up can cause loss of
vehicle control and an accident . Have your vehicle repaired imme-
Brake system BRAKE {USA
diately by your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified workshop.
models)/ (©) {Canada models)
Drive slowly and avoid sudden, hard brake applications. •
The warning/i ndicato r lig ht flash es if brake fluid level is
low, if there is an ABS system malfunction or a parking
brake malfunc tion.
The ligh t illumina t es when the igni t ion is t urned on . It goes out after
the engine has been sta rted . This indicates that the brake war ning
light is functioning properly . .,.,
Instruments and warning / indicator lights
If the brake warn ing light does not light up when the engine is
cranking , there may be a malfun ction in the ele ctri cal system. In
& WARNING (cont inued )
this case, contact an authorized Audi deal er. • Always keep in mind that after seve ral brake appli cations, you
If the brake system warning/ind icator light flashes, there is a brake will need greater pressure on the brake pedal to stop your vehicle.
system malfunc t ion. By press ing t he [SET ]but t on, you can bring up a Do not rely on st rained brakes to respond with maximum stopping
driver message wh ich explains the ma lfunct ion in more deta il power in critical situations. You must allow for increased braking
:::>page 3 0 . distances. The extra distance used up by fading brakes could lead
to an accident . •
If the ABSfa ils, the ABSwarning/ indicator light ~ (USA
mode ls)/ (Canada mode ls) flashes together with the brake system
wa rning/ind icator light=> & .
(USAmodels): If the warning light BRAKE and the warning light (.. illu-
m inate t oge t her, immed iat ely contac t your author ized Audi deale r or
qualif ied workshop to have all brake pads inspected=> page 35.
When the light comes on, an audible warn ing signal is also given.
& WARNING
• USA model s: If the warning light and the ~c:«-
BRAKE warning
light come on togethe r, the rear wheels could lock up first unde r
hard braking . Rear wheel lock-up can cause los s of vehicle control
and an accident. Have your vehicle repa ired immediately by your
authorized Audi dealer or a qualified workshop. Drive slowly and
avoid sudden, hard brake applications.
• Canada model s: If the brake warning light (©}and the ABS
warning light ,. come on togethe r, the rear wheels could lock up
first under hard braking. Rear wheel lock-up can cause loss of
vehicle control and an accident . Have your vehicle repaired imme-
diately by your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified workshop.
Drive slowly and avoid sudden, hard brake applications .
• If the brake warning / indicato r light does not go out after a few
seconds and the parking brake released, or lights up while you are
driving , the fluid level in the brake fluid rese rvoir is too low. If you
believe that it is safe to do so, pro ceed immediately at low s peed
to the nearest authorized Audi dealer or qualified repair facility
and have the brake system inspected .
Sound system display If your vehicle is stationary or if you are drivi ng at very low speeds, the
t empe ratu re disp layed m ay be slight ly hig her t han the ac t ual
temperature outside due to the heat rad iat ing from the engine .
The unit of measurement for the temperature can be set in either °F
or in °Con the MMI* or on t he radio co ntrol unit. The ou t side t empe r-
ature display automatically shows the unit of measurement that has
been set. For ad dit io nal info rm at ion, see t he MMI* or the radi o
instruction manual.
[I) Tips
• If the vehicle is st at ionary, o r if you are d riving at a very low speed,
the temperature shown in the disp lay might be slightly higher than
t he act ual o utside temperature. This is caused by t he heat being radi-
ated from the eng ine. •
Fig. 10 Display:
outside temper ature
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Driver information display
Applie s to vehicles: wi th tr ip compute r The Open Door/Trunk lid warning d isplays if even one door, the hood
Digital speedometer or the trunk lid is open. This symbol also shows which door or lid has
not been closed=> fig. 12 .
As soon as the door, the hood and the trunk lid are closed properly,
Radio WXRK the door and trunk lid warn ing turns off and the selected dr iver info r-
mation system functions are displayed again . •
62mph
-
Service interval display
El 019.0mpg ,_
The service interval display reminds you when your next
1992 mi \'l.!)
Ai
P +72'.!'
.i Fig. 11 Display:
service is due.
Digital speedome ter
Service reminder
30 days before the next serv ice is due , a serv ice reminder appears in
the display when you turn on the ignition =>f ig. 13.
After about S seconds the d isp lay switches back to normal. The
distance and time remaining are updated each t ime the ignition is
Fig. 12 Display: Open turned on until the date due for service is reached.
door- and trunk lid
warning Service due
When the due date for service is reached, the message Service due !
appears in the instrument cluster immediately after you tur n on the ..,,
Driver information display
ignition . Additionally, a warning tone sounds . After about 5 seconds Trip computer
the display switches back to normal.
App lies to vehicles: wit h t rip co m puter
Calling up the service schedules
If or when an oil change or inspection is due, can be shown in the
Introduction
radio or MMI* display by selecting the service interval display in the The trip computer gives you information on current and
car menu. Select ICAR I > Service interval display . average fuel mileage, average speed, fuel range and
Resetting the service interval display driving time.
Your authorized Audi dealer will reset the corresponding service
schedule after performing the appropriate service on your vehicle.
You also have the possibility to reset the oil change schedule after
having performed an oil change according to Audi specifications.
Select ICAR I > Service interval display> Reset oil change interval.
0 Note
If you disconnect the battery termina ls, no calculations can be made Fig. 14 Trip computer
for the service interval display dur ing this t ime and no service display: Average fuel
mileage
reminder will appear. Remember that observing the proper service
intervals is vitally important to extending the life of your veh icle,
particular ly the engine, and maintaining its value. Even if the mileage The follow ing inf ormat ion is continuously evaluated by the trip
driven is low, the maximum period of one year from one service to the computer and can be displayed sequentially in the instrument cluster
next must not be exceeded. display :
Fuel range
[i ] Tips The estimated cruising range in miles (km) appears in the display.
• Do not reset the display between oi l changes, otherwise the This tells you how far your vehicle will be able to travel on the current
display will be incorrect. tank of fue l and with the same driv ing style. The display changes in
increments of 6 miles (10 km).
• The information in the Service Reminder remains stored even
when the vehicle battery is disconnected . • The cruising range is calculated based on the fuel consumption for
the last 18 miles (30 km). If you drive conservatively, the cruising
range will increase.
The instantaneous fuel consumption in miles per gallon (l/100 km) is Memories
shown in this display. You can use th is display to adjust your driving
technique to achieve a desired mi leage.
The trip computer is equipped with two fully automatic
memories as well as an efficiency program*.
Fuel consumption is reca lculated at intervals of 33 ya rds (30 meters).
This display switches to gallons/hour (liters/hour) when the vehicle is
not moving .
Average speed
The average speed in mph (km/h) since the last time the display was
reset appears in the display.
Elapsed time
The length of time that you have been driving since you last reset the Fig. 15 Trip computer
display: memory level
memory appears in this display. 1
Distance
You can switch be t ween the trip computer 1 and 2 and the eff iciency
The d istance that has been cove red since the last time the memory program* by pressing the [ RESET] button @ =>page 23, fig . 16 .
was cleared appears in the display.
You can tell which memory level is currently active by the number or
the sign in the display=> fig . 15 . The data from the s ingle-trip
[I) Tips memory (memory leve l 1) is being displayed if a 1 appears in the
• Fuel consumptions (average and current), range and speed are display. If a 2 is shown, then the data from the total-trip memory is
displayed in metr ic units on Canad ian models. being displayed (memory level 2). The fuel pump nozzle i1 indicates
• All stored values will be lost if the vehicle battery is the eff iciency program* =>page 24.
disconnected . • Single-trip memory (Trip computer 1)
The single-tr ip memory stores the tr ip information from the time the
ignition is turned on until it is turned off. If the trip is continued
within 2 hours from the t ime the ign it ion was turned off, the new
data will be included in the calculation of the current trip informa-
tion. If the trip is interrupted for more than 2 hours the memory is
reset automatically. ..,
Driver information display
Total-tr ip m e mory (Trip computer 2) In addition to information on the trip computer (trip computer 1, 2
Unlike the single-trip memory, the total-trip memory is not reset and the efficiency program*, the digital speedometer* and informa-
automatically. This permits you to eva luate your driving data for the t ion regarding the navigation system* can also be d isplayed. To
entire period between manual resets. switch the disp lay between the different informat ion, tap the
IRESE T ) button @ briefly .
Efficiency program*
Setting values to zero
The efficiency program can help you to use less fuel =>page 24. •
To delete one current value from the trip computer, select the
desired function and press the IRESET ) button @ for at least one
Appli es to vehicles: wit h t rip com pute r second . The following values can be set to zero individually :
Operation • Average fuel mileage
The trip computer is controlled by two switches on the • Average speed
windshield wiper lever. • Elapsed time
• Distance
All currently displayed values are deleted in the efficiency program*.
In add it ion, all the values in the single-trip or the total-trip memory
can be deleted simultaneously~ page 23 .
WTips
Fig. 16 Windshield All stored values will be lost if the vehicle battery is disconnected. •
wiper lever: controls
fo r the trip computer
App li es to vehicles: with tr ip compute r
- To display the trip computer memory levels, press the Basic Settings for the trip computer
[ RESET) button @ ~ fig. 16 repeatedly until the desired
The radio or MMI* operating unit is used for setting the
memory level is shown in the d isplay.
trip computer's basic settings .
- To display trip information within a memory level, press
- Select: Function button [CARI> Instrument cluster > On-
the top or bottom part of the function selection switch ® ·
board computer 1 or On-board computer 2.
The trip compute r will not operate unless the ignition is on. When you
turn on the ignition, the function that was in use when you last turned The values in the single-trip or the total-tr ip memory can all be reset
th e ignition off will be displayed. to zero at the same time under Reset in the menu .
In addition, you can determine what information from the trip
computer should be shown in the instrument cluster display. If one ~
of the pieces of driver information is turned Off, that dr iver informa- The efficiency program uses distance and consumption data from trip
tion will not be shown in the display. The information w ill continue to computer 1. If the data are deleted in t he eff iciency program, those
be calculated by the trip computer and can be turned back On at any values are also reset in trip computer 1. •
time.
Applies to vehicl es: wit h tr ip com pute r wit h effic iency p rogra m
[I) Tips Other equipment
The driving information in the efficiency program* is also reset to
zero with the single-trip memory . •
Efficiency program
Applies to vehicles: with trip comp ut e r with efficien cy p rogra m
Description
Fig. 18 Display : other
equi pment
[I] Tips
• Once you have turned a fuel economy message off, it will only
appear again after you turn the ignition on again.
• The fuel economy messages are not displayed in every instance,
but rather in intervals over a period of time. •
Fig. 20 Location of
Data Link Connector
(DLC) tJ,,,
Cont rols an d equ ip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
men t
Driver information display
components are work ing properly. The Auto-Check control works as Driver information messages
long as the ignition is on, as well as wheneve r the veh icle is driven.
Driver information messages are shown in the instru -
If a component is malfunctioning or if the need for an urgent repair
has been detected, this will appear in the instrument cluster display.
ment cluster display in addition to symbols.
You will also hear an audible warning tone. The displays are color
coded in either red or yellow depending on their level of priority.
A red symbol means Danger, a yellow symbol indicates Warning . In
certain situations, information message for the driver appear in addi-
tion to the red and yellow symbo ls.
Driver messages and yellow symbols With a priority 1 malfunction , a red symbol appears in the upper
If a yellow symbol appears in the display, a dr iver message is also center area of the disp lay =>fig. 23. A driver message appears as well
displayed automatically . to explain the malfunction in more deta il. When this symbol appears,
three warning tones sound in succession . The symbo l continues to
For example, the symbol appears in the display, indicating low flash until the fault has been corrected.
windshield washer fluid level. The following message also appears:
If several priority 1 malfunctions are present, the symbols appear in
Please refill washer fluid succession and remain for about 2 seconds.
The driver message disappears after a few seconds. The driver The driver warning goes out after about 5 seconds, but it can be
message can be displayed again by briefly press ing the !SET I brought up again at any time by pressing the [SET I button. =>page 28
button. •
Alternator failure ::::>page29
D
Red symbols
A red symbol means DANGER. BRAKE
USA models:
Brake system malfunction II
::>page 30
5 seconds, but it can be brought up at any time by pressing the ISET] Warning ! Fault in brake system. Contact
button again. workshop
Usually, you can still drive to the next dealership . Turn off all but the - Drive carefully to the nearest authorized Audi dealer or
most necessary e lectrical consumers, since these drain the vehicle's other qualified workshop and have the malfunction
battery. corrected =>& .
& WARNING (continued) - Contact your authorized Audi dealer for assistance if
necessary.
hard braking. Rear wheel lock-up can cause loss of vehicle control
and an accident. Have your vehicle repaired immediately by your If the engine coolant level is correct, then the radiator fan may be the
authorized Audi dealer or a qualified workshop. Drive slowly and cause of the malfunction.
avoid sudden, hard brake applications.
• Canada models: If the brake warning light (Cl)and the ABS
warning light come on together, the rear wheels could lock up & WARNING
first under hard braking. Rear wheel lock-up can cause loss of • If your vehicle should break down for mechanical or other
vehicle control and an accident. Have your vehicle repaired imme- reasons, park at a safe distance from moving traffic, turn off the
diately by your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified workshop. engine and turn on the hazard warning lights ~ page 59, "Emer-
Drive slowly and avoid sudden, hard brake applications. • gency flashers A".
• Never open the hood if you see or hear steam or coolant
escaping from the engine compartment - you risk being scalded.
Engine cooling system malfunction -•-
Wait until you can no longer see or hear steam or coolant
A malfunction in the engine cooling system must be escaping.
repaired as soon as possible. • The engine compartment of any vehicle is a dangerous area.
Before you perform any work in the engine compartment, turn of
If the _t symbol flashes in the display, either the engine the engine and allow it to cool. Follow the warning stickers
coolant temperature is too high or the engine coolant level is ~ page 263, "Engine compartment".
too low. A driver message appears as well to explain the
malfunction in more detail. The driver warning goes out after
about S seconds, but it can be brought up at any t ime by 0 Note
pressing the [SET] button again. Do not continue driving if the _t_ symbol illuminates. There is a
malfunction in the engine cooling system - you could damage your
Switch off engine and check coolant level engine. •
- Pull off the road.
Engine oil pressure malfunction ~
- Stop the vehicle.
- Turn off the engine. The red engine oil pressure warning symbol requires
immediate service or repair. Driving with a low oil pres-
- Check coolant level =>page 2 78. sure indication is likely to cause severe engine damage.
- Add coolant if necessary =>page 2 79. If the '1:::7:symbol on the display flashes, the engine oil pres-
- Continue driving only after the engine coolant sure is too low. A driver message appears as well to explain
warning/indicator light goes out. the malfunction in more detail. The driver warning goes out .,.
after about 5 seconds, but it can be brough t up at any time by If the ~ symbo l lights up, then the oil has to be replenished right
pressing the [SET] but t on aga in. now =>page 2 75. •
-
WTips
Tire pressure monitoring sys - =>page 307 The dy namic steering stab ility systems are no t ava ilable in the event
tern* (mal func t ion) ~ of a system ma lfunct ion. •
Driver information display
:: Brake pads!
& WARNING
• Light bulbs are under pressure and can explode when bulbs are
If the warn ing lig ht illum inates, immediately contact your authorized replaced - risk of injury .
Audi dea ler or qu al ified wor kshop t o have all bra ke pads inspecte d . • With gas-discharge lamps* (xenon headlights) , the high-
On USA mode ls the warn ing light ::.,,.comes on together wit h the voltage component must be handled appropriately. Doing other -
wa rning light BRAKE . Bot h se t s of brake pads on an axle mus t a lways wise poses a risk of death! ...
be rep laced at the same time.
l l BRAKE
: USA mode ls on ly
When the _., symbol illum inates, this means there are about 2.1 .... Add oil, max x qt (l). You may continue driving
gallons (8 liters) of fue l left in the fue l tank. Time to refuel! If the symbol lights up display ing this d river message, the n add a
~ page 266. maximum of I liter at your earliest opportunity ~ page 275. •
If the symbol lights up, even when there is ample f ue l in the tank, and
the text TANK SYSTEM MALFUNCTION! CONTACT WORKSHOP
Engine oil level :.
appears in the display, the re is a fau lt in the system. Contact a qua li-
fied wo rkshop to have the fault rectified. •
Please check oil level
W hen the sym bo l illumina t es, check the en gi ne o il level as soo n as
Applies to vehicles: with batte ry voltage warn ing
possible ~ page 275. Top off the oil at your earliest opportunity
Battery voltage ......:. ~ page 27 5. •
Appli es to vehicles: wi th eng ine speed lim itat ion If the symbo l in the display comes on, t here is a malfunction in t he
Engine speed Limitation /'\ elect roni c ignit ion lock. Please go t o a n a uthor ized Audi d ealer or
other qualif ied workshop to have t he malfunction repaired . •
. i Do not exceed max . engine speed of XXXX rpm
The r symbo l illuminates whe n there is an engi ne con tr ol malfunc- App li es to vehicles: with Audi drive select
tion. The ind icator light in the instr ument cluster also illum inates. Adaptive dampers
The eng ine speed is limited to the speed d isp layed in the dr iver info r-
mation system. Keep in m ind that the engine speed will not excee d Adaptive dampers : system malfunction
t he value d isp laye d in th e drive r informat ion syst em, for examp le
w hen downshifting . If the symbol in the d isplay comes on, there is a malfunc t ion in the
adaptive dampers. Please go to an authorized Audi dea le r o r other
Ple ase go t o an a uthor ized Audi dealer or oth er qu alifie d wo rksho p to qualifie d wo rks hop to have t he malfunct ion repaired. •
have the malfunction repaired . •
Keys out this data a nd tell you about th e wo rk your ve hicle needs. This
applies also to vehicles with convenience key*.
Key set Personal comfort sett i ngs
If two peop le use one vehicle, it is recommended that each person
always uses "their ow n" mas t er key. When t he ignition is t ur ned off
B or when the vehicle is locked, pe rsonal convenience settings for the
followi ng systems a re stored and assig ned to the remote maste r key.
• Climate control
• Centra l lo cking syst em
• Seat memory*
• Parki ng system *
Fig. 2 5 Key set • Aud i side ass ist*
• Audi dr ive select *
© Master key with remote control and integrated The st ored se tt ings a re au t oma ticall y rec a lled when you unlock t he
mechanical key veh icle, when yo u ope n the doo rs or whe n you turn on the ign ition.
You can centra lly lock and un lock your vehicle and start the engine
w ith t he master key with remote cont rol. A mecha nica l key is inte-
grated in the master key =>page 40. & WARNING
• Do not leave your vehicle unattended with the key in the igni-
@ Emergency key
tion lock. Entry by unauthorized persons could endanger you or
The emergency key is not intended for constan t use . It should on ly be result in theft or damage the vehicle. Always lock all doors and
used in an emergency. Keep it in a safe place and do not car ry it on take the key.
your key ring.
• Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle, especially with
Key replacement access to vehicle keys. Unguarded access to the keys provides chil-
If you lose a key, cont act your autho rized Audi de al er immedia t ely t o dren the opportunity to start the engine and/or activate vehicle
have the lost key d isab led. Be sure to bri ng all your keys with you. systems such as the power windows et c. Unsupervised operation
of any vehicle system by children can result in serious injury .
Data in the master key • Do not remove the key from the ignition lock until the vehicle
During d riving, service and mai ntenance-relevant data is cont inu- has come to a complete stop. Otherwise the steer ing column lock
ously st ore d on yo ur ma st er key. Your Audi service adviser can re ad could suddenly engage - causing the risk of an accident. ~
Opening and closing
If the check light does not come o n, the batte ry is dead and has to be
(]] Tips rep laced. In addi t ion, when the batte ry is dead the • sym bol appears
• The operation of the remote control key can be temporarily in the instrument cluster d isp lay as well as the message :
disrupted by interference from transmitters in the vicinity of the Plea se change key batte ry
vehicle wo rking in t he same frequency range (e.g. a cell phone, rad io
equipment) . Batte ry replacement => page 39. •
• If you open the dr ive r's doo r with the key left in the ignit ion lock,
a ch ime will sound . This is your reminder to remove the key and lock Master key battery replacement
the doo r.
• For security reasons, replacement keys are only available from
Audi dealers.
• For Declaration of Complia nce to United States FCCand Industry
Canada regulat ions=> page 339 . •
!
lJl
.. Fig. 28 Remot e
Fig. 2 6 Check light in
t he maste r key maste r key: Removing
t he batte ry holder
The check light comes on brief ly once when a button is pressed, and
during an "inquiry" by the convenience key system. We recommend having the battery changed by an authorized
Audi dealer. However, if you wish to rep lace the dead battery
yourse lf, proceed as follows :
- Press the release button © => fig. 27. ~
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Opening and closing
- Pull the mechanical key ® out of the master key. - Pull the mechanical key ® out of the master key.
- Press the release button © =>page 39, fig . 28 on the Using the mechanical key, you can
battery holder and at the same time pull the battery
• Lock and unlock* the storage compartment on the passenger's
holder out of the master key in the direction of the arrow.
side ~ page 92.
- Install the new battery CR 2032 with the"+" sign facing • Lock and unlock the vehicle manually =:>page 45 if th is should not
down. be possible with the master key. •
- Push the battery holder carefully into the master key.
Emergency unlocking of the ignition key
- Install the mechanical key.
In the event of malfunctions in the electrical system, it
<£>
For the sake of the environment
may happen that you cannot remove the ignition key.
Dispose of dead batteries proper ly so as not to pollute t he environ-
ment.
(I] Tips
The replacement battery must be the same specification as the
original. •
Fig. 30 Ignition
switch with ignition
Removing the mechanical key key
If you are unable to remove the ignit ion key, for example
because the vehicle battery is discharged, proceed as follows:
- Press the release button © => fig. 30 for example with a
ball point pen and pull the mechanical key ® out of the
master key.
Fig. 29 Remote
- Lock the vehicle using the mechanical key=> page 45.
master key: Removing
the mechanical key - Have the electrical system inspected by an authorized Audi
dealership. •
- Press the release button © => fig. 29.
Opening and closing
Fig. 31 Glove
[i ] Tips
compartment: Adapter • The vehicle cannot be started if an unauthorized key is used. The
fo r emergency key vehicle may not start if another rad io device such as a key for another
vehicle or a transponder is located on the key ring.
I,; • For Declaration of Compliance to United States FCCand Industry
N
9
Canada regula tions =>page 339. •
":g
General description
Fig. 32 Insert emer-
gency key into t he The power locking system locks or unlocks all doors and
adapter
the rear Lidsimultaneously .
- Take the adapter for the emergency key out of the glove You can lock and unlock t he vehicle cent rally. You have the following
box ~ fig . 31. choices:
- Push the emergency key~ fig. 32 fully into the adapter. • Remote master key =>page 43,
Make sure that the Audi rings are facing up. • Door handles with convenience key*=>page 44 ,
• Lock cylinder at the driver's door =>page 45, or
- Press the emergency key in the adapter down until it
latches audibly. • Power locking switch inside =>page 46.
- Insert the adapter with the emergency key forward into S e l e ct ive unl o cking
the ign ition switch. The engine can now be started as When they are closed, the door and rear lid are locked. When
usual. • unlocking, you can set in the radio or MMI*whether only the driver's
door or the entire vehicle should be unlocked =>page 43. .,_
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Opening and closing
Automatic locking
The a utomat ic lock ing feature loc ks all t he vehi cle d oo rs and th e rea r & WARNING
lid wh e n you d rive faster t ha n 9 m ph (15 km/h) . • When you leave the vehicle, always remove the ignition key
The car is unlocked again once t he ignit ion key is removed. In add i- and take it with you. This will prevent passengers (children, for
t ion, t he ve hicle ca n be unlocked if t he ope nin g func t ion in t he power example ) from accidentally being locked in the vehicle should
locking system switch o r at one of the door levers is actuated. The they accidentally press the power locking switch in the front
Aut o Lock fu nct ion can be t ur ned o n a nd off in t he ra d io or MMI* doors.
=>page 43 . • Do not leave children inside the vehicle unsupervised. In an
Add itionally, in t he even t of a cras h with a irbag deployme nt the doors emergency it would be impossible to open the doors from the
outside without the key.
ar e au t om atically unlocked to allow access to t he vehicle.
Setting power locking Unlocking and locking the vehicle with the
The driver can determine the functions for power locking
remote control
in the radio or fv1fv1I*.
In the Central locking menu you can decide which doors
should be unlocked when opening the vehicle.
- Select: [CAR] function button> Central locking .
For example, if you switch the item Unlocking single door On, the
passenger's door is no longer included in the power locking system,
Fig. 33 Remote
and will not be unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the master control: function
key remote control. buttons
You can continue to unlock all the doors and the rear lid as before .
Press the opening button on the master key twice . Either the driver's door only or the entire vehicle will unlock
In addition to this, the Auto locking can be switched on and off. when the unlock button @ is pressed once, depending on the
settings in the MMI Central locking menu =>page 43.
When locking the vehicle, all doors and the trunk lid are locked auto -
matically. - Press button @ (@ ) to unlock the vehicle => fig. 33 .
If you switch Trunk lid/tailgate On, then the handle on the rear lid - Press button 1'.D(@ ) to lock the vehicle => & in "General
~ page 47, fig. 40 is locked . In this case the rea r lid can be opened description" on page 41 .
with the button cs on the master key ~ fig. 33 or with the unlocking
button in the driver's door ~ page 47 , fig. 39. - Press button C::J (@ ) briefly to unlock the rear lid.
When you select Confirmation tone On, a confirmation tone sounds - Press the button C::J for at least one second to open the
when you lock the vehicle . • rear lid.
- Push the red !PANIC] button( @ ) to activate the panic
function. The horn sounds and the turn signals flash. Push
the red [ PANIC] button again to deactivate the panic func-
tion.
If the vehicle is unlocked and no door, the rear lid or the hood is
opened within 60 seconds, the vehicle locks itself again automati-
cally. This feature prevents the vehicle from being accidentally left
unlocked over a long period of t ime. .,,_
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service Technical data
ment
Opening and closing
It depends on the settings in t he radio or MMI* whether the entire Applies to vehicles: with convenience key
vehicle is unlo cked or only cert ain doo rs ~ page 43. Unlocking and Locking with convenience
The selector lever must be in the P posit ion, otherwise the vehicle key
cannot be locked.
The doors and the rear lid can be unlocked and locked
without operat ing the master key.
& WARNING
Read and follow all WARNINGS ~ & in "General description " on
page 41.
WTips
• In orde r to make sure the locking fu nction is work ing, you shou ld
always keep your eye on t he vehicle to make sure it is properly locked.
Fig. 34 Convenience
• Do not use the remote control if you are inside the car, otherw ise key: Unlocking vehicle
you may unintentionally lock the vehicle, and then you wo uld set off door
the ant i-theft alarm w hen you try to start the engine or open a door.
In case this happens anyhow, push the unlock button 0 .
• Use the panic function on ly if you are in an emergency situation. •
Fig. 35 Convenience
key: Locking t he
vehicle
Unlocking vehicle
- Take hold of t he door hand le. The doo r is unlocked auto -
ma t ically.
- Pull t he han dle to open the door.
Op e ning and closing
Loc k ing v ehicle tions. It is possible that you w ill not be able to unlock your vehicle
us ing these conven ience functions .
- Move the selector lever to the P position, otherwise the
vehicle cannot be locked . • For Declaration of Compliance to United States FCCand Industry
Canada regulat ions ~ page 339. •
- Touch the sensor at the door handle once ~ page 44,
fig . 35 to lock the vehicle ~ & in "General description"
on page 41 . Operating locks with the mechanical key
In the event of a failure of the power locking system, the
The vehicle can be locked and unlocked at any door. It depends on the
settings in the radio or MMI*whether the entire vehicle is unlocked
driver's door con locked and unlocked with the mechan-
or one of the doors ~ page 43. The master key must be within a ical key at the lock cylinder.
range of about 1.5 m from the appropriate door or the rea r lid. It
makes no d ifference whether the master key is in your jacket pocket
or in your brief case.
If you grip the doo r handle while locking, th is can adversely affect the
locking function.
It is not poss ible to re -open the door for a brief pe riod directly after
closingit. Thisallowsyou to ensure that the doors are properly
locked .
Fig. 36 Key t urns for
opening and closing
& WARNING
Read and foll ow all WARNINGS ~ & in "General de sc ript ion" o n To unlock the vehicl e
page 41. - Insert the mechanical key int o the lock of the driver's
door.
[i ] Tips - Turn the mechanical key to position @ ~ fig . 36.
If your vehicle has been standing for an extended period, please note
the following : To lock the vehicle
• The proximity sensors are deactivated after a few days to save - Move the se lector lever to the P position.
powe r. You then have to pull on the door hand le once to unlock the
vehicle and a second time to open the vehicle . - Close all windows and doors properly .
• To prevent the battery from being discharged and to preserve your - Turn the mechanical key in the lock of the driver's door to
vehicle's ability to start for as long as possible, the energy manage- the lock position @ ~ & in "General description" on
ment system gradually switches off unnecessary convenience func- page 41. ~
If the power locking system fails, there is emergency locking for the • You cannot open the doors or the rear lid from the outside
passenge r's door =>page 47. (increased security, for examp le whe n you are sto pped at a red light).
• The diodes in the power locking switch illuminate when all the
& WARNING doors are closed and locked.
• You can unlock and open the doors from the inside by pulling on
Read and follow all WARNINGS => & in "General description " on t he doo r handle.
page 41.
• If you have a crash and the airbag is activated, the doors automat -
ically unlock .
(I] Tips
• After the ignit ion is switched on, the power locking system switch
and t he unlocking button for the rear lid <::::5in the door are enabled. •
& WARNING
• The power locking switch works with the ignition off and auto-
maticall y locks the entire vehicle when it is actuated.
Locking and unlock ing the vehicle from • On a vehicle locked from the outside the power locking system
inside switch is inoperative .
• Locking doors from the inside can help prevent inad vertent
door opening during an accident and can also prevent unwanted
entry from the outside . Locked doors can, however, delay assis-
tan ce to vehicle occupants and hold up rescue efforts from the
outsi de in an accident or other emergen cy.
(I] Tips
Your vehicle is locked automatically at a speed of 9 mph (15 km/h)
Fig. 37 Drivef s door: (Auto Lock) =>page 41. You can unlock the vehicle again using the
pow er locking switch opening f unction in t he power locking system switch . •
If you lock t he vehicle using the power locking swit ch, please note
the follow ing:
• If a door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked using t he power
locking system switch .
Opening and closing
•
Fig.39 Drivefsdoor:
Fig. 38 Door: Emer- remote rear lid release
gency locking
Once the door has been closed, it can no longer be opened from the Opening the luggage compartment lid
outside. The door can be opened from the inside by pulling the door
- Press the button~ on the master key for at least one
handle. If the child safety lock in a rear door is activated, you must
first pull the door handle on the inside. Then you can open the door second,or
from the outside. • - Pull the release button~ in the driver's door=> fig. 39, or
- Press the handle in the luggage compartment lid
=>fig. 40.
- The luggage compartment lid unlocks.
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Opening and closing
Closing the luggage compartment lid Appli es to vehicles: with automat ic rear lid/ t runk li d operati on
- Use the inside grip to pull the rear lid down and allow it to Automatic rear lid/trunk lid
drop gently to close it=> & . operation
The trunk lid can be opened and closed automatically.
& WARNING
• After closing the rear lid, always pull up on it to make sure that
it is properly closed. Otherwise it could open suddenly when the
vehicle is moving.
• To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from being drawn into
the vehicle, always keep the rear lid closed while driving. Never
transport objects larger than those which fit completely into the
luggage area, because then the rear lid cannot be fully closed.
• Never leave your vehicle unattended especially with the rear lid Fig. 41 Driver's door :
left open . A child could crawl into the car through the luggage Unlocking the rear lid
compartment and pull the lid shut, becoming trapped and unable
to get out. To reduce the risk of personal injury, never let children
play in or around your vehicle. Always keep the rear lid as well as
the vehicle doors closed when not in use.
• Always ensure that no one is within range of the rear lid when
it is moving, in particular close to the hinges - fingers or hands can
be pinched.
-
[I) Tips Fig. 42 locking switch
When the vehicle is locked, the luggage compartment lid can be in the rear lid
unlocked separately by pressing the button cs on the master key.
When the luggage compartment lid is closed again, it locks Opening rear lid
automatically. • - Press the middle button c:s on the remote key for at least
one second, or
- Pull the unlock button c:s in the driver's door=> fig. 41, or
- Press the handle on the rear lid =>page 47, fig. 40. ..,.
Opening and closing
- The opening process is stopped immediately if the middle & WARNING (continued)
button ,c;j on the remote key is pressed again for at least
one second or the unlock button ,c;j in the driver's door is • Always ensure that no one is within range of the rear lid when
pulled again or the handle in the rear lid is pressed again. it is moving, in particular close to the hinges and the upper and
lower edges - fingers or hands can be pinched.
- Middle button in the remote key and unlock button in the • To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from being drawn into
driver's door: The opening process is continued by the vehicle, always keep the rear lid closed while driving. Never
pressing one of the buttons again. transport objects larger than those which fit completely into the
- Handle in the rear lid: the re ar lid is closed again by luggage area, because then the rear lid cannot be fully closed.
pressing the handle again =>& . • Never leave your vehicle unattended especially with the rear lid
left open. A child could crawl into the car through the luggage
Closing rear lid/trunk lid compartment and pull the lid shut, becoming trapped and unable
to get out. To reduce the risk of personal injury, never let children
- Press the close button in the open rear lid => page 48, play in or around your vehicle. Always keep the rear lid as well as
fig . 42. The trunk lid moves to the closed position by itself the vehicle doors closed when not in use .
and soft close locks it automatically =>& . • If there is a luggage rack or bicycle rack mounted on the rear
- The closing process is stopped immediately if the close lid, it may not be able to open completely or an opened rear lid
button in the rear lid is pressed again. may close by itself bec;auseof the addedweight. So the open rear
lid must be supported or the weight must be removed from the
- By pushing the button again, the rear lid is opened again. luggage rack first.
• If the rear lid on a locked vehicle is unlocked with the middle - Press the lever in the direction of the arrow until the
button~ on the remote key, the rear lid is automatically locked luggage compartment lid releases. •
again immediately after clos ing. This is indicated by the turn signals
blinking.
• The following applies to vehicles equipped with the convenience Child safety locks
key* feature : if the remote cont rol key is left in the luggage compart-
ment, luggage compartment will automatically unlock itself after Child safety Locks in the rear doors
you lock the vehicle. This prevents you from unintentionally locking
your key in the luggage compartment . The child safety locks prevent the rear doors from
• If the vehicle battery charge drops below a certain leve l, you can opening from the inside.
st ill open or close the rear lid manually, however, you will need to
apply more force to close it. • "'
0
0
~
<ll
The rear doors are equipped with child safety locks . The lock
is only visible when the door is open. Take the mechanical key
out of the master key =:>page 40.
Fig. 45 Se ction of th e
& WARNING
driver's door: Controls • When you leave your vehicle - even if only briefly - alw ays
remove the ignit ion key. This appli es particularly when children
All power window switc hes are provided with a two-position remain in the vehicle. Otherwise the children could sta rt the
function : engine or operat e electrical equipment (e.g . power window s). The
powe r windows are functional until the driver's door or
Opening the windows passeng er's door has been opened.
• Pay close attention when closing the w indows to prevent
- Press th e sw itch to the first stop and hold it u ntil the
pinching of hands or limb s.
window reaches the desir e d posi t ion .
• When locking the vehicle from outside , the vehicle mu st be
- Press the switc h br iefly to the second stop t o a utomati- unoccupied since the windows can no longer be opened in an
ca lly open the window. emergency .
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Opening and closing
Convenience opening/closing
The windows and the power sunroof can be opened and
& WARNING
• Never close the windows and the power sunroof inattentively
closed with the mechanical key or the emergency key. and without checking· there is risk of injury.
• You must always watch when the windows are being raised so
that no one can be trapped. If you release the key, the closing
action is immediately canceled.
• Always read and heed WARNING ~ & in "General description"
on page 41. •
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Op e n ing and closing
Clear vision
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service Technical data
ment
Clear vision
Fog lights
& WARNING
Automatic headlights are only intended to assist the driver. They
do not relieve the driver of his responsibility to check the head-
lights and to turn them on manually according to th e current light
and visibility conditions . For example, fog cannot be detected by
the light sensors . So always switch on the headlights §.D under
these weather conditions and when driving in the dark.
0 Note
The rear fog lights should only be turned o n in accordance wit h traff ic
reg ulat io n, as the lights are br ight for follow ing traffic . •
Clear vision
Auto headlights*
When th e lig ht switch is in the AUTO=> page 55 position, the switch-
& WARNING
Never use daytime running lights to see where you are going. They
on point of the lights can be changed in the automatic driving light
are not bright enough and will not let you see far enough ahead
function.
for safety, especially at dusk or when it is dark. Be aware of
Daytime running lights changes in outside light conditions when you are driving and
respond by switching on your low beams io.
The daytime running lig hts can be turned on or off using t his func-
tion*. If the funct ion is active, the daytime running lights are turned
on auto matic ally w hen the ignition is switch ed on. 0 Note
Always be aware of changes in outside light conditions while you
[i ] Tips are driving. Respond in time to fading daylight by turning the light
switch to position io (or "A UTO") to turn on your headlights . •
The comi ng home/leaving home function* is available only wit h the
switch in the AUTO position. •
Xenon headlights
The basic brightness of the illumination for the instru-
ments, the center console and the display can be After starting the engine , the xenon headlights are automatically
adjusted . adjusted to the load and angle of the vehicle (for example, during
acceleration and braking). This prevents oncoming traffic from expe-
N
~
0 riencing unnecessary headlight glare from your xenon headlights .
0
,;
"'
<XI If the system is not operating properly, a warning symbol in the Auto-
Check Control is displayed ~ page 37 . •
Adaptive light
Fig. 52 Instrument When driving around bends, the relevant area of the road
lighting
is better illuminated.
- Press the knob to release it .
Rotating the knob to the right"+" will increase the basic
brightness when it is dark.
- Rotating the knob to the left"-" will decrease the basic
brightness when it is dark.
- Pressing the knob will prevent unintentional changes.
Fig. 53 Adaptive light
when driving
(I] Tips
The illumination for the instrument cluster lights up whenever you The benefit of adaptive light is that the curve and the edge of the road
switch on the ignition with the vehicle headlights off . As the daylight are better illuminated ~ fig. 53. Dynamic adaptive light is controlled
fades, the instrument cluster illumination likewise dims automati- automat ically, depending on vehicle speed and steering wheel a ngle.
cally and will go out completely when the outside light is very low.
When driving around bends, the headlights are controlled according
This feature is meant to remind you to switch on the headlights when
to steering wheel angle . So that there is no black hole ahead of the
outside light conditions become poor. •
vehicle , the two main beams pivot at different angles. .,.
Clear visi on
The emergency flashers makes other motorists aware Turn signals - ¢ Q and high beam gD lever
that you or your vehicle are in an emergency situation. The lever on the le~ side of the steering column is used to
operate the turn signals and the high beam as well as the
headlight flasher.
Fig. 54 Emergency
flasher switch
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Clear vision
Not es on t h es e fe at ure s
• The turn signals only work with the ignit ion turned on. The indi-
cato r lights ¢ or ¢ in the instrument cluster a lso blink.
• After you have turned a corner, the turn signal switches off auto-
Fig. 56 Headliner:
matically. Front int erior/re ading
• The high beam works only when the headlights are on. The indi- light s
cator light ~D in the instrument cluster illuminates when the high
beams are on. The rocker switch @ ==>fig . 56 for operating the interior
• The headlight flasher works only as long as you hold t he lever - lighting has the following functions:
even if there are no lights switched on. The indicator light ~D in the
instrument cluster illuminates when you use the headlight flasher. Door contact switch
- Place the switch @ in the middle position.
0 Not e
Interior light switched on
Do not use the high beam or headlight flasher in if you know that
these could be blinding oncoming traffic. • - Place the switch @ in position I.
With the doo r contact switch turned on, the interior lights turn on as Vision
soon as you unlock the vehicle or open the doors. The lighting is also
turned on when the ign ition key is removed . The lights go out about
Sun visors
30 seconds after t he doors are closed. When the vehicle is locked or
when the ign it ion is turned on, the inter ior lights are turned off . Using the sun visors makes driving safer.
When a door is open, the interior lights are tu rned off after about 10
m inutes to prevent dra ining of the bat t ery.
The brightness of the lights is controlled automat ically by a dimmer C
when they are switched on and off . •
- - ---. ,
Rear interior lights 0 ~ ·-
There are reading lights in the rear for the passengers .
...
-
0
0
,;
Fig. 58 Sun visor
""
a, The sun visors for the dr iver and passenger can be pulled out of t heir
brackets in the center of the vehicle and turned towards the the doors
=>fig . 58 (D. After t he sun visor has been turned to t he door, it can
be extended lengthwise.
Vanity m i rror
Fig. 57 Headliner: The vanity mir rors on the sun visors are covered. When the lid is
Rear reading lights opened @ , t he mir ror light in the headliner t urns on automatically .
It turns off when the lid is closed and the visor is folded up again. •
The reading lights are switched on and off using the buttons~ -•
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Clear vision
Sun shade
© - Wipe the rear window . The rear wiper moves about every 4 • When stopping temporar ily, e .g. at a traffic light, the set speed of
se conds. the winds hie ld wipers is automatically reduced by one speed. •
0 -Clean the rear window . The number of w iping operations
depends on how long the lever is held in position 7 . Service position
The windshield wiper blades are replaced in the service
& WARNING position.
• The rain sensor is only intended to assist the driver . The driver
is still respon sible for manually switching the wiper s on according
to the visibilit y conditions .
• The wind shield may not be treat ed with water -repell ing wind-
shield coating agent s. Unf avorable conditi ons, such as wetn ess,
darkn ess, low sun, can result in increa sed glare. Wip er blade
chatte r is al so possible .
• Properly fun ct ioning wind shield wip er blade s are requ ired for
a clear view and safe dri ving .
Fig. 62 Service posi -
t ion
0 Note
The serv ice position is set in the radio or MMI*.
• In the case of frost, check whether the windshield wiper blades are
frozen to the windshield. Switching on the w indshield wipers can - If the wiper blades are not frozen to the windshield, bring
damage the wiper blades! t he windsh ield wiper lever to the basic position ®
• Prior to using a car wash, the windshield wiper system must be ~ page 62, fig . 60.
switched off (lever in posit io n 0). This helps to prevent unintentional
switching on and damage to the windshield wiper system. - Select: Function button [CAR ] > Windshield wipers >
Service position .
[I) Tips • On - chang ing the windsh ield wiper blades can only be done if you
• The w indshield wipers are switched off when the ignit ion is tu rned br ing the w iper arms to the serv ice position~ fig . 62 . You w ill also
off . Activate the windshield wipers after the ignition is switched back avoid paint damage to the hood when working on the wipers in this
on by mov ing the windshield wipe r leve r to any pos it ion. position .
• Worn or d irty windshie ld w iper blades result in streaking . This can • Off - the windshield wipers are moved to their initial position
affect the rain sensor* function. Check your windshie ld w iper blades again.
regularly.
• The washer fluid nozzles of the w indshield washer system are
heated at low temperatures when the ignition is on .
Cont rols and equ ip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Clear vision
0 Note
• The windshie ld w iper blades must only be replaced when in the
service posit ion~ page 63! Othe rwise, you risk damaging the paint
on the hood or the windshie ld wiper motor.
• To help prevent damage to the wiper system, always loose n
Fig. 63 Removi ng th e blades which are frozen t o the winds hield before operat ing wipers.
wi per blade • To help prevent damage to wiper blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint th inner, or ot her solven t s on or near t he wiper
Removing the wiper blade blades.
- Bring the windsh ield wipers to the service posit ion • To help prevent da mage to t he wipe r arms or other components,
=>page 63 . do not attempt to move the wipers by hand. .,_
Standard setting
- Move the small lever (located on t he bottom edge of the
mirror) to the front .
- Pull the wiper blade and holder out of the mount. Automatically dimming inside mirror
The automatic dimming function can be turned on and
Attaching the wiper blade off if required .
- Press the w iper blade holder in the arrow direction
::::>fig. 64 int o the mount .
& WARNING
• To prevent strea king, clean the wiper blade s regularl y w it h a
gla ss cleaner . In the case of sign ificant contamination, e.g. from
insect remains, the w iper blades can be cleaned wi th a sponge or Fig. 65 Inside rear
cloth. view m irror
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Clear vision
& WARNING • Check to make sure there are no objects preventing light from
reaching the inside mirro r .
Broken glas s of automatic dimming mirror can cause electrolyte • Do not attach any st ickers to the w indshield in front of the light
fluid leakage. Electrolyte fluid can irritate skin, eyes, and respira- sensor*, as this would int erfere with both t he aut om at ic ope rat ion of
tory system. the headlights and the automatic dimming of the inside m irror .
• Repeated or prolonged exposure to electrolyte can cause irrita- • Be aware th at automa tic dimming of t he inside mirror can on ly
tion to the respiratory system, especially among people with operate properly if the rear w indow sun blind* is retracted . •
asthma or other respiratory conditions. Get fresh air immed iately
by leaving the vehicle or, if that is not possible , open windows and
doors all the way.
• If electrolyte gets into the eyes, flus h them thoroughly with
large amounts of clean water for at least 15 minutes ; med ical
attention is recommended.
• If electrolyte contacts skin , flush affected area with clean
water for at least 15 minute s and then wash affe cted area with
Clear v ision
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Clear vision
The digital compass only works with the ignition turned on. The direc- - Hold the @ ~ page 68, fig. 67 button down until the
tions are displayed as initials: N (North) , NE (Northeast) , E (East), SE number of the set magnetic deflection zone appears on
(Southeast ), S (South), SW (Southwest), W (West), NW (Northwest) . the interior rear view mirror.
- Adjust the magnetic deflection zone by repeatedly
[I) Tips pressing on the @ button . The set mode automatically
To avoid inaccurate direct ions, do not allow any remote controls, deactivates after a few seconds. •
electrical systems, or metal parts close to the mirror. •
I \@
I
\ I & WARNING
II ',
0
0
©
Fig. 68 North America: magnetic deflection zone boundaries
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Seats and storage
- Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as Adjusting front seats manually
possible with the top of your head. If that is not possible,
try to adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to this App lies to vehicles: with ma nually adjustab le seats
position as possible=> page 76. Seat adjustment controls
The seat has several adjustments.
& WARNING ;:?;
Never place any objects in the driver's footwell. An object could
( 0
--
0
get into the pedal area and interfere with pedal function. In case l&
a,
of sudden braking or an accident, you would not be able to brake
or accelerate. •
To avoid contact with the airbag while it is deploying, do not Some the controls shown are only installed in certain model versions
sit any closer to the instrument panel than necessary and or are supplied as an option.
always wear the three-point safety belt provided adjusted
correctly. We recommend that you adjust the passenger's Controls
seat in the following manner: © Fore-and-aft adjustment
@ Upper thigh support*
- Bring the backrest up to an (almost) upright position. Do ® Adjusting seat cushion angle*
not ride with the seat reclined. © Adjusting lumbar support*
- Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as © Adjusting seat height
possible with the top of your head. If that is not possible, © Adjusting seatback angle •
try to adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to this
position as possible=> page 76.
- Place your feet on the floor in front of the passenger's
seat. •
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Seats and sto rage
Appli es to vehicl es: with manua ll y adjustable seats Adjusting the height of th e Lumbar support *
Adjusting the seat - Push the switch plate © up or down to position the curva-
Position and shape of the seat can be adjusted manually ture higher or lower.
to ensure safe and comfortable seating.
R a is ing or Lowering se a t height
Read and follow the warning notices => & before you adjust - Pull or push the lever © => page 71, fig. 69 up or down
your seat. (pumping motion) .
For e -and-aft adjustment
Adju sting se atb a ck angle
- Pull the lever CD => page 71, fig. 69 up and push the seat Remove weight from the seatback (do not lean against it) .
to the desired position.
- Turn the hand wheel © => page 71, fig. 69 to adjust the
- Release the lever CD and continue to move the seat until it angle of the seatback accordingly .
locks into place.
Length e ning
support *
or short e ning upper thigh & WARNING
• Adjust th e driver's seat only w hen t he vehicle is st at ionary. You
- Lift the button @ under the seat cushion . The front seat risk an accident otherw ise.
cushion moves forward under spr ing force . • Exercise caut ion w hen adju st ing t he seat s. Adjust ing th e seat
carelessly or w ithout checking can pinch hands and fi nge rs.
- Push the seat cushion back when you have finished using
it. • Wh il e the vehicle is m oving, th e seat backs of th e fron t seat s
mu st not be inclined too f ar to th e rear because th e eff ecti veness
of the safet y belt s and the airbag syst em is severely compr om ised
Adjusting seat cushion angle *
- the re is a risk of inju ry. •
- Pull or push the lever ® => page 71, fig. 69 up or down
(pumping motion) .
The switches t o adjust the seat cushion and the seatback correspond Fore-and-aft adjustment
to the layout , the design and the function of the seat . The seats are - Push the switch @ forward or backward =>f ig. 70 .
adjusted by moving the switches following this logi c.
Adjusting seat height
Controls
@ Lumbar support* - Pull or push the switch ® up or down.
@ Seat adjustment
Front seat cushion up / down
© Seat back and head restra int height adjustment*
@ Upper thigh support* • - Press the switch ® at the front up or down .
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Seats and storage
& WARNING
• Adjust the driver's seat only when the vehicle is stationary. You
risk an accident otherwise.
• The power adjustment for the front seats also works with the Fig.71 Driver'sdoor:
ignition switched off or with the ignition key removed. For this Seat memory
reason, children should never be left unattended in the vehicle -
they could be injured! In addition to the setting for the driver's seat, the exter ior rear view
m irror setting can be stored and recalled through seat memory if the
• Exercise caution when adjusting the seat height. Unsupervised
vehicle is properly equipped.
or careless seat adjustment can pinch fingers or hands causing
injuries . Storing and recall ing settings
• While the vehicle is moving, the seat backs of the front seats With the help of the memory buttons 1 and 2 => fig. 71 the settings
must not be inclined too far to the rear because the effectiveness for two different drivers can be stored and recalled=> page 75.
of the safety belts and the airbag system is severely compromised
- there is a risk of injury. • The current settings are also automatically stored on the remote
control key being used when the vehicle is locked. When the vehicle is
unlocked, the settings stored on the remote contro l key being used
are automatically recalled.
to be used temporarily by a driver whose settings are not going to be memory buttons. You can recall your settings again simp ly and
sto red. • conveniently by press ing the cor responding memory but t on. When
the vehicle is locked, these settings are automat ically re-assigned to
the remote control key and stored.
Applies to vehicles : with sea t me mory
(I] Tips
Correct ly adjusted head restra ints and safety belts are an extremely
effective combinatio n of safety features . •
Fig. 73 Front seat :
Adjust ing hea d
restraint e lectrically*
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnicaldata
ment
Seats and storage
Fig. 76 Armrest
between the
driver's/front
passenger's seats .
Fig. 77 Place heavy
objects as far forward
Adjusting the center armrest as possible.
- To adjust the angle, raise the armrest from the starting
position detent by detent => fig . 76. Note the following to preserve the vehicle's good handling
characteristics.
- To bring the armrest back into the starting position, raise
it out of the top detent and fold it back down. - Distribute the load as evenly as possible.
- Place heavy objects as far forward as possible =>fig. 77.
The armrest can slide forward and back. •
- Secure the items of luggage with non -elastic retaining
straps to the tie-down rings* =>page 79 or with the
securing attachments* =>page 84.
& WARNING
• Loose objects in the luggage compartment can slide about
suddenly and alter the vehicle's handling characteristics.
• Loose objects in the passenger compartment can fly forward
during abrupt maneuvers or accidents and injure occupants.
• Always store objects in the luggage compartment and use suit-
able straps, particularly with heavy objects. •
Seats and storage
Cont rols an d equ ip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
men t
Seats and storage
Removing
- Pull the lever in the direction of the arrow~ fig. 81 while
lifting the cover out.
The luggage compartment cover can be attached in two posi- & WARNING
tions: Convenience position ® or position © ~ page 79, Whenever driving, never place any hard or heavy objects on the
fig. 80. In position @ the cover does not need to be removed luggage compartment or allow pets to sit on the luggage
to unload the luggage compartment. compartment cover. They could become a hazard to vehicle occu-
pants in the event of sudden braking or in an accident.
Extending
- Use the handle to pull the rolled up cover evenly to the
rear of the vehicle.
0 Note
Let the luggage compartment cover roll up slowly to avoid damage. •
- Insert the ends of the cross brace from below into the
openings on the left and right~ page 79, fig. 80 © in
the trim panels.
- To reach position @ , lightly tap the front of the extended
cover from below and it automatically moves to position
®·
Retracting
- The cover can only be detached in position @ .
- Pull the crossbrace out of the openings in the trim panels.
- Allow the cover to roll up slowly.
Seats and storage
Partition net (seatback in upright position) - Let the net unroll slowly.
The partition net is designed to prevent loose objects Removing the partition net
from flying forward into the passenger compartment
- Open the right rear door.
(e.g. under sudden braking).
- Tilt the seatback forward.
- Press the left and right release knobs ::::::,
fig. 83 -arrow-
and pull the net upward and out.
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Seats and storage
The seatback can only be folded up aga in if the part ition net if the
part ition net was already removed. •
Fig. 85 Partition net
hung at t he front
Applies to vehicles : wit h reversible cargo are a floor
Reversible cargo area floor (dirt collector)
Installing th e partition net
- Open the right rear door. When transporting dirty or wet objects, use the dirt
collector.
- Tilt the seatback forward ~ page 85.
- Affix the partition net to the recesses on the retain ing rails
~ page 81, fig . 84 (D.
- Slide it towards the left side of the vehicle un t il it latches
@.
Hanging the partition net
- Pull the net upward . Fig . 86 Cargo area
fl oor
- Hang the crossbar in the front eyelets over the front seats
~ fig . 85 -arrow-.
Reversing the cargo area floor Folding the luggage compartment cover over
- Open the luggage compartment lid. the bumper
- Open the rear lid.
- Use the handle=> page 82, fig. 86 -arrow- to lift the cargo
area floor up and turn it over. - To load, pull the folded part of the luggage compartment
carpeting over the bumper =>fig. 88 .
- Place the reversed cargo area floor (dirt collector) back in
the luggage compartment. • Luggage compartment carpeting for
seatbacks that are folded down
Applies to vehicles : wit h luggage compartm ent ca rpeti ng
- Tilt the seatback forward:::::>page 85.
Luggage compartment covering (reversible
mat) - Laythe luggage compartment carpeting :::::,
fig. 89 over
the folded-down seatback.
The reversible luggage compartment covering should be
used when transporting dirty or wet objects. The luggage compartment carpeting can be used with the dirt res is-
tant side or the decorative side, depending on what is needed.
WTips
The protective mat shou ld be folded up only when dry. •
Fig. 90 Luggage
compartment: move-
Fig. 89 Luggage able storage net on the
compartment side trim ..
carpeting with seat-
back folded down:
spread out over the
bumper
Cont rols an d equ ip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
m en t
Seats and storage
& WARNING
• The backrest must be securely latched in position so that no
Fig. 92 Luggage
items contained in the luggage compartment can slide forward
compartment:
Securing strap upon sudden braking.
• Loose items inside the passenger compartment, can fly
The fixture set consists of a telescoping band and a securing forward in a crash or sudden maneuver and injure occupants. •
strap.
Seats and storage
Fig. 93 Release
handle on t he seat back (D Note
• If you move t he front seat back when t he rea r seat ba ckres t is
Folding the seatback forward folded forward, you could damage the head restraints on the rear
seat .
- W hen you pull t he relea se lever @ ~ fig. 93 in th e direc -
• Slide the belt guide on the outs ide safety be lt all the way up
tion of the arrow , t he safety knob ® pops out far eno ugh
before folding the bac krest back forward . Make sure the seat belt is
fo r t he red marking on knob to be visible .
no t pinched or damaged when the rear seat backrest if folded back .
- Fold t he sea tb ack fo rward. Other objects should be removed from the rear seat bench to protect
the seatback from damage. •
Raising the seatback
- Raise t he seat back until it is secu rely latc hed~ & . When
you can no longe r see t he red mark on the safety knob @ ,
the seat is latched .
& WARNING
• The backrest must always be secu rely latched so that the safety
belt of the center seat ing position can work properly to help
protect the occupant.
Applies to vehicles: with ski sack - Pull out and unfold the ski sack .
Ski sack
- Load skis or similar objects through the luggage compart-
Use the removable ski sack to transport and protect skis ment into the interior of the vehicle~ & .
and other long, light items in the passenger compart-
ment. Securing ski sack
- Insert the ski sack strap @ ~ fig. 95 in the center buckle
®·
©
- Pull the safety belt taut on the free end of the belt @ .
& WARNING
• The ski sack is intended only for the transportation of skis and
other light objects. To reduce the risk of serious personal injury
never transport heavy or pointed objects in the ski sack.
• When braking rapidly or during an accident the load could be
displaced and cause injury to occupants.
Fig. 95 Ski sack: • Sharp edges on the load must be covered for protection.
securing with rear seat
Always fasten the belt tightly around the sack and its contents
safety belt
~ fig. 95.
Loading ski sack
- Fold out center armrest in the rear seat backrest. [i ] Tips
Never stow the ski sack away if it is wet or damp (for example, snow
- Press the release button -arrow- ~ fig. 94 for the ski sack melting from skis). Let it dry completely before you stow it away. •
flap in the passenger compartment and pull down the
flap.
- Open the luggage compartment lid.
Seats and storage
& WARNING
• Use of an unapproved roof rack or incorrect mounting of an
approved roof rack can cause the roof rack or the items attached
to it to fall off the roof onto the road.
• Objects falling from the roof of a vehicle can caus e a crash and
personal injury. Fig. 96 Roof rails :
fr ont an d rear
• Only mount the system between the markings shown in moun t ing locat ions
~ fig. 96 .
Cont rols an d equ ip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
m en t
Seats and storage
The roof rack is mounted on the right position, when the fixing points
of the rack's feet grip in the hol es on the inside of the roof railing
& WARNING (conti nued)
~ page 87, fig. 96 . The markings are located on the inside of the rail- the center of gravity or the greater surface exposed to the wind. So
ings. adapt your driving and your speed to prevailing conditions.
0 Note
<i'For the sake of the environment
A roof rack cannot be installed on vehicles without roof rails. •
As a result of the increase wind resistance created by a roof rack, your
vehicle is using fue l unnecessari ly. So remove the roof rack after
Roof load using it. •
Fig. 97 Center
& WARNING console: Front
beverage holders
• The cargo must be securely attached on the roof rack, other-
wise you risk an accident.
• You must under no circumstances exceed the permissible roof
load, the permissible axle loads and the permissible overall
weight of your vehicle • risk of an accident.
• Consider that when transporting heavy objects or one with a
large surface, the handling characteristics change due to shift in
Seats and storage
& WARNING
Spilled hot liquid can cause an accident and personal injury .
• Never carry any beverage containers with hot liquids, such as
hot coffee or hot tea, in the vehicle while it is mov ing . In case of
an accident, sudden braking or other vehicle movement, hot liquid
could spill, causing scalding burns. Spilled hot liquid can also
Fig. 98 Beverage cause an accident and personal injury.
sto rage in the rear
armrest • Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard cups and glasses can
cause injury in an accident .
Front beverage holders • Never use the cupholder or adapter as an ashtray - risk of fire.
- You can accom modat e two bevera ges in th is storage
page 88, fig . 97.
-=:::;, 0 Note
Only drink conta iners with lids should be carried in the cupholder.
Opening rear beverage holders Liquid could spill out and damage your vehicle's elect ron ic equipment
- Press on t he symbol W@ -=::;,
fig. 98 . or sta in the upholstery, etc. •
The holding arm m ust be adjusted such that it lies closely against the Fig. 99 Cent er
console: fro nt ashtr ay
cup holder.
A maximum of two beverages can be placed in the center armrest. Opening the ashtray
- Slide the cover open .
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Seats and storage
Cigarette lighter/outlet Before you purchase any accessor ies, always read and follow t he
information in~ page 338, "Additional accessor ies and parts
replacement".
Cigarette lighter
& WARNING
• Use care when using the cigarette lighter . Inattentive or unsu-
pervised use of the cigarette lighter can cause burns - risk of
injury!
• The cigarette lighter works when the ignition is switched off or
with the ignition key removed. Children should never be left unsu-
pervised in the vehicle, or there could be risk of fire !
Fig. 100 Open fr ont • The power outlets and therefore the electrical accessories
ashtray connected to them operate only with the ignition on . Improper
use of the outlets or of electrical accessories can lead to serious
Using the cigarette lighter injuries or cause a fire. For this reason , children should neve r be
left unattended in th e vehicle - they could be injured! •
- Open t he lid of the fro nt as htray .
Seats and storage
0 Note
• To avoid damag ing t he socket, only use plugs that fit properly.
• Only use the cigarette lighter socket as a powe r source fo r elec-
trical accessor ies for short durations . Use the sockets* in the veh icle
when a power so urce is needed for longer durations.
[i Tips
J Fig. 102 Socket in th e
When the engine is off and accessories are sti ll plugged in and are on, ce nter console
the vehicle battery can st ill be drai ned. •
Socket in the luggage compartment and the
front center console
Applies to vehicles: wit h 12-volt socket s
12-volt sockets - Open t he socket cover => fig. 101.
Electrical accessories can be conn ected to every 12 -volt - Insert the plug of th e elec t rical device int o the socket.
s ocket. Socket in the rear center console
- Open the socket cover t o access the socket.
Ins e rt the plug of the e le ct rical device int o th e socke t .
The soc ket of the cigarette lighter may be used for 12-volt appliances
with maximum consumption of up to 10 0 watts, such as a f lash light,
small vacuum cleane r, etc.
Fig. 101 Section of
the trim panel of the
Before you purchase any accessor ies, always read and follow the
luggage compartment: info rmation in~ page 338, "Additio na l accessor ie s a nd part s
12-volt socket rep lacement".
& WARNING
The outlet plus any appliances plugged into it remain functional
even if the ignition is switched off or the ignition key is removed.
Never leave children inside the vehicle w ithout supervision . .,_
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Seats and storage
0 Note
& WARNING(continued)
To avoid damaging the socket, only use plugs that fit properly. or heavy objects in the pockets on the coat hooks. During sudden
braking or in an accident - especially if the airbag is deployed -
these objects could injure any passengers inside the vehicle. •
[i] Tips
When the engine is off and accessories are still plugged in and are on,
the vehicle battery can still be drained. • Glove compartment
The glove compartment is illuminated and can be locked.
Storage
General overview
There are numerous places to store items in your vehicle.
• Always remove objects from the instrument panel. Any items To close glove compartment
not put away could slide around inside the vehicle while driving or
- Push the glove compartment lid upward until the lock
when accelerating or when applying the brakes or when driving
around a corner. engages .
• When you are driving make sure that anything you may have There are holders for a pen and a pad of paper in the glove compart-
placed in the center console or other storage locations cannot fall ment lid.
out into the footwells. In case of sudden braking you would not be
able to brake or accelerate. On the right side in the glove compartment is a holder with the key
body into which the emergency key must be clipped to be able to start
• Any pieces of clothing that you have hung up must not inter- the vehicle. .,,_
fere with the driver's view. The coat hooks are designed only for
lightweight clothing. Never hang any clothing with hard, pointed
Seats and storage
Coat hooks
& WARNING The coat hooks are located on the side on the pillar in the
To reduce the risk of personal injury in an accident or sudden stop,
always keep the glove compartment closed while driving. •
rear.
8.. 8
I---~\~ ~~ l Fig. 104 Storage
pocket in the roof
- To open the lid you have to touch the bar~ fig. 104
(Arrow). The lid opens automatically.
- To close the lid, push it up until it engages.
& WARNING
Always keep the lid closed while driving to reduce the risk of injury
during a sudden braking maneuver or in the event of an accident. •
Cont rols and equ ip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Warm and cold
[i J Tips
• To avoid adversely affecting heating and cooling performance and
to prevent condensation on the w indows, the air intake in front of the
windshield must be free of ice, snow and leaves.
• The air flowing out of the vents and throughout the vehicle's
entire interior is discharged at the rear of the vehicle. Make sure that
the outlet slots a re not covered by clothing, etc.
• The automatic climate control system works most effective ly if
the windows and the panorama/tilting sunroof* are closed. However,
if the interior of a parked veh icle is extremely hot from the sun,
briefly opening the windows can speed up the cooling process. •
Functions are set by rotating the regulator or are sw itched on and off
by tapping the buttons . The LEDin the buttons illuminates when the
function is active .
@ Fan =>page 97
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Warm and cold
-
@)
~
-
Air distribution
Defrost
:> page 98
:>page 98
The standard operating mode for all times of the year.
Turning on automatic mode
~ Rear window defogger :>page 99
- Set the temperature between 60°F (+16°() and 84°F
Turn cooling system (+28°().
[AC] on/off
:>page 99
- Press the (AUTO] button.
QJ :> page 108
al The regu lator is also used to set the fan speed, air dist ribut ion and seat Automatic mode ensures constant temperatu res in the interior and
heating. dehumidif ies the air inside the vehicle. Air temperature, volume and
distr ibution are controlled automat ical ly to reach or ma intain the
rn Tips
The grille on the controls=> page 95, fig . 105 must remain unob-
desired interior temperature as quickly as possible . Fluctuations in
exte rior tempe rature and the effects of temperature from the pos i-
tion of the sun are compensated for automatically .
structed and must not be taped over. Measuring sensors are located This operating mode works only in an adjustable temperature range
beh ind it . • of 60°F (+l 6°C) to 84°F (+28°C). If a temperature below 60°F
(+ 16°() is selected, LO appears in the display. At temperatures above
Applies to vehicles: with de luxe auto mati c climate cont rol
84°F (+28°() , HI is displayed. At both extreme sett ings, climate
control runs continuously at max imum cooling or heating power.
Turning the climate control system on and There is no temperature reg ulation. •
off
Applies to vehicles : with del uxe automatic climate contro l Applies to veh icles : with deluxe a utomatic climate contro l
Setting the temperature Fan ~
The automatically preset fan speed can be reduced or
increased .
[i ] Tips
• It is possible that the fan speed may change automatically. This
occurs to ensure that the desired temperature setting is reached as
quickly as possib le .
• The fan speed cannot be regulated separately for the driver and
front passenger. •
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
Warm and cold
Ap plies to vehicles : with del uxe automatic climate contro l Applies to vehicles : with del uxe automatic climate contro l
Recirculation mode [¢;;)] Air distribution [iii)
The recirculation mode prevents polluted outside air The automatically preset air distribution can be changed.
from entering the vehicle interior.
Activating
- Press the button [~I=> &-
Deactivating
- Press the button(~] again, or
- press the [AUTO] button. Fig. 108 Air distribu-
tion button and regu-
lator
In recirculation mode, air is drawn from the vehicle interior, filtered
and recirculated. We recommend selecting recirculation mode under
the following conditions: - Pressthe[·;g)button.
When driving through a tunnel or in a traffic jam so that exhaust - Rotate the regulator to the desired setting.
fumes and odors cannot enter the vehicle interior.
You can adjust the air distribution so that air flows from specific
vents. In position ;J air flows only to t he windows, in position :,J, it
& WARNING flows to the driver or passenger, and in position !,J it flows to the
footwell. There are additional combinations available to adjust air
You should not use the recirculation mode for an extended period
distribution as needed.
since no fresh air is drawn in. With the air-conditioning switched
off, the windows can fog up, which increases the risk of an To regulate air distribution automatically, switch to [AUTO] .
accident! •
When the radio or MMI* is turned on, the air distribution setting
appears for a few seconds on the screen. •
Ap plies to vehicles: wit h delux e a utomat ic climate cont rol AC mode !AC]
Rear window defogger [QiiJ
j
De a ctivating
The rear window defogger clears the rear window of
- Press the [AC]button .
condensation .
- Press the [Qiil]
button to turn the rear window defogger on Activating
and off. - Press the [AC]button again.
The rea r window defogger wo rks only when the engine is running. The The cooling system is turned on in AC mode. The heat ing and ventila-
indicator light in the button illuminates when the rear window tion system is controlled automatically.
defogger is on.
The rear window defogger is switched off automat ically after 10 to
20 minutes, depending on the outside temperature.
[i ] Tips
If the LEDin the switch continues to illuminate after AC mode has
The rear window defogger can be t urned on permanently by pressing been tu rned off(= turning the AC off), t here is a fau lt in an a ir-condi-
the jQill]button for more than two seconds. This remains stored until tioning component. Please consult an authorized dealership if there
the ignition is switched off. A rea r window defogger that was is an ope rating problem . •
switched on also remains stored for 15 minutes after the ignition is
switched off.
Applies t o vehicles: with deluxe au to mat ic climate cont rol
If the eng ine is restarted within these 15 m inutes, the rear window
defogger is activated for 10 to 20 minutes, depending on outside Economical use of the climate control
temperature. When a vehicle is parked for a sho rt time, the rear system
window defogger does not need to be manually activated again. Economical use of the climate control system helps save
fuel.
When the climate control system is working in cooling mode,
engine performance is reduced and fuel consumption is _,,
affected. To keep the time the climate control system is on as The climate controls are a combination of heating, ventilation and
short as possible, you should do the following: cooling systems, which automatically reduce humidity and cool the
air inside your vehicle .
- To save fuel, turn off cooling mode by pressing the [AC]
The climate control automatically maintains a temperature once it
button (indicator light goes out) .
has been set. The temperature of the air from the vents, fan speed
- In addition, if you open the window or the (air volume) and air distribution are also automatically adjusted. The
panorama/tilting sunroof* while driving, turn off cooling system also takes into account strong sunshine so that manual
mode by pressing the [AC] button (indicator light goes adjustment is not necessary . So in almost all cases, automatic mode
offers the best conditions for the comfort of the occupants at all
out).
times of the year ~ page 103.
- If the vehicle is extremely hot due to the heat of the sun, Please note the following :
briefly open doors and windows.
Turn on the air conditioner to reduce humidity in the vehicle. This also
prevents the windows from fogging up.
~ For the sake of the environment When the outside temperature is high and the air is very humid,
When you save fuel, you reduce emissions from the vehicle . • condensation from the evaporator may drip under the vehicle . This is
normal and does not indicate a leak.
If the outside temperature is low, the fan normally only switches to a
Deluxe automatic climate control higher speed once the engine coolant has warmed up sufficiently .
plus The air conditioner temporarily switches off when you drive off from
a standstill using full throttle to save engine power.
Applies to vehicles: with Deluxe automatic climate contro l plus
The compressor also switches off if the coolant temperature is too
Description
high, so that the engine can be adequately cooled under extreme
The air conditioner is fully automatic and is designed to loads.
maintain a comfortable and uniform climate inside the
Dust and pollen filter
vehicle.
The dust and pollen filter (a combined particle filter and activated
We recommend the following settings: charcoal filter) reduces or prevents outside air pollution (dust, or
pollen) from entering the vehicle.
- Set the temperature to 75 °F (+23 °C).
The dust and pollen filter must be changed at the intervals specified
- Press the [AUTO] button. in your Maintenance booklet, so that the air conditioner can properly
work.
With this setting, you attain maximum comfort in the least amount
If you drive your vehicle in an area with a high degree of air pollution,
of time. Change this setting, as desired, to meet your personal needs.
the filter may need to be changed more frequently than specified in ~
_________________________________________________ w
__a_r_m__ a_n_d_ c_o_ ld__ _
your Audi Warranty & Maintenance booklet . If in doubt, ask your • Repa irs to the Audi a ir condit ioner require special techn ical knowl-
authorized Audi Service Advisor for advice. edge and special tools. Contact an authorized Audi dealer for assis-
tance.
Key recognition
The current climate control settings are automatically stored and
assigned to the remote key (I) Tips
• To avoid adversely affecting heating and cooling performance and
Energy management to prevent condensation on the windows, the air intake in front of the
To prevent the battery from being discharged and to restore the windshield must be free of ice, snow and leaves.
balance of energy, components wh ich require large amounts of • The air flowing out of the vents and throughout the vehicle's
energy are temporarily cut back or switched off ~ page 239 . Heating entire interior is discharged at the rear of the vehicle . Make sure that
systems in part icula r req uire a great deal of energy. If you notice, for the outlet slots are not covered by clothing, etc.
example, that the rear window heater is not heating, then it has been
• Climate control works most effectively if the windows and the
temporarily cut back or switched off by energy management. These
panoramic sliding/tilting sunroof* are closed. However, if the interior
systems are available again as soon as the energy balance has been
of a parked vehicle is extremely hot from the sun, briefly opening the
restored .
windows can speed up the cooling process. •
& WARNING
Reduced visibility is dangerous and can cause accidents.
• For safe driving it is very important that all windows be free of
ice, snow and condensation.
• Completely familiarize yourself with the proper use and func-
tion of the heating and ventilation system and especially how to
defog and defrost the windows.
• Never use the windshield wiper/washer system in freezing
weather until you have warmed the windshield first , using the
heating and ventilation system. The washer solution may freeze
on the windshield and reduce visibility.
0 Note
• If you suspect that the climate control system has been damaged,
switch the system off t o avoid further damages, and have it inspected
by a qualified dealersh ip.
Climate cont rol turns on again when you press the temperature
regulator •
Applies to vehicles: wit h Deluxe auto m atic climat e cont rol plus Fig. 1 10 Temperature
Automatic mode [AUTO j sett ing regulator
The standard operating mode for all times of the year . - Rotate the regulator => fig. 110 to the left to reduce the
Turning on automatic mode temperature, or to the right to increase the temperature .
- Set the temperature between 60 °F (+16 °() and 84 °F The selected t emperature appears on the climate control display.
(+28 °() . When the MMI d isp lay is t urned on, the tempe rat ure setting appears
for a few seconds on t he screen . •
- Press the [AUTO I button.
Automatic mode ensures constant temperatures in the interior and
dehumidifies the air inside the vehicle. Air temperature, volume and
distribution are controlled a utomatica lly to reac h or ma inta in the
desired interior temperature as quickly as possible . Fluctuations in
exterior temperature and the effects of temperature from the posi-
tion of the sun a re compensated for automatically.
This ope rat ing mode works only in an adjustable temperature range
of 60° F (+16°C) to 84°F (+28°C) . If a temperature below 60° F
(+ 16°() is selected, LOappears in t he display . At tempera t ures above
84°F (+28°C), HI is displayed . At both extreme settings, climate
control runs continuously at max imum cooling or heat ing power.
There is no temperature regu lation. •
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
llll..__
w
__ a_r_m
__ a_n_d_ c_o
_ ld________________________________________________ _
Ap plies to vehicles : wit h Deluxe au tom ati c climat e cont rol plus Applies to vehicles: wit h Deluxe au tomatic climat e con tro l plus
[i J Tips
• It is possible that the fan speed may change automatically . This
occu rs t o en sur e th at t he desired temperature setting is rea ched as
quickly as poss ible.
• The fan speed can not be regulated separ ate ly for t he dr iver and
front passenger . •
_________________________________________________ W
_ a
_ r_m_ a
_ n_d_ c_o_ld_ ___.l
Applies to vehicles: wit h Deluxe automatic climate cont rol plus - Press the!®] button again, or press the [AUTO I button to
Air distribution [~ ) turn it off.
The automatically preset air distribution can be changed. Temperature is controlled automatically . The maximum amount of
air flows mainly from the vents below the windshield.
Pressing the l@Jbutton switches off recirculation mode. •
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
ffl..__
w
__a_r_m
__ a_n_d_ c_o
_ ld________________________________________________ _
A C mode (AC]
Turning AC off
- Press the [AC]button .
Turning AC on
- Press the [AC]button again.
[I) Tips
If the LEDin the switch does not illuminate after AC mode has been
turned on(= turning the AC off), there is a fault in an air-condit ioning Fig. 113 Instrument panel: Location of air vents
component . Please consult a authorized dealership if there is an
operat ing problem. • Vents @ and ®
- Rotate the thumbwheel located next to the outlet to open
or close it.
- To adjust the direction of the airflow from the outlet,
move the tab in the center of the outlet in the desired
direction . The direction of the air delivered from the vents
can be adjusted horizontally and vertically.
[I) Tips
If t he climate cont rol is ope rating in cooling mode, air flows primarily Deluxe automatic climate control
from the vents in the center console . To achieve adequate cooling,
you shou ld never close these vents comp lete ly. •
plus - basic settings
Applies to vehicles: with Deluxe auto ma ti c clim ate cont rol plus
General information
The basic climate control settings can be adjusted in the
radio or fv1fv11
*.
- Select : Function button [CAR]> Control button AC. _.,
The following functions can be selected : Applies to vehicles: wit h Deluxe automatic climate control plus
An air quality sensor detects increased concentrations of Synchron ization is canceled when settings are adjusted on the front
pollutants in the outside air and automatically switches passenger's side. •
to recirculation mode.
We recommend that you always keep automatic recirculation ON to Seat heating
prevent polluted outside air from entering the vehicle interior.
Applies to vehicles: with front sea t heating
If the air quality sensor located in the climate control syst em detects
polluted outside air, the sensor decides whether the air pollution can Front seat heating ~
be reduced by the factory-insta lled pollutant fi lter or whether it is The seat cushion and the seatback of the front seats can
necessary to switch to recirculation. With heavy concentrations of
pollutants, the climate control system is switched automat ically to
be heated electrically.
recirculation mode and the supply of outside air is blocked . As soon
as the concentration of pollutants in the outside air drops, fresh air is
supplied to the vehicle interior again.
In the event that the windows fog up during automatic recirculation,
press the 1@]button immediate ly.
Under certain operating conditions, automatic recirculation is
switched off automatically. When outside temperatures are below
about 50 °F (+10 °C), automatic recirculation is limited to
30 seconds. When outside temperatures are below about 30 °F (- Fig. 1 14 Seat heating
butto n and regulator
1 °C), automatic recirculation is limited to 15 seconds . •
Seat heating only functions when the seats are loaded with body
we ight. If a person is not sitting on the front seats, seat heating 0 Not e
should be switched off to prevent unintentional heating of the seat To avoid damage to the heating elements in the seats, do not kneel
surfaces. on the seats or place heavy loads on a small area of the seat. •
0 Note
To avoid damage to the heating e lements in the seats, do not kneel
on the seats or place heavy loads on a small area of the seat.
[I) Tips
Please note that objects placed on the seats may be detected. If these
objects are heavy enough, their weight will cause the seat heating to
switch on. •
Steering The steer ing whee l can be adju sted even when the ign it ion is tu rned
off. For veh icles with seat memory, the individual positions for the
steering wheel can be stored a long with the seat position.
Manually adjustable steering wheel
The height and reach of the steering wheel can be
adjusted . & WARNING
Improper use of steering wheel adjustment and improper seating
position can cause serious personal injury .
• Adjust the steering wheel column only when the vehicle is not
moving to prevent loss of vehicle control.
• Adjust the driver's seat or steering wheel so that there is a
minimum of 10 inches (25 cm) between your chest and the
st eering wheel =;, page 1 70, fig. 172. If you cannot maintain this
minimum distance , the airbag system cannot protect you prop-
erly.
Fig. 1 15 Leve r un der
t he ste e ring column • If physical limitation s prevent you from sitting 10 inches (25
cm) or more from the steering wheel, check with your authorized
First, adjust t he driver's seat correctly. Audi dealer to see if adaptive equipment is available .
• If the steering wheel is aligned with your face , the supple-
- Pull the lever==>fig. 115 -Arrow-==>& . mental driver's airbag cannot provide as much protection in an
- Move t he ste ering wheel to t he desired positi on. accident . Always make sure that the steering wheel is al igned with
your chest.
- Push t he lever against the steering column until it locks. • Always hold the steering wheel with your hands at the 9 o'clock
and 3 o'clock positions to reduce the risk of pers onal injury if the
The re must be at Least 10 inches (25 cm) between your chest a nd the
driver's airbag deploys .
cen t er of the stee ring whee l. If you canno t sit more t han 10 inches
(25 cm) from the steering wheel, see if adaptive equ ipment is avail- • Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or with
able to help you reach the pedals and increase the distance from t he your hands inside the steering wheel rim or on the steering wheel
st eeri ng wheel. hub. Holding the steering wheel the wrong way can cause serious
injuries to the hands, arms and head if the driver's airbag
For detailed information on how to adjust the dr iver's seat, see deploys. •
=;,page 73 .
_______________ On the road __. -
Ignition Lock and ignition switch If the eng ine shou ld not start immediately, the sta rting process is
aut oma t ically stopped afte r a sho rt t ime. Repeat st art ing procedure.
Starting engine with the key Driver mes s age in the in s trument cluster display
The ignition is swit ched on and the engine started with Press brake pedal to start engine
the ignition key. This message appears if you do not step on the brake pedal to start
the engine on a veh icle with an a utomatic transm ission .
Shift to P, otherw ise vehicle can roll aw ay. Doors do not lock if lever
is not in P.
Fig. 11 6 Igni tion key
This message appears fo r safety reasons along with a warning signal.
It appears if the selector leve r for the automat ic transm ission is not
- Inser t th e key into the ignitio n lock . in the P pos ition after the ignition is sw itched off . Move the selector
lever to the P position, otherwise the veh icle is not secured against
- Step on the bra ke pedal and move the se le ct o r leve r to the
rolling away . You also ca nn ot lock the vehicle using th e locking
P or N posit io n .
button on the door handle or using the remote key.
- Press the key=> fig. 1 16 - the engine will start.
By pressing the key w ithout stepping on the brake, the ignition is & WARNING
switched on and off. With the ignition on, the steering wheel is • Always take the key with you whenever you leave your vehicle.
unlocked. Otherwi se, the engine could be started or electrical equipment
You can on ly remove the key with the ignition switched off. To do this, such as the power windows could be operated . This can lead to
you have to press on the key aga in. Wit h an a utomat ic transm iss io n, serious injury.
the se lector lever must be in the P position. • Never leave children or persons requiring assistance unat-
When starti ng the engine, major electrical loads a re swit ched off tended in th e vehicle. The doors can be locked using the remote
tr ansmitte r, preventing people from escaping f rom the vehicle on
temporarily .
their own in the event of an emergency. Depending on the time of
After starting a cold engine, there may be a brief period of increased year, people inside the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very
noise because the oil press ure must first build up in the hydra ulic low temperature s. ._
valve adjusters. This is normal and not a cause for concern.
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service Technical data
ment
IIIIL-_ O
.::...:.
n.:....:
t:.:.
h.:..
e::....:
r...:
o:..a.::..:
d,;__________________________________________________ _
~
• The brake booster and servotronic only work when the engine
For the sake of the environment is running . With the ignition turned off , you have to apply more
To avoid unnecessary engine wear and to reduce exhaust emiss ions, force when steering or braking. Since you cannot steer and stop
do not let your vehicle stand and wa rm up. Be ready to dr ive off imme- normally, this can lead to accidents and serious injuries.
diately after starting your vehicle. Maintain moderate speed unt il the • The radi ator fan can continue to run for up to 10 minutes even
eng ine is comp letely war m . Remem ber, the engine performs bes t at after you have turned off the engine and removed the ignition key.
operat ing temperature . The radiator fan can also turn on again if the engine coolant heats
up because of intense sunlight or heat build-up in the engine
lIJTips compartment.
- Bring t he vehicle t o a fu ll st op .
_____________ On the road
____;____;_.:....:....::..;,_______J -
Starting and stopping the engine Driver message in the instrument c luster display
If t he eng ine does not start immediate ly, stop t rying afte r 10 se conds Shift to P, otherwi se vehicle can roll away. Door s do not lock if lever
and then try to restart the engine about 30 seconds later . is not in P.
After a cold engine is started, there may be a brief period of increased This message appea rs fo r safety reasons along with a warning signa l.
noise beca use oil pressure must fi rst build up in the hydraulic valve It appears if the selector lever for the automatic t ransmission is not
adjusters. This is no rma l and not a cause for concern. in the P pos itio n when swit ching off the ignition with the
[START ENGINE STOP] button. Move the selector lever to the P .,_
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
1111....__ 0_ n_ t_h_e_ r_o_a
_ d_________________________________________________ _
positi on, oth erwise t he vehi cle is not secured against rolling aw ay. Appli es to vehicles : with convenience key
You al so cannot lock t he vehicl e usi ng th e locking button o n t he doo r Switch ing engine off with the
hand le or using t he remote key. [S TART ENGINE STOP] button
Convenience key defective ! Use ignition lock
This message appea rs if t he vehicl e has to be started not w ith the - Brin g your vehicle to a com plete stop .
!S T ART EN GINE STO P J but ton but wit h t he ig nitio n key. - Auto mat ic t ran smissi on *: Move t he sele ctor lever t o the P
or N posit ion.
& WARNING - Pressthe [ST AR T EN GI N E STO P ) button => pa ge 113,
• Never allow the engine to run in confined spaces - danger of fig . 117.
asphyxiation.
Emergency OFF function
• Never turn off the engine until the vehicle has come to a
complete stop.
If necessary, the eng ine can be switched off with the selecto r lever in
t he R, D or S* positions . To d o so, ste p on t he brake peda l and press
• The brake booster and servotronic only work when the engine
and hold the !ST ART ENGI N E S T OP Jbutton (vehicle speed must be
is running . With the ignition turned off , you have to apply more
less t han 6 mp h/ 10 km/ h.
force when steering or braking. Since you cannot steer and stop
normally, this can lead to accidents and serious injuries.
&, WARNING
0 Note • Never turn off the engine until the vehicle has come to a
complete stop.
• Avoid high eng ine rpm, f ull th rottle and heavy engine loads unti l
t he engi ne has reached operatin g t emp erat ure - oth erwise you risk • The brake booster and servotronic only work when the engine
engine damage. is running . With the ignition turned off , you have to apply more
• The eng ine cannot be st art ed by pushin g or tow ing t he vehicle . force when steering or braking. Since you cannot steer and stop
normally , this can lead to accidents and serious injuries .
• If the engi ne has been und er heavy load for an exten ded period,
heat builds up in t he engi ne compart ment afte r t he engine is • For safety reasons, you should always park your vehicle with
switched off- there is a risk of damag ing the engine . Allow the engine the selector lever in P. Otherwise, the vehicle could inadvertently
t o run at idl e for abou t 2 minutes before switch ing it off . roll away .
• After the engine has been switched off, the radiator fan can
rn Tips
If you open th e dr iver 's door wi t h th e igni ti on switch ed on, a buzzer
continue to run for up to 10 minutes - even with the ignition
switched off. It can also switch on again after some time if the
coolant temperature rises as the result of a heat buildup or if the
sounds and the message Ignition is on appears in t he instr ument engine is hot and the engine compartment is additionally heated
clu st er d isplay. Swi tc h th e ig nition off . • by the sun's rays. ~
_______________ On the road __. Ill
In add it ion to the normal functions of a traditional hand brake, the
0 Not e electromechan ical parki ng brake provides various convenience and
If t he engine has been under heavy load for an exten ded period, heat safety functions .
builds up in the engine compartment afte r the engine is switched off
-there is a risk of damaging the eng ine. Allow the engine to run at idle When starting from re s t
for about 2 minutes before switching it off . • • The integral starting assist helps you when driving by automati-
cally re leasing t he parking brake ~ page 116, "Star t ing from rest ".
• When starting on inclines, the starting ass ist prevents the vehicle
Electromechanical parking brake from unint ent ionally rolling back. The braking fo rce of t he par king
brake is not released until sufficient driving force has been built up at
Operation the whee ls .
The electromechanical parking brake replaces the hand Emergency brake function
brake. An emergency brake ensures that the vehicle can be slowed down
even if the normal brakes fail ~ page 117, "Emergency braking" .
Indicator light s
• If the parking brake is closed with the ign ition switched on the
indicator lights come on ::r.,(USAmodels)/ (®)(Canada models) in the
instrument cluster and the switch.
• If the par king brake is closed wit h the ign ition switch ed off the
indicator lights come on =, (USAmodels)/ (®)(Canada models) in t he
inst rument clust er and the switch for about 20 seconds.
Fig . 1 18 Center
cons ole : Parking brake
& WARNING
- Pull on the switch @ :::>fig. 118 to apply the parking If a drive range is engaged with the vehicle stationary and the
brake . The indicator light in the switch illuminates. engine running , you must in no instance accele rate carele ss ly.
Otherwi se the vehicle will start to move immediately - risk of an
- Step on the b rake pedal or the accelerator peda l a nd pre ss
accident.
the switch at the same time to release the parki ng brake .
The indicator light in the switch goes out.
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
lffll.___ O
_ n_ t_h_e_ r_o_a
_ d_________________________________________________ _
[I] Tips • When the vehicle is locked, no one - particularly not children
should remain in the vehicle. Locked doors make it more difficult
• You can app ly the parking brake at any time - even with the igni- for emergency workers to get into the vehicle - putting lives at
tion turned off. The ignition must be turned on in order to re lease the risk. •
parking brake.
• Occasional noises when the parking brake is applied and released
are normal and are not a cause for concern. Starting from rest
• When the vehicle is parked, the parking brake goes through a self- The starting assist function ensures that the parking
test cycle at regular intervals. Any associated noises are normal. • brake is released automatically upon starting.
Stopping and applying parking brake
Parking
- Pull the switch to apply the parking brake .
Various rules apply to prevent the parked vehicle from
rolling away accidentally. Starting and automatically releasing the
parking brake
Parking
- When you start to drive as usual, the parking brake is auto -
- Stop the vehicle with the foot brake. mat ically released and your vehicle begins to move.
- Pull the switch to apply the parking brake .
When stopping at a traffic signal or stopp ing in city traffic on vehicles
- Automatic transmission : Move the selector lever to P. with an automatic transmission, the park ing brake can be applied.
The vehicle does not have to be held with the footbrake. The parking
- Turn the engine off=:>& . brake eliminates the tendency to creep with a drive range engaged.
As soon as you drive off as usual, the parking brake is released auto -
In addition on inclines and grades matically and the vehicle starts to move.
- Turn the steering whee l so that your vehicle will roll
against the curb in case it should start to move. Starting on slopes
When starting on inclines, the starting assist prevents the vehicle
from unintentionally ro lling back. The braking force of the parking
& WARNING brake is not released until sufficient dr iving force has been built up at
the whee ls. _,,,
• When you leave your vehicle - even if only briefly - alway s
remove the ignition key. This applies particularly when children
_______________________________________________ O
_ n_t _
h_e_ro_ a_d__ ffl'I
braked at all four wheels by activating the hydraulic brake system.
[I) Tips The brake performance is similar to making an emergency stop =:>& .
For safety reasons, the parking brake is released automatically only In order not to activate the emergency braking by mistake, an audible
when the driver 's safety belt is engaged in the buckle. • warning tone (buzzer) sounds when the switch is pulled. As soon as
the switch is released, or the accelerator pedal is depressed, emer-
gency braking stops.
Starting off with a trailer
To prevent rolling back unintentionally on an incline, do
the following : & WARNING
Emergency braking should only be used in an emergency, when
- Keep the switch pulled and depress the accelerator . The the normal foot brake has failed or the brake pedal is obstructed.
parking brake stays applied and prevents the vehicle from Using the parking brake to perform emergency braking will slow
rolling backward. your vehicle down as if you had made a full brake application. The
laws of physics cannot be suspended even with ESP and its associ·
- You can release the switch once you are sure that you are ated components (ABS, ASR, EDS). In corners and when road or
developing enough driving force at the wheels by weather conditions are bad, a full brake application can cause the
depressing the accelerator . vehicle to skid or the rear end to break away· risking an accident. •
Depending on the weight of the rig (vehicle and trailer) and the
severity of the incline, you may roll backwards as you start. You can Driver messages in the instrument cluster
prevent rolling backwards by holding the parking brake switch pulled
out and accelerating - just as you would when starting on a hill with a Warning Vehicle incline is excessive
conventional hand brake . •
This message appears when the parking brake is applied on an incline
that exceeds about 30%.
Emergency braking In this case the braking power of the parking brake may not be
adequate to prevent the vehicle from rolling unintentionally.
In the event that the conventional brake system fails or
locks. Please release parking brake
Please note that for safety reasons the parking brake is released auto-
- In an emergency, pull the switch and continue to pull it to
matically only if the driver's seat belt is fully engaged in the buckle .
slow your vehicle down with the parking brake.
To release the parking brake press the brake pedal
- As soon as you release the switch or accelerate, the
braking process stops. This driver message appears when the switch to release the parking
brake was pressed. The parking brake can only be released if you step
If you pull the switch and hold it above a speed of about 5 mph (8 on the brake pedal and at the same time press the switch or you auto- _.,
km/h), the emergency braking function is initiated. The vehicle is
Parking brake!
This drive r mess age appe a rs t oge t her wit h t he yellow symb ol
w hen the re is a parking brake mal function .
& WARNING
• Always pay attention to the traffic around you when the cruise
control is in operation . You are always responsible for your speed
Fig. 119 Control lever and the distance between your vehicle and other vehicles.
with push -butto n
• For reasons of safety, cruise control should not be used in the
city, in stop-and-go traffic, on twisting roads and when road
conditions are poor (such as ice, fog, gravel , heavy rain and hydro-
planing) - you could have an accident.
• Switch the cruise control off temporarily when driving in
turning lanes, highway exits or in construction zones.
_________________________________________________ O_ n_t_h
_ e_ ro_ a_d__ _
Change speed in increments of 1 mph (1 km/h) by lightl y pressing the Temporary deactivation
lever. If you keep the lever pressed down, you will alter your speed in - Step on the brake pedal, or
5 mph (10 km/h) increments .
- Press the lever into position ® (not clicked into place)
You can also press the accelerator pedal down to increase your speed, =:>page 118, fig. 119, or
e .g . if you want to pass someone . The speed you saved earlier will
resume as soon as you let off of the accelerator pedal. - Drive for longer than 5 minutes at more than 5 mph
If, however, you exceed your saved speed by 5 mph (10 km/h) for (10 km/h) above the stored speed .
longer than 5 minutes, the cruise control will be turned off tempo-
rarily . The green symbol in the display turns white, the saved speed is Switching off completely
retained. • - Press lever into position ® (clicked into place), or
- Switch the ignition off.
The speed you saved will be retained if the cruise control has been
switched off temporarily. To resume the saved speed, let up on the
brake and pull the lever to position @ .
The saved speed will be erased after turning the ignit ion off. .,_
in.WARNING
You should only resume the saved speed if it is not too high for
existing traffic conditions. Otherwise you risk an accident. •
___________________________________________ __:A::::::::.:d::.a:::..tp:..:t::.:i..:v~e:.....::c:.:.r~u
:.__J-
The adaptive cruise control driver assistance program is a What is important for you to know
combined speed and distance control system. The adaptive cruise control is set with system-specified limits, that is,
as a driver, yo u will have to adjust the speed and distance to the
vehicle ahead in some instances =>page 131, "Dr iver int ervention
prompt " and =>page 132, "System limit at ions ".
ln.WARNING
Improper use of the adaptive cruise control can cause collisions,
other accidents and serious personal injury.
Fig. 121 Front • Never drive at speeds that are too high for traffic, road and
bumper: Position of weather conditions.
radar sensor
• Never follow the vehicle in front so closely that you cannot stop
Any speed between about 20 mph (30 km/h) and about 95 mph your vehicle safely. The adaptive cruise control cannot brake the
(150 km/h) can be set and held with th e adaptive cruise control. The vehicle safely when you follow another vehicle too closely . Always
system a lso regulates a pre-set d istance from the vehicle ahead remember that the adaptive cruise control has a braking power
within the limits of the system described . that is only about 25% of the vehicle's maximum braking ability,
the automatic braking function cannot bring the vehicle to a stop.
Driving can be more relaxed, particularly on long tr ips on interstates
• Never use adaptive cruise control on roads where you cannot
or on other highways that are generally straight.
drive safely at a steady speed, including city, stop-and-go or heavy
How does it work? traffic, on winding roads or when road conditions are poor (for
example, on ice, gravel, in fog, heavy rain or on wet roads that
You can operate the adaptive cruise contro l us ing the lever on the
increase the risk of hydroplaning).
steeri ng wheel column=> page 124 , " How is the speed sto red?" and
=>page 126, "How is the distance (time interval) set?". • The radar sensor's vision can be reduced by rain, snow and
heavy spray. This can result in vehicles driving ahead being inade-
quately detected or, in some circumstances, not detected at all. If
necessary, take action yourself! ._
Cont rols an d equ ip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service Technical data
men t
•m.____...,__
- Adaptive _____________
cruise control _
• To ensure that the radar sensor is not blocked, foreign objects
& WA RNI NG (continued) (e.g. stickers, add-on part s) mu st no t cover t he are a nea r t he radar
• Always turn off adaptive cruise control when entering turn sensor=> page 121, fig. 121. The a rea near the rada r sensor must not
lanes, highway exit lane s and construct ion zones or similar situa - be painte d, either.
tions because the vehicle will automatically accele rate to the • For Declaration of Compliance to United States FCCand Industry
stored speed. Can ad a regulations =>page 339. •
• Never rest your foot on the accelerator pedal, especially when
the adaptive cruise control is being used because doing so will Applies to vehicles: with adapt ive cruise control
override the braking function and prevent the brakes from being
applied by the system when it detects a situation when the brakes How does adaptive cruise control work?
must be applied . Vehicles traveling ahead are de tected with the aid of a
• Always remember that the adaptive cruise control has limits - rada r sensor.
it does not react when you drive towards an obstacle or something
else on o r near the road that is not moving, such as vehicles
stopped in a traffic jam , a stalled or disabled vehicle.
• Always remember that the adaptive cruise control cannot
detect a vehicle th at is driving towards you in your traffic lane and
that it cannotdetect narrowvehiclessuchas motorcycles and bicy-
cles.
Driving in traffic the brakes may feel "hard" . This is simply due to the pressure build-
If a vehicle driving ahead is detected, the adaptive cruise control up of the initia l braking.
decelerates (with in the limits of the system)~ page 131, "Driver • Adaptive cruise control is switched off after pressing the foot-
intervention prompt" and ~ page 132, "System limitations" to its brake. The speed saved up this point can be resumed. To resume the
speed and after adjust ing, tries to maintain the set d istance from the saved speed, release the brake pedal and pull the control lever
vehicle ahead. The vehicle may temporarily drive slower than the set ~ page 125, "Turning adaptive cru ise control off temporarily". •
speed wh ile adjusting~ & in "Description " on page 121.
If the vehicle in front accelerates, adaptive cruise control also accel- Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise contro l
erates up to the speed that you have set.
Switching the system on and off
Situation requ i ring driver intervention
In some situat ions you will have to use the footbrake to slow the
vehicle down in order to keep a safe distance from vehicle in front of
you or to avoid a rear-end collision. In this situation, a symbo l
appears and a warning tone sounds~ page 131.
Applie s to vehicles: with adapt ive cr uise control Appli es to vehicles: wi th adapt ive cruise contro l
- Press the [SET) button ~ fig . 124 to store the desired - Press the lever briefly upwards 0 =>fig. 125. USA
models: the speed increases by about 2 .5 mph . Canada
speed .
models: speed will increase by one mark on the speedom-
After the ISET I button is released, the cur rent speed is stored and eter scale.
maintained .
- Press the lever upwards 0 and hold it . As long as you hold
The saved speed is now shown in the LEDdisplay in the speedometer the control switch down, the light diode display in the
by one or two illuminated red light diodes=> page 128 . At the same speedometer LEDdisplay in the speedometer moves
time, the saved speed is also shown for a short time in the Informa- forward and the speed is increased .
tion line=> page 130.
R e ducing sp ee d
(I) Tips - Press the lever downwards briefly Q . USA models : the
For safety reasons, the stored speed is deleted when the ignition is speed decreases by 2 .5 mph . Canada models: speed will
turned off. • decrease by one mark on the speedometer scale . _,,.
____________ __
____,___ cruise
Adaptive control ____. Ill
- Press the lever downwards Q and hold it. As long as you Turning control off temporarily
hold the control switch down, the light diode display in the - To shut off the control with the save function, either
speedometer LEDdisplay moves backward and the speed depress the brake pedal, or
is reduced.
- Press the lever in the direction of the arrow 0 =::>fig. 126.
After releasing the control switch, the system regulates the speed to
the value just set . Reactivating control
After each adjustment, the newly-set speed is shown for a short time - To resume the saved speed, release the brake pedal and
in the Information line ~ page 130. press the lever in the direction of the arrow (D.
[I) Tips
You can increase your speed at any time by stepping on the acceler-
& WARNING
Improper use of the adaptive cruise control can cause collisions,
ator pedal. After you release the accelerator pedal, the system
other accidents and serious personal injuries. Never resume the
adjusts back down to the speed you previously set . A new desired
stored speed if the speed is too high for prevailing road, traffic or
speed can be stored at any time by press ing the [SET] button
weather condit ions.
~ page 124, fig. 124. •
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
lffllL___: A
::::::
d:.:
a:::::.!:
p:.:
t:.:.
i.:
v.:e:...::
c~r-=
u:.:
i=s-=
e:...::
c.:o:.:
n..:t.:.:...
ro=-=
l--------------------------------------------
Applie s to vehicl es: wit h adapt ive cruise contr ol • a distance of 72 feet (22 meters) at a speed of SOmph (80 km/h)
How is the distance (time interval) set? • a distance of 108 feet (33 meters) at a speed of 75 mph (120
km/h)
Distance can be set in four stages.
a,
Di stance 2 ~ -- ~ --
0
~ This setting is ideal for "keeping pace" comfortably in bumper-to-
""'
C0
bumper traff ic. The distance is 1.3 seconds. This is the equ ivalent of,
for instance,
• a distance of 46 feet (14 meters) at a speed of 25 mph (40 km/h)
• a distance of 95 feet (29 meters) at a speed of SOmph (80 km/h)
• a distance of 144 feet (44 meters) at a speed of 75 mph (120
km/h)
Fig . 127 Control
lever : Sett ing dista nce Di stance 3 ~ --- ~ -
This setting is idea l for "keeping pace" in bumper-to-bumper traffic
- Push the slider switch once to the right 0 or to the left 0 and is the equ ivalent of the genera lly recommended distance that is
=>fig . 127. The distance currently set is shown for 3 "half of the speedometer speed". The distance is 1.8 seconds. This is
seconds in the instrument cluster display. the equivalent of, fo r instance,
Push the slider switch again to the right 0 or to t he left • a distance of 66 feet (20 meters) at a speed of 25 mph (40 km/h)
0 to increase or to decrease the distance by one step . • a distance of 131 feet (40 meters) at a speed of SOmph (80 km/h)
• a distance of 197 feet (60 meters) at a speed of 75 mph (120
Se le ct d istan ce
km/h)
The distance at which the adaptive cruise control follows a vehicle in
front is determined by time intervals . A time interval to a vehicle in Di st a nce 4 ~ -- --~
front is established and maintained. This produces a speed-depen- This sett ing is ideal for secondary road traff ic. The distance is 2 .3
dent interval. The higher the speed, the greate r the safety interval in seconds. This is the equivalent of, for instance,
yards (meters) =>& .
• a distance of 82 feet (25 met ers) at a speed of 25 mph (40 km/h)
The distances provided are specified values. These distances may
• a distance of 167 feet (51 meters) at a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h)
exceed or fall short of these target distances, depending on the
dr iving situation and the driving style of the vehicle ahead. • a distance of 249 feet (76 meters) at a speed of 75 mph (120
km/h)
Dis t ance 1 ~ - ~ --- You can set the way your vehicle performs in ACCmode when acceler-
This setting is ideal for br isk driving in bumper-to-bumper traffic. The ating and braking in the radio or MM!* =>page 132. Depending on
distance is one second. This is the equivalent of, for instance, the driving program and distance you select , your vehicle's accelera-
• a distance of 36 f eet (11 meters) at a speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) tion and braking can range from dynamic (1) to comfortable (5). ~
____________________________________________ A
_ d_a
___,_
p_t_i_v_e_ c_r_u_i_s_e_ c_o_n
_ t _r_
o_l_ __.f
Driving pro- dynamic standard comfort Driver information
gram
Applies to vehicles: with ad ap t ive cruise cont rol
Dist ance 1 1 2 3
Displays in the instrument cluster
Distance 2 2 3 4
Depending on the driving situation, driver information is
Distance 3 2 3 4 displayed in the instrument cluster .
Distance 4 3 4 5
& WARNING
When setti ng the distance , the driver is responsible for adhering
to the respective national and coun t ry-sp ecific regulations .
• Fo llowing othe r vehicle s too closely increa se s the risk of colli·
sions and seriou s persona l injury .
• Setting short distances to the traffic ahead reduces the time
and distan ce available to bring your vehicle to a safe st o p and
makes it even more nece ssary to pay close attention to traffic.
• Always use good judgm ent and select a safe follow ing distance
for the traffic , road and weather condition s .
[I) Tips
The d istance sett ing is reset to the facto ry defau lt DISTANCE3 the
next time the ignition is turned on . • Fig. 128 Overview inst rument clust er
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnicaldata
ment
IIII.___ A
_ d_a,.:.
p_t_i_v_e_ c_r_u
_ is_ e_c_o_n_t _r_o_l_____________________________________________ _
@ Display in the instrument cluster The system allows only speeds from 20 to 95 mph (30 to 150 km/h)
In display area @ informat ion from the navigation system* and the to be set. This speed range is faintly illum inated in the speedometer
trip computer is displayed in addition to information about adaptive (LED lights).
cruise control.
Indicator lights (symbols)
You can select among the different information by repeated brief • © Open road: The indicator light shows that adaptive cruise
taps on the (RESE T Ibutton on the windshield wiper lever =>page 23, control is active and that no object is ahead of the vehicle. A stored
"Operation " . speed requested is maintained .
© Status indicator • @ Driving in traffic: The indicator light indicates that an object
The information in area © is not disp layed permanently. Informat ion has been detec t ed traveling in front. Your speed is adjusted according
is displayed only if you set or change the speed setting, change the to the speed of the vehicle in front . The adaptive cruise control acce l-
time interval, when messages are displayed or if the adaptive cruise erates and brakes automatically within the system 's operation
control is turned off for safety reasons . • parameters .
• © Driver intervention prompt : The red flashing warning light
means Request for driver to assume control. You as the driver must
Appli es to vehicles : with adapt ive cru ise control
slow the vehicle with the foot brake . The symbol tells you that the
Speedometer and indicator Light display adaptive cruise control is not able to slow the vehicle down enough to
keep a enough distance to the vehicle in front of you. An warn ing tone
will also sound when the symbol appears. For more information
about the driver intervent ion prompt=> page 131 .
- --
- - -
-- [I) Tips
• If you use the accelerator to go faster tha n the speed of the object
ahead of you, the driver intervention prompt will not be accompa-
nied by a warning signal.
@ ® Fig. 129 Instrument
cluster: Indicator light
• If the speed you previously set is exceeded, the indicator light in
the speedometer will sw itch off. •
Desired speed
The desired speed set by the driver is d isplayed by a red LEDin the LED
display in the speedometer.
If the desired speed was set between two lines on the speedometer
using the [SET] button, the two closest light diodes will come on
:::>page 127, fig.128 .
____________________________________________ A
_ d_a
___,_
p_t_i_v_e_ c_r_u_i_s_e_ c_o_n
_ t _r_
o_l_ __.f
App lies to vehicles: wi th adapt ive cruise cont ro l • Driving in traffic : If a vehicle is detected ahead, the arrow moves
Display in the instrument cluster on th e scale. The gree n area represe nt s t he dist a nce set . When
approac hing slowly, the arrow moves from the gray zone to the green
zone on the scale .
• Request for driver to assume control: When approa ching rap idly,
the arrow serves as an early warning s ignal. If the d istance selected is
excee de d or poss ibly not reached, the arrow moves into t he red zo ne
on the scale. In certa in driving situations, you as the driver will have
t o take action =? page 131, "Driver int ervent io n prompt".
@ Status
Fig. 130 Display in • The t ext ACC OFF a ppe ars in wh ite lette rs when adaptive cruise
t he inst rum ent cluste r control is turned off.
• The t ext ACC AVAILABLE appears in wh ite lette rs when the
Scroll t hro ugh the availab le information displays by br iefly t a pping system is turned on but no desired speed has been set.
the [ RESE T ] button at the end of the windsh ie ld wiper leve r. You can
• The text OVERRIDE appears in whi t e letters when you exceed the
select information from the tr ip com puter, naviga t ion system* or
desired speed by accelerating .
adaptive cruise control.
• The t ext DISTANCE ! appears in red letters w hen the interval to a
@ Veh icle symbol vehicle travelin g ahead is too s hort and you have t o slow your vehicle
© Dist ance additionally with the foot brake.
© St atus • The t ext mess ages DISTANCE 1 to DISTANCE 4 appea r in g reen
let te rs to indicate the time interval you have set and adaptive cruise
© Vehicle symbol cont rol is in managemen t mode.
The ve hicle symbol indica t es whe th er the syst em has de t ecte d a n • If the driving program "standard" is rep laced by "comfort" or
object traveling in front . "dynamic" using the MMI*, the above text message is suppleme nte d
• Vehicle outline : Open road, no veh icle ahead . by an a ppropriate prompt, e.g . DISTANCE 1 DYN . •
• White vehicle : A veh icle is detected ahead .
• Red vehicle : Request for dr iver to ass ume co nt rol.
© Distance
Using t he a rrows and scale, you can detect how fa r it is to the vehicle
in front of you.
• Open road : No a rrow appe ar s when t he veh icle is on a n open roa d
and there is no veh icle ahead.
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service Technical data
ment
IIIIL-___; A
:....:.:
d=a;.!:
p::.t.::.
i:v
..:..e
::....
c::.r:..u
.:.;_;_
is::..:
e..:..:
c..:
o:..n..:..:
t .;.
r..:
o..:l:.__
____________________________________________ _
Applies to vehicl es: with adapt ive cruise contr ol controlled. The ACCsystem is not switched off, so increased alertness
System status indicator is requi red. The following may be reasons for the text message ACC
Functionally lim ited:
The text messages and symbols shown in this area of the
• The ACCsensor is dirty. The ACCsystem is not reacti ng, or is not
display are not displayed permanently .
reacting correct ly, to vehicles traveling ahead.
• It is possible that you are driving on a road with very light traffic
without anyth ing at the s ide of the road (e.g . guard rails, traff ic signs,
trees). As soon as a vehicle is detected by the system again, it returns
to its contro l range and the text message disappears.
The ACCsensor is located in the right front trim grille=> page 121,
fig. 121. If there is a loss of operation due to heavy contamination,
this area should cleaned to restore proper operation .
Park ing brake! Applies to vehicles : with adapt ive cruise cont rol
The text message Parking brake ! appears if eme rgency braking was Driver intervention prompt
ma nual ly initia t ed with t he Electromechanical Park ing Brake (EPB).
The adapt ive cruise control is t urned off . This is accompanied by a
The driver intervention prompt calls on the driver to tak e
warning tone. over the situation.
Stabilisation program
The text message Stabilisation program appears if the Electronic
Sta bilizat ion Prog ram (ESP) has intervened. In this case the adaptive
cruise control is automatically t urned off. This is accompan ied by a
warning tone.
Speed
The set speed in mph (Canada km/h) always appea rs when sav ing or
changi ng the speed in adaptive cruise control~ page 124, "How is
the speed stored ?" and ~ page 124, "Chang ing store d spee d ".
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service Technical data
ment
IIIJL-___: A
....:.:
d.:..
a:;£
p;..:
t:.:.
i..:.
v..:
e:....::
c.:..
r..:
u:.:.
i..:.
s..:
e:....:
c..:
o;..:
n..:.
t..:.:..
ro..:...:
l ___________________________________________ _
Saving settings
(I] Tips Your individu a l set t ings are a utomat ica lly save d an d assigned to the
• If the adaptive cruise contro l initiates brak ing, the hydraulic bra ke remo t e contro l key be ing used (remote key sto rage) . If the key is
system is under pressure . Therefore, the brake pedal distance is given to anothe r person, the saved sett ings remain as they a re. •
shorter and the pedal "feels" harde r.
• Adaptive cruise control is switched off after pressing the foot-
bra ke. The speed saved up t his point can be res umed. System limitations
• To resume the saved speed, re lease the brake peda l and press the
contr ol lever~ page 125, "Turn ing adaptive cruise contro l off Applie s to vehicl es: with adapt ive cruise contro l
Entering a curve
When ente ring a curve, the adapt ive cruise control may react to a
vehicle in the next lane and apply the brakes in your vehicle
=>fig. 13 3. The braking action can be overridden by dep ress ing the
accelerator pedal.
Fig. 136 A vehicle
Leaving a curve changes lanes
At the exit from very long curves the predictive lane reading can cause
th e adaptive cruise control to react to ano t her vehicle in the next lane Vehicles wh ich move into your lane a short distance ahead cannot be
and apply the brakes in your vehicle=> fig. 134. The braking action identified by the adaptive cruise contro l until they are in the radar
can be ove rridden by depressing the acce lerator pedal. • sensor's detec t ion range. •
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
ffl..__ A_ d_a_p
,__
t_iv_ e_c_r_
u_i_
s_e_c_
o_n_t_r_o_ l ___________________________________________ _
l= =================i;g
I
.L
Fig. 14 0 Display in
the instrum ent cluster .,..
____________ __._ ___
Adaptive cruise control lff'II
-
The Audi brak ing guard is active from a speed of approx . 20 mp h from which a collis io n can only be avoided by all-out braking or by a n
(30 km/h) a nd wor ks wit hin the system lim its ~ page 13 2 even whe n avoidi ng mane uver . If a warnin g does soun d, a po ssible collisio n wit h
the adaptive cruise contro l is deactivated . t he vehicle in fron t ca n be avoided through a n evas ive ma neuver or by
braki ng .
A rada r sensor is built into the front of t he veh icle ~ page 121,
fig. 12 1. The system is int ended to measu re the dis t ance to ref lect ive The wa rning is give n in two sta ges :
surfaces. If a meas urement is not possible, the system does not
• Pre-warning: An opt ica l d isp lay appears in the instr ument cluster
respo nd.
and a wa rning t one sounds.
When the measurement has ta ken place, t he system can assess a • Acute warning: If you do not respond to the pre-wa rning, the
hazardous situation , when a vehicle ahea d su dd enly brakes or when secon d sta ge, th e acut e war ning, is issue d . A bra ke jolt re mind s you
your own vehicle is dr iving at high speed towa rds a m uch slower to concentrate on the road aga in.
vehicle ahead. As soon as t he system assumes that a possible colli -
sion w it h t he vehicle ah ead can on ly be avo ided by im m ediat e all-o ut Under heavy breaking, bra ke assist ~ page 23 7 a lso hel ps you obtain
brak ing or by an avoid ing maneuver, a warning appears . ma ximu m brak ing eff icien cy.
Applies to vehicl es: with adapt ive cruise contr ol Braking guard off
Settings in the MMI This dr iver's informat ion appea rs when the system has been deacti -
va t ed via the MMI*. Furt hermore the info rmation appea rs each t ime
The settings of the Audi braking guard are performed in
shortly after the beginn ing of the journey when the system is
the /11/11
1*. switched off.
Sett ings regar ding t he system and the early war ning ca n be Th is driver's informat ion a lso appears when the system is not avail-
adjuste d to the respective user and saved in the MM I*. ab le due to a m alfu nction or if yo u sw itch the ESP/AS R off
=>page 232. In this state t he system no longer warns of a pend ing
Switching the system on and off collision. •
- Select : [CA R] function button > Audi braking guard .
- Select System On to sw itc h the system on or Off t o sw itc h
t he system off.
[I] Tips
W hen handing over the keys to anothe r person, the previo us settings
are adopted if t he Audi braking guard is act ivated =>page 43 . •
Lane change assistant the left lane and the signal light on the right outside mirror assists
when moving over into the right lane.
Applies to vehicles: with side ass ist The signa l light comes on to tell you that side ass ist has detected a
Descr iption vehicle on that side and that the position of this other vehicle should
be taken into account if yo u were to change lanes. This is called the
The side assist helps you when changing lanes. inform ational stage sig nal=> page 139 . The informational stage
signa l is designed so that you not ice it on ly when you are looking in
the outside mirror .
When you activate the turn s ignal and side assist detects a vehicle in
a notab le location, t he correspond ing signal on the outside mirror
flashes briefly and brightly several times. This is the ale rt stage
(1£4) signal => page 139. •
A4 I
1!1AUDI
Fig. 14 1 Rear
bum per: Position of Applies to vehicles: with side ass ist
radar sensors (not
visible on out side) Activating and deactivating
Side ass ist uses radar sensors (not visible on outside)=> fig. 141 to Activating
help the driver check blind spots, and see what is happening in traffic - Press t he~ fig . 143 button . The indicator on t he but t on
page 138, fig . 144.
behind the vehicle ::::> lights up. ~
Signal lights are built into both outside mirrors @=> fig. 142 . The
signal light on the left outside mirror assists when mov ing over into
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
lffll.___ A
_ u_d_i_s_ id_e_a_s_s_i_s_t_________________________________________________ _
Deactivating
- Press t he button again . The indicator light on t he button
0 Note
• To ensure t hat you do not adversely affe ct side as sist , do not block
goes out.
the area on the rear bumper where the radar sensors are located with
The system works at speeds faster tha n 19 mph (30 km/h) . fo reign objects (such as st ickers or bicycle racks).
• Make s ure that the signal light on the o utside mirror is not
bloc ked by stic ke rs or othe r items.
& WARNING
• Imp roper reliance on the side assist system can cause collisions
and serious personal injury:
[I) Tips
• Side ass ist automatica lly deac t ivates if it detects t hat the radar
- Never rely only on side assist when changing lanes. sensors are blocked =>page 144. The indicator light on the button
- Alway s check rear view mirror s to m ake sure that it is safe to goes out.
change lanes. • The a rea on the bumper w he re the radar sensors are located must
• Side assist cannot detect all vehicles under all condition s- cons istent ly rema in free of snow, ice, a nd heavy soiling so t hat side
danger of accident! assist can function properly. Follow the add itiona l notes on
• Side assist cannot detect vehicles in time to alert you when
=>page 144.
they approach from behind at very high speed, or fall drop back • Add it iona l tinting on t he front side windows can ma ke it harder to
very quickly . see and correctly unders t and the s ig nal light on the outs ide m irro r.
• The radar sensor's vision can be reduced or entirely blocked by • For Declaration of Compliance to United States FCC and Industry
rain, snow, and heavy spray. This can result in side assist not Canada regulations=> pag e 339. •
adequately detecting vehicles or, in some cases, not detecting
them at all. Alway s keep an eye on the dir ection you are traveling
Applies to vehicles: with side ass ist
and the relevant area around the vehicle.
Sensor detection area
• Please note that side assist indicates there are approaching
vehicles, or vehicles in you r blind spot, only after you r vehicle has
reached a driving speed of at least 19 mph (30 km/h).
• Side assist signal does not work around t ight corners (turning
radius less than 328 feet or 100 m ) .
• Side assist is no replacement for the driver 's full attention . The
driver alone is responsible for lane changes and similar driving
maneuvers. Always keep an eye on the direction you are traveling
and the relevant area around the vehicle.
Fig. 144 Schem atic
illustrat ion: Sensor
detection area ~
_________________________________________________ A_u_d_i_s_id_ e_a_s_s_i_s_t__ _
The detection~ page 138, fig . 144 of the radar sensor detection App li es to vehicles : with side assist
area is made up of : Informational and alert stage signals
• the approach area (light green area) (D, about 230 feet (70 m)
behind the vehicle, and Side assis t has two signa l st ages:
• the "blind spot" (dark green area) @ . • the informational stage signal, and
The radar sensors cover the adjacent left and right lanes. Other lanes • t he ale rt stage signal.
are not cove red by the radar sensors. Side assist helps you by using the appropr iate signal stage,
rn Tips
Side assist does not measure act ual lane width. The system assumes
depending on whether or not you have activated the turn signal, and
thus have indicated that you are or are not changing lanes .
rn Tips
The brightness of the signa l light on the outside mirrors can be
adjusted with the MMI* ~ page 142. •
[I] Tips
• The faster a vehicle approaches from the rear, the sooner the
signal on the outs ide mirror lights up. Side assist will signal, at the
latest, when a detected vehicle enters your "blind spot".
• When vehicles approach very qu ickly, chang ing lanes can be
dangerous even if the signal on the outside m irror does not light up. •
Fig. 146 Side assist: Slowly approaching vehicles an d vehicles in your blind
s~ ~
_________________________________________________ A___
u...:
d_i_ s
----
id___
e_.:.;
a..::
s...:
s...:
i..::
s...:
t_ ___
CDS ignal on out s id e mirror do e s n o t light up App li es to vehicles : w ith side assist
A vehicle approach ing slow ly- in the left -hand lane for example - was Driving situation: Vehicles dropping back
detected by the sensors . Because of the small difference in speed and slowly
the conside rable d istance from your vehicle, the signal on the outside
mirror will not light up=> & in "Safety tips" on page 144 .
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
.,L----=. A....;:..:
u:....:
d:::..:..
i ..::
s..:..
id
.:::..:
e:....::
a:.:
s:....:
s:....:
i:s.::....:
t;________________________________________________ _
Applie s to vehicles: with side assist @ Signal on outside mirror does not light up
Driving situation: Vehicles dropping back If you activate your turn signal in driving situation @ , the signal still
quickly does not light up on the outside m irror~ & in "Safety tips" on
page 144. •
The brightness of the signal light for both the informational and alert
stages is automatically adjusted to ambient light conditions. In addi-
tion , you can adjust the basic brightness separately, via the br ight-
ness function.
While making the adjustment, the new brightness setting is
Fig. 148 Side assist: Vehicles dropping back quickly displayed briefly . The brightness displayed is that of the informa-
tional stage signal. The alert stage signal brightness is linked to the
© Signal on outside mirror does not light up informational stage s ignal brightness .
The vehicle just passed has not yet been detected by side assist. The
The inform ational stage signal brightness should be adjusted so that
signal on the outside mirror does not light up~ & in "Safety tips" on
page 144. you notice the s ignal illuminat ion when you look in the outside
mirror, but not when you look forwa rd t hrough the windshield.
@ Signal on outside mirror does not light up In very dark or light sur roundings, the automatic brightness setting
The vehicle dropp ing back quickly on the right (difference in speed of adjusts signal light brightness to maximum or minimum intensity, as
more than 9 mph, or 15 km/h) has been detected by side assist, but needed. In circumstances such as these, you may not notice any
is not considered notable in the event of a lane change, because it is change in the brightness on the outside mirror when adjusting the
dropping back so qu ickly. The signal o n the outside m irror does not basic brightness.
light up ~ & in "Safety tips" on page 144 .
You may not notice the change until lighting conditions are normal
again . .._
_________________________________________________ A_u
_ d_i_s
_ id_e_a
_ s_s_i_
s_t_ __._
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
1111....__ A
_ u_d_i_s_id_e_a_s_s_i_s_t_________________________________________________ _
Notes It is possib le t ha t the radar senso rs may also detect other objects,
such a s hig h or st agg ere d gu a rdr ails.
Applies to vehicles: with side ass ist Side assis t does not measure actu a l lane widt h . The syst em assu me s
Messages in instrument cluster display a fixed la ne width . Detectio n in the left and right la nes is based on
th is ass ume d lan e w idth . Wh en driving on narrow road s or when
If side ass ist tur ns off automatica lly, t he indicator light on the butto n driving to t he left or right of t he cente r of a t ravel lane, it is possib le
will go out a nd you will see a me ssag e in t he instr u men t cluste r that vehicle s will be de t ect ed t hat are not in th e lan e next to th e lane
display: you a re us ing.
0 Note
To ensure that side assist is not adversely affected, you should not
block the area on the rear bumper where the radar sensors are
located wit h foreig n objects (such as w ith stickers or bicycle racks).
WTips
If the posit ions of the radar sensors have been changed as a result of
a rear end-collision, for instance, have side assist checked by an
authorized Audi dealer for safety reasons. •
Driving settings The Servotronic (steering servo assistance)=> page 238 can a lso be
adapted to driving situations.
Ap plies to vehicles : with d rive se lect Dynamic steering changes the stee ring ratio as a function of the
Introduction dr iving speed in order to optimize the driver's required steering
effort . This sets the steering to be less sensitive at higher speeds in
Audi drive select provides the possibility to experience different types order to provide greater control over the veh icle. At reduced speeds,
of vehicle settings in one veh icle. For instance, using the three however, steering is more direct in order to keep the steering effort
COMFORT,AUTO and DYNAMICmodes, the driver can switch from a as minimal as poss ible when the dr iver is maneuver ing the vehicle. At
sporty to a comfortab le driv ing mode with the press of a button . low and average speeds, dynamic steering addit ionally provides more
respons ive steering performance. The driver can set the basic
Add itionally, in veh icles with MMI*, the vehicle setup for INDI- steering ratio characteristics.
VIDUAL*mode can be customized by you. This makes it possib le to
combine settings such as a sporty engine tuning w ith light steering . The adaptive dampers use sensors to record informa ti on regarding
steering movements , braking and acceleration operations by the
dr iver, road surface, driving speed, and load . This makes it possible to
& WARNING adapt damp ing to the driv ing situation virtu ally in real time . Audi
drive select also makes it possible to satisfy the desire for sporty
• Improper use of the Audi drive select can cause collisions,
suspension (DYNAMIC)and comfortable suspension (COMFORT)
other accidents and serious personal injury .
without giving up balanced tuning (AUTO).
• Never drive at speeds that are too high for traffic, road and
weather conditions . • The fo llow ing cha rt provides an overview of the cha ract eris t ics of
each dr iving mode .
COMFORT
The COMFORTmode provides a comfo rtable vehicle se tt ing . The
engine and automatic transmission respond in a balanced manner
DYNAMIC
DYNAMICgives the vehicle a s porty feeling . The eng ine responds
quickly to accelerator pedal movements, and st eering is sporty and
more direct. The adaptive dampers* are adjusted to provide a stiffer
suspension and the aut omat ic t ransmission shifts at higher RPMs.
The setting is ideal for sporty driving .
INDIVIDUAL*
Fig. 15 2 Center You can adapt this mode t o your personal needs in the
conso le: Control for MMI*=>page 148 .
Audi drive sele ct
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
1111....__ A
_ u_d_ i _d_r_i_v_e_ s_e_l_e_c_t_______________________________________________ _
in.WARNING
Pay attention to traffic when operating Audi drive select to
prevent potential risk of an accident.
(I) Tips
If you remove the ignition key, AUTO mode is set the next time you
sta rt the ignit ion . •
(I) Tips
Your INDIVIDUALmode settings are aut omati cally st ored and
assigned t o the remote cont rol key being used . •
__________________________________________________ T_ra_ n_s_m
__ is_s_i_o_n
_ ___.f
Transmission
Automatic transmission - Wa it briefly until the transmission has shifted (you will
feel a slight movement).
Introduction - Remove your foot from the brake pedal and accelerate .
Your vehicle is equipped with an e lectron ically contro lled automatic Rocking back and forth to become unstuck
transmission. Upshifting and downshifting takes place automati-
- Shift only between D and R w hen the vehicle is at a full
cally.
stop and the engine is running at idle speed .
The transmiss ion is also equipped with tiptronic . It allows the driver
to shift gears manually if desired => page 153. • Stopping
- Press and ho ld the brake pedal until the vehicle has come
Driving the automatic transmission to a complete stop .
- Keep the brake pedal depr e ssed so that the vehicle ca nnot
roll forward or backward while it is idling => & .
- Once stopped, do not depress the accelerator pedal to rev
up the engine=> & .
Parking
Fig. 15 3 Shift gate on - Press and hold the brake pedal until the vehicle has come
th e cente r conso le:
selec tor lever wit h to a complete stop.
rele ase button
- Set the park ing brake firmly=> page 116, "Park ing".
Starting the engine - Press and hold the release button in the selector lever
- The selector lever must be in N or P. handle, move the se lector lever int o P and the n let go of
the release button => & .
Starting off
The selecto r lever must be in N or P. If one of the dr iving positions is
- Press a nd hold the brake pedal. engaged a safety switch will prevent the engine from being started.
See al so =>page 111. _,.
- Press and hold the release button in the selector lever
handle and move the selector lever from P or N to D and
release the button => & .
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
1111
......
__T_r_a_n
_ s_m
__ is_s_io_ n_____________________________________________________ _
Bef ore you move t he selecto r lever from t he P position, yo u m ust Selector lever positions
always ap ply t he bra ke ped al bef or e and while de pr essing t he bu tton
in the handle of the selecto r lever. This section des cribes th e s elector lever positions and
driving range s .
& WARNING
• Unintended vehicle movement can cause serious injury.
- When the selector lever is in a driving position, the vehicle
may creep, even at idle speed. Therefore do not release the
parking brake or foot brake until you are ready to move,
because power is transmitted to the wheels as soon as a driving
position is engaged. Fig. 154 Display in
the instrument cluster :
- Do not accelerate while selecting a driving position. At this selector lever in posi-
time the engine must be at idle speed so that undue stress is tion P
not placed on the clutches in the transmission.
- Remember: Even when stopped briefly with the automatic The selector lever position engaged appears next to the se lector lever
transmission in D,S or R, engine power is being transmitted to as well as in th e inst rumen t clus t er d isplay.
the wheels. Your vehiclecould"creep"forward or backward.
P - Park
When stopped, keep the brake pedal fully depressed and use
the parking brake if necessary to keep the vehicle from rolling. In th is sele ctor leve r posi t ion t he transmi ssion is m echa nica lly
loc ked. Engage P only when the vehicle is completely stopped => &
• If the selector lever is unintentionally moved into N while you in "Driving t he a ut oma ti c tra nsm ission" o n page 14 9.
are driving, take your foot off the accelerator pedal and wait for
the engine to return to idle speed before selecting a driving posi- To sh ift in or out of pos ition P, yo u must first press and hold the bra ke
tion. peda l and then press t he release button in t he selecto r leve r handle
w hile mov ing the selec t or lever to or from P. You ca n s hift out of this
• Never shift into R or P when the vehicle is in motion.
position on ly w ith the ignition on.
• Never get out of the driver 's seat when the engine is running.
• If you must get out of the vehicle , move the selector lever R - Reverse
securely into the P position and apply the parking brake firmly. The t ransm ission will automatica lly select the lowest gear ratio when
• If the engine must remain running, never have any driving you s hift into reve rse .
position engaged when checking under the hood. Make sure the Select R only when t he veh icle is at a full stop and the eng ine is
selector lever has securely engaged and is locked in P with the runn ing at idl e speed=> & in "Driving t he a utoma tic tr a ns missio n"
parking brake firmly set => page 263, "Engine compartment ". on page 149.
Otherwise, any increase in engine speed may set the vehicle in
Before yo u move t he se lector lever to R, press bo th th e but t on in the
motion, even with the parking brake applied. •
ha nd le of t he sel ec t or lever and t he brake peda l at t he same t ime. ~
_____________ _.;..____;_~~
Transmission -
When the ignition is on, the backup lights illum inate when the
selector lever is moved int o R. 0 Note
Coasting downh ill with the transmission in N and the engine not
N - Neutral running will result in damage to the automatic transmission and
The transmission is in neu t ral in th is posi t ion . Sh ift to this posit ion poss ibly the cata lytic conver t er . •
for standing with the brakes applied ~ page 151.
When the vehicle is stationary or at speeds below 3 mph (5 km/h),
Automatic Shift Lock (ASL )
you must always apply the footbrake before and wh ile moving the
lever out of N. The Automatic Shift Lock safeguards you against acci-
D - Normal po s ition f o r driving for w ard
dentally shifting into a forward or the reverse gear and
Position D is for normal city and highway driving. It ranges from zero
causing the vehicle to move unintentionally .
to top speed and all gears shift automatically, depending on engine
load, driving speed and automatically selected shift programs.
When the vehicle is stat ionary or at speeds below 3 mph (5 km/h),
you must always app ly the foot brake before and while moving the
lever to D out of N .
In certa in circumstances it may be advantageous to temporarily
switch to the manual shift program to manua lly select gear rat ios to Fig. 15 5 Shift gate:
match specific driving conditions~ page 153 . selec t or lever lock pos i-
ti ons and inte rlock
S - Sp o rt p os ition * button highl ight ed
Select this position for sportier performance. In this position, the
transmission will not upshift as soon, allowing the vehicle to use the The selector lever lock is released as fo llows:
increased power available at higher engine speeds to ach ieve livelier - Turn the ignition on .
acceleration.
When the vehicle is stat ionary or at speeds below 3 mph (5 km/h),
- Step on the brake pedal. At the same time press and hold
you must always apply the foot brake before and while moving the the interlock button on the side of the gear se lector knob
lever to S out of N. =>fig . 155 with your thumb un t il you have moved the
selector lever to the desired position .
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnicaldata
ment
•m
- ___________________
Transmission _
warning appears in the instrument cluster display when the selector
is in P and N: & WARNING
When stationary apply footbrake while selecting gear Be careful when using the kick-down feature on slippery roads.
Rapid acceleration may cause the vehicle to skid. •
A time delay element prevents the selector lever from locking when
it is moved through the N position (going from R to D). The locking
element will lock the selector lever if the lever is left in N (Neutral) for Dynamic shift program (DSP)
more than approximately 1 second, without the brake pedal being
pressed. The automatic transmission is electronically controlled.
At speeds above about 3 mph (5 km/h) the Automatic Shift Lock is The transmission is self adapting and will automatically select the
automatically deactivated in the N position. best sh ift program suited to the driving condit ions and driving style .
Interlock button The transmission will select one of the economy programs when you
The lock button on the selector lever prevents the lever from being drive at a steady speed or a gradua lly changing speed without heavy
accidentally shifted into certain positions. Pressing this button deac- acceleration. This achieves optimum fuel efficiency, with early
tivates the selector lever lock. Depending on the direction of the upshifting and de layed downshifting.
shift, the selector lever locks at different positions. The positions are The transm ission will automatically select the sporty shift programs
highlight ed in the illustrat ion ~ page 151, fig. 155. when you drive at higher speeds, or with heavy acceleration and
frequently changing speeds. Upshifts are delayed to make full use of
Ignition key safety interlock engine power. Downshifting takes place at higher engine speeds than
The key can not be removed from the ignition unless the selector lever in the economy programs .
is in the P park position. When the ignition key is removed, the
selector lever will be locked in the P pos it ion . • The selection of the most suitable shift program is a continuous,
automatic process . The driver can also make the transmission switch
to a sporty program by quickly pressing down the gas pedal.
Kick-down This causes the transmission to shift down to a lower gear to achieve
The kick-down feature allows the vehicle to generate rapid accelerat ion, e.g. for quickly passing another vehicle. You do
not need to press the gas pedal into the kick-down range . After the
maximum acceleration. transmission has upshifted, the original program is selected
When you press the accelerator pedal beyond the resistance point according to your driving style.
that is reached at full throttle, the transmission will select a lower An additional shift program allows the automatic transmission to
gear rat io based on vehicle speed and engine RPM. The engine RPM select the proper gear for uph ill and downh ill grad ients.
will be contro lled to produce maximum vehicle acceleration as long
as you continue to press the accelerator pedal beyond th is resistance This keeps the transmission from shifting up and down unnecessarily
point . on hills. The transmission will shift down to a lower gear when the
driver presses the brake pedal on a downhill gradient. This makes use .,_
_______________ Transmission ___. Ill
of the braking effect of the engine without the need to shift down To upshift
manually. •
- Push the selector lever forward to the plus position 0
~ fig. 156.
Manual shift program
To downshift
Using the manual shift program you con manually select
gears. - Push the lever to the minus position Q.
When accelerating, the transmission will automatica lly shift into the
next gear before the engine reaches its maximum RPM.
If you apply a light throttle when acce lerating, t iptronic will automat-
ically shift from 1st to 2nd gear to save fuel. If you apply a heavy
throttle, the transmission will stay in 1st gear until near maximum
RPM is reached, or until the dr iver sh ift s into 2nd gear.
If you take your foot off the accelerator pedal when driving down a
Fig. 156 Center steep incline, t iptronic will downshift from the selected gear into the
console: shifting the next lower gear until it reaches 1st gear, based on road speed and
tiptroni c manually engine RPM. Automatic downshifting is interrupted as soon as you
apply the throttle again.
[i ] Tips
• When you shift into t he next lower gear , the transmission will
downshift on ly when there is no possibility of over-rewing the
engine.
Fig. 157 Display: • When the kick-down comes on, the transmission will shift down to
manual shift program, a lower gear, depending on vehicle and engine speeds.
selected gear high-
ligh ted • tiptronic is inoperative when the transmission is in the fail -safe
mode. •
Switching to manual shift program
- Push the selector lever to the right from D. As soon as the
transmission has switched over, the selected gear appears
in the display.
Cont rols and equip· Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
ffl..__ T_r_
a_n_s
_ m_ is
_ s_io
_ n___________________________________________________ _
Applie s to vehicles: wi th t iptro nic steer ing wheel There is a serious system malfunction:
Steering wheel with tiptronic • The program shifts only into certain gea rs.
The shift buttons on the steering wheel allow the driver to • The engine may stall.
shift gears manually. • It is not poss ible to res t art the e ngine if it has been switched off.
• Continuing to drive cou ld resu lt in subsequent damage .
0 Note
If the transmission switches to fail-safe mode, you sho uld take the
vehicle to an autho rized Audi dea lership as soo n as poss ible to have
the condit ion corrected. •
The selector lever can only be moved from the P position if the igni-
tion key is in the lock and the ign it io n is t urned on. If the vehicle has
to be pushed or towed if the power supply fails (e.g. battery is
discharged), the selector lever must first be moved to the N position
using the emergency lock ing device . •
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
1111...._
__
P_a_r_k_ a_s
_ s_is_t ____________________________________________________ _
Park assist
Ap plies to vehicles: with par king syst em
Parking system (rear)
Parking system
Appli es to veh icles: wit h park ing system (rear)
Different park assist systems may be used for parking or
Rear acoustic park assist
maneuvering , depending on the vehicle's features .
The rear acoustic park assist warns you of obstacles or
Parking system (rear)*:
objects behind your car.
For the parking system (rear), t he acoust ic park assist system is
installed in the rear of the vehicle ~ page 156. Description
The rear pa rking assist system uses ultrasonic sensors to determine The rear acoust ic par king assist sys t em determines the d ista nce of
the distance of the vehicle from a detected obstacle. There are a tota l the vehicle from an obstacle using ultrason ic sensors . There are 4
of four sensors located on the rear bumper (two in the m iddle and sensors in the rear bumper .
two on the sides) . The range at which the sensors start to measure is about :
Parking sy s tem (rear, with rear view camera)*:
To t he side 2 ft (0.60 m)
Forthe parking system (rear, with rear view camera), the rear
aco ust ic park assist syst em is integra t ed in the rear of the vehicle and Center rear 5.2 ft (1.60 m)
the rear view camera is integrated in the rear lid~ page 160 .
Act ivation
The parking system (rear, with rear view camera) uses ultrasonic
Acoust ic parking assist is act ivated automatically when reverse gear
sensors to determine the d istance of the vehicle from a detected
is engaged . A brief tone confirms that the system is activated .
obstacle. There are a total of four sensors located on the rear bumper
(two in the m iddle a nd two on the sides). • Warning tones
Distance warn ing is given by warning tones which are generated by
t he rear signa l generator. The volume and the pitch of the warning
tones can be adjusted in the MMI* ~ page 157 .
Reversing
Dist ance warning when reversing starts when an obstacle is detected
in the range of the pa rking assist system. As the d istance decreases,
the time interval between the audible tones becomes shorter .
When the distance is less than 1ft (0.30 m), the tone becomes
cont inuous. At this point you should stop back ing up.
___________________________________________________ P_a_r_k_a_s_s_i_s_t__ ffll
Please note that low objects a lready signalled by a war nin g can disap- does not ind icate that you have cleared the obstacle . Instead, impact
pe a r from t he syst em 's d etection ra nge a nd will not conti nue t o be is imm inen t .
signa lled . • Objects such as trai ler hitches, chains, narrow posts or fences
If the distance to an obstacle remains t he same, the volume of the cove red by a th in layer of paint m ay no t al ways be detec t ed by the
dis t an ce warn ing is gradu ally redu ced af t er abou t 4 seco nds. system . They can st ill damage your vehicle w ithout warning .
Approaching another obstacle will result in the distance warning
sou nding at t he normal volume aga in.
lI] Tips
Malfunctions in the system Keep the sensors in the rear bumper clean and free of snow and ice so
If a wa rning tone is aud ible fo r about five seconds when you turn o n that the aco ustic parki ng assist system can function proper ly. •
the ignition , there is a ma lfunction in the system. Have the prob lem
corrected by yo ur au t horized Aud i de al er. Applies to vehicles : with parking system (rear )
Keep the sensors in the rear bumper clean and free from ice so t hat Adjusting the warning tones
t he acous t ic par k a ss ist system can func t ion prope rly.
The warning tones can be adjusted in the MMI*.
& WARNING - Select : [CAR]> Parking system .
• Sensors have dead spaces in whi ch objects cannot be dete cted. • Rear volume · rear sensor vol ume
Be especially alert for small children and animals , since they are
• Rear frequ ency - rear sensor frequency
not alway s detected by the sensors.
• In -car entertainment fad er -when the park ing system is switched
• The acoustic parking system is not a substitute for the dr iver 's
on , the vol ume of the active audio source is lowered .
own caution and alertne ss. Ultimate responsibility alway s
remains w ith the driver during parking and similar maneuvers. The newly adj usted value is briefly heard from the signa l gene rator.
Alway s w atch wh ere you are driving . The settings are automatically stored and ass igned to the master key
• You should always adjust the volume and frequency of the with remote control. •
warning tone s so that you can easily hear the acoustic distan ce
wa rning even if the radio is playing, the air -conditioner blowe r is
on High or there is a high level of out side noise.
- Check the setting s whenever anyone else has driven the
vehicle before you.
0 Note
• Remember that low obst acles fo r which a warning has a lready
been issued may "d ive" below the system 's sensing zone if the vehicle
is be ing backed up closer . In th is case, the wa rni ng so und shutting off
Parking system (rear, with rear The rear acoustic park assist system is integrated in the rear of the
vehicle and the rear view camera is integrated in the rear lid
view camera) ~page 160.
Applies to veh icles : with parking syst em (rear, with rear view cam era)
Introduction & WARNING
• The rear view camera has blind spots, in which objects cannot
be detected . Be especially careful to check for small children and
animals before backing up. Small children and animals will not
0 always be detected by the sensors. •
Applies to veh icles: with park ing syst em (rear , with rear view came ra)
General Information
Fig. 161 Parking
mode 1: reverse
parking
®
Vehicles with the parking system are equipped with a rear view
camera in addit ion to the acoust ic parking system.
You can choose between two modes t o assist you with parking. For
example, you can use " parking mode 1" when parking in a parking
space or garage~ fig. 161. When you want to park parallel to the Fig. 164 Trunk lid:
edge of th e street, select "parking mode 2" ~ fig . 162. Location of the rear
view camera
___________________________________________________ P_a_r_k_a_s_s_i_s_t __ _
Sensors in the bumper • t he rear view camera does not provide a re liable image , fo r
Sensors are located in the rear bumpers . If t hese d etect a n obsta cle, exam ple, in po o r visib ility co ndit ion s or if t he lens is dirty,
audib le and visual sig nals wa rn you. The range at w hich the sensors • the image on the screen is not visible due to sun gla re and reflec-
beg in to measure is approximately: t ion.
• Never use warm or hot water to remove snow or ice from the rear If you press a function button on the MMI control console, the rear
view camera lens - danger of crack formation on the lens! view camera picture disappears. The rear view camera picture reap-
• When cleaning the lens, never use products that are abrasive. • pears the next time you park .
Further information on the warning message and the MMI control
App li es to vehicl es: wi th parking system (rear, wit h rear view camera)
console can be found in the MMI instruction booklet.
Switching on/off
The rear view camera switches on automatically together [I] Tips
• The rear view camera picture is available as soon as the MMI
with the acoustic park assist when you put the vehicle in Display or the MMI is switched on, or the start-up phase is completed .
reverse.
• Keep the sensors in the rear bumper and the rear view camera lens
Switching on clean and free of snow and ice, so that the parking system can work
properly . Please follow the additional notes on ~ page 163. •
- Put the vehicle in reverse gear, the acoustic parking
system with rear view camera is activated automatically .
Activation of the acoustic parking system is confirmed by Applies to vehicles: wit h park ing system (rear, w ith rear view cam er a)
Switching off
Parking mode l can be used when parking in a garage or
parking space.
- Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or
- take the vehicle out of reverse gear. The acoustic parking
system is immediately deactivated, and the rear view
camera picture is deactivated automatically after a period
of about 15 seconds, or
- switch off the ignition.
0 Note
• Low obstacles a lready signaled by a wa rning can disappear from
the syst em's de t ect ion ran ge as t hey are app roa ched and will not
Fig. 166 MMI Display: conti nue to be signaled . Objects such as barrier cha ins, trailer draw
Ali gning the vehicle bars, thin painted vertica l poles or fences may not be detected by the
system , posing risk of damage.
- Switch the MMI on and se lect the reverse gear . • In t he MMI dis play, t he direc t ion of t ravel of t he vehicle rear is
- Turn the steering wheel until the orange orientation lines represen t ed depend ing on the steering whee l angle. The vehicle front
(D appear in the parking spot =>page 160, fig. 165 . Use swings out more than the veh icle rear . Maintain plenty of distance
from an obstacle so that your outside mirror or a corner of your
the markings @ to help you estimate the distance from an
vehicle does not collide with any obstacles - danger of accident ! •
obstac le. Each marking corresponds to 3 ft (1 m) . The
blue ar ea represents an extension of the vehicle's outline
by approximately 16 ft (5 m) to the rear . Applies to vehicles: with parking syst em (rea r, with rear view cam era)
Parallel Pa rking
- While driving in reverse gear, adjust the steering wheel
ang le to fit the parking space with t he aid of the orange Use parking mode 2 to help you park on the edge of a
orientation lines =>0. ® marks the rear bumper . You street.
should stop driving in reverse as soon as and no later than
when the red orientation line © abuts an object =>& !
& WARNING
• The rear view camera doe s not s how the enti re area beh ind the
ve hicle =>pag e 15 8, fig . 163. Watch o ut e specially for small chil·
dren and animal s. The rear view came ra cannot always dete ct
th em, posing risk of an accident! Fig. 167 MMI Display:
• Please note th at object s not tou ching the ground can appear to blue surface In t he
parking spot ~
be further away than t hey really are (for example , th e bum per of
a parked vehicle, a trailer hitch, or t he rear of a truck) . In thi s case,
Cont rols an d equ ip· Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
men t
1111....__ P
_ a_r_k_ a_s_s_i_s_t__________________________________________________ _
- Back into the parking spot until the blue curve touches the
curb ::::>
fig. 168. Stop the vehicle.
- While the vehicle is stationary , turn the steering wheel to
the left as far as it will go .
- Continue to back up into the parking spot until the vehicle
is parked parallel to the curb . ® marks the rear bumper .
You should stop driving in reverse as soon as and no later
Fig.168 MMI Display: than when the red orientation line © abuts an object
Blue curve on the curb
=>& !Keep an eye on the front of your vehicle while doing
this =>0.
The following steps apply only when there is no obstacle
(such as a wall) near the parking spot. Otherwise, please read Parking next to obstacles
the "Tips on Parking Next to Obstacles". When t here is an obstacle (such as a wall) next to the parking spot,
choose a spot with more space on the sides. Position the long side of
- Activate the turn signal.
the blue a rea so that t he re is sufficient space from t he curb. The area
- Switch the MMI on and select the reverse gear. The must not be on the curb. You will also need to start turning the
parking aid turns on and parking mode 1 appears on the steering wheel much earlier. Thereshould be a sufficient amount of
display. space between the curb and the blue curve, and the blue curve
=>fig . 168 must not touch the curb.
- Position your vehicle parallel to the edge of the street,
approximately 3 ft (1 m) from a parked vehicle.
- Press the Mode => page 161, fig. 167 (D control button
& WARNING
• The rear view camera does not show the entire area behind the
on the MMI control console. Parking mode 2 appears.
vehicle =>page 158, fig. 163. Watch out especially for small chil-
- Back up in reverse gear and align your vehicle so that the dren and animals. The rear view camera cannot always detect
blue area ® borders on the rear end of the vehicle or on them, posing risk of an accident!
the parking spot line. The blue area represents an exten- • Please note that objects not touching the ground can appear to
sion of the vehicle's outline by approximately 16 ft (5 m) be further away than they really are (for example, the bumper of
to the rear. The long side of the blue area should be on the a parked vehicle, a trailer hitch, or the rear of a truck). In this case,
curb. The entire blue area must fit into the parking spot. you should not use the help lines to help with parking, which
poses danger of an accident! _,,,
- While the vehicle is stationary, turn the steering wheel to
the right as far as it will go.
_________________________________ _____;.....:;_;_.:..:,____;;_
Park assist ____
_-
0 Note & WARNING
In the MMI display, t he d irect ion of t ravel of the vehicle rear is rep re- • Always make sure that the volume and frequency of the
sented depend ing on the steering wheel angle. The vehicle front warning tones is adju sted so that you can easily hear the acoustic
swi ngs ou t mo re t han t he vehicle re ar . Main t ain ple nty of dist ance distance signal even if the radio is playing , the air-conditioner
from an obstacle so t hat your outs ide mirror or a corner of your blower is on High or there is a high level of outside noise.
vehicle does not collide with any o bstacles - dange r of accide nt !
• Check the settings whenever someone else has driven the
vehicle before you.
[i ) Tips
The left or right or ientat ion lines and s urfaces will be di splaye d,
depending on the tu rn signal being used. •
[I] Tips
• The warning tones can also be adju sted directly from the rea r view
camera image . Simply press the [Settings I*cont rol button .
Appli es to vehicles: with parking system (rear, w it h rear view camera)
• Chan ged settings are act ivat ed w hen parking assist is switched on
Adjusting the display and warning tones again . •
The display and warning tones are adjusted in the radio
or fv1fv1
I*. Appli es t o vehicles: with parking system (rear, with rear view camera)
Error messages
- Select : [CAR]> Parking system.
Display If a warni ng t one is aud ible fo r ab out five seconds when you turn on
the ignition, the re is a ma lfunction in t he system. Have the prob lem
• Off - when t he parking system is switched off, only aud ible sig nals corrected by your a utho rized Audi dea ler .
are given.
Keep th e se nsors in t he rear bumper clean and free from ice so t hat
• On - when the pa rking system is switc hed on, the pict ure from t he
rea r view camera is displayed. the acoustic pa rk assist system can function proper ly. •
Warning tones
• Rear volume - rear senso r volume
• Rear frequency - rear sensor frequency
• In-car entertainment fader -w hen the par king sys t em is sw itched
on, the volume of the active audio source is lowered.
The newly adju sted value is br iefly hear d from the signal generator .
The settings are automatica lly stored and assigned to the remote
cont rol key.
Homelink ®
Ap plies to veh icles : with Hom e lin k® un iversal rem ote contro l • For safety reasons never release the parking brake or start the
General information engine while anyone is standing in front of the vehicle .
• A ga rage door or an estate gate may sometimes be set in
The Homelink ®feature can learn up to three radio motion when the Homelink ® remote control is being
frequency codes for most current transmitters used for programmed. If the device is repeatedly activated, this can over-
operating garage doors, estate gates , home or outdoor strain motor and dam age its electri cal components · an over-
lighting systems, and other devices. heated motor is a fi re hazard!
• To avoid possible injurie s or property damage , plea se always
You must fi rst p rogr a m the Home link ®t ra nsmi t te r before you can
make absolutely certain that no persons or objects are located in
use the system=> page 165, "Programming the Homelink ® trans-
the range of motion of any equipment being operated.
m itter".
In order to program the Homelink ®transm itter fo r devices utilizing
rolling code, a second person on a ladder who can sa fely reach t he [i ] Tips
garagedoor opener motor is recommended.It is also necessaryto • If you would like more information on Homelink®, where to
locate the "learn" button on your garage door opener motor . Refer to purchase the Homelink ®compat ible products, or would like to
t he oper ating ins t ruc t ions fo r t he opene r, as t he loca t ion and color of purc hase the Homeli nk®Home Lighting Pac kage, please ca ll to ll-
this button may vary by manufacturer . free : 1-800-355-3515 .
You can still use the original remote control for the device at any • For Declaration of Compliance to United Sta t es FCCan d Indus t ry
t ime . Canada regulations=> page 339 . •
& WARNING
• Never use the Homelink '"'transmitter with any garage door
opener that does have not the safety stop and reverse feature as
required by fed eral safety standards. This includes any garage
door opener model manufactured before April l , 1982 .
• A garage door opener which cannot detect an object, signaling
the door to stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety
standards . Using a garage door opener without these features
increases risk of serious injury or death.
_________________________________________________ H
_ o_m
_ e
_ L_in_ k_®_ __.f
Appli es to vehicles: with Homeli nk® un iversal remote cont rol 4 . Press and hold the two outside Homelink ®buttons G) and
Progr a mming the Homelink ® tr a nsmitter @ for approximately 20 seconds until indicator light @
The transmitter is programmed in two phases . For rolling fig. 169 begins to flash . Then release both buttons. Do
:::::>
not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds .
code transmitters, a third phase is also necessary .
- This procedure only needs to be performed once. It erases
the factory-set default codes and does not have to be
repeated to program additional remote controls.
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
ment
llfflL----.: H
....:..:
o:....:
m
..:..:..
e= L:.:.
i:....:
n:.:.
k:....:
®__________________________________________________ _
10. Press and hold the trained Homelink ® button and If the 5 minute time limit is exceeded, the emerg e ncy fl ashers will
page 165, fig. 169.
o bserve the ind icator light © ==> fla sh one t ime to ind icate t hat the process has been terminated. In
this case, repeat steps 4 t hrough 9 .
- If the indicator light is solid/continuous, programming is
If the emergency flashers do not flash three t imes (after about 15-
complete and your device should activate when you press
60 seconds), programming was not s uccessful. In th is case, repeat
and release the trained Homelink ® button . steps 4 through 9.
- If the indicator light blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and is Remote control un its for garage doo r openers in Canada are se t to
then a solid/continuous light , proceed with phase 3 to stop transmitting radio frequency s ignals after two seconds. This
program a rolling code device . time may not be sufficient for the Homelink ®system to learn the
radio frequency signal. Perform all other steps as descr ibed above . •
Phase 3 : rolling code progr a mming
- A second person on a ladder who can safely reach the Applies to vehicles: with Home li nk® un ivers a l re mot e con t rol
garage door opener motor is recommended. Operating the Homelink ® transmitter
11. Locate the "learn " button on the garage door opener The Homelink ®transmitter works in the same manner as
motor (refer to the operating instructions for the opener, the original hand held remote control that came with the
as the location of this button may vary by manufacturer) . system .
12. Press and release the learn button on the garage door
opener motor.
- Note: once the button is pressed, the re are 30 seconds in
which to initiate the next st ep .
,,,,,r.o;o,), 1, 111
13. On the Homelink ® keyJ)ad inside the vehicle, firmly press
and hold the Homelink ® button previously programmed
in phases 1 and 2 for two seconds and release . Repeat this Fig. 17 1 Ove rhead
sequence twice . conso le : Hom elink ®
keypad
- Some vehicles may require the press/hold/release
sequence up to three times to complete the training - Press the appropriate programmed button G), @ or @)
process . to activate the desired remote control function ==> in &
- Homelink ®should now activate your rolling code "General information " on page 164. •
equipped device.
___________________________________________________ H_o_m_ e_L_i_n_k_®__ ffl'I
Appli es to vehicles : with Homeli nk® un iversal remote cont rol Appli es to vehicles: with Homeli nk® un iversal remote cont rol
Driving Safely
General notes Safety equipment
The safety features are part of the occupant restraint
Safe driving habits system and work together to he lp reduce the risk of injury
Please remembe r - safety first! in a wide variety of accident situations.
This chapter contains important information, t ips, instructions and Your sa fety and t he safety of your passenge rs shou ld no t be left t o
warnings that you need to read an d observe fo r you r own safe ty, the chance . Adva nces in technology have made a variety of features avai l-
safety of you r passengers and others . We have summarized here ab le t o help re duce the risk of injury in an accident . The fo llow ing is a
w hat you need to know about sa fety belts, airbags, child restra ints as list of jus t a few of the safety features in your Audi:
we ll as child safety . Your safety is for us priority number 1. Always • sophisticated safety belts for driver and a ll passenger seating
observe the information and warnings in this section - for your own posi t ion s,
safety as well as t hat of your passengers.
• be lt force limiters for the seats,
The informat ion in this section applies to all mode l versions of your
• be lt pr et ensioners fo r t he sea t s,
veh icle . Some of t he features des cribed in this se ctions m ay be st an-
dard equ ipment on some models, or may be optional eq uipment on • hea d restrain t s for eac h se at ing posi t ion,
others. If you a re not sure, ask your a ut ho rized Audi dealer. • front airbags,
• side airbags in t he fro nt seats,
& WARNING •
•
side cur tain air bags,
special LATCHanchorages for chi ld restraints,
• Always make sure that you follow the instructions and heed
the WARNINGS in th is Manual. It is in your interest and in the • adju st able stee ring column.
intere st of your passengers. These ind ividual safety feat ures, can work together as a system to
• Always keep the complete Owner's Literatu re in your Audi he lp protec t you and your passengers in a wide ra nge of accide nts.
when you lend or sell your vehicle so that this important informa - These feat ur es ca nnot work as a system if they are not a lways
tion will always be available to the driver and passengers. correct ly adjusted and correct ly used.
• Always keep the Owner's literature handy so that you can find Safety is everybody's responsibility! •
it easily if you have questions . •
________________________________________________ D_r_i_v_i_
n""'
g"--S_a_f_e_l_y,,
'-- __
- Instruct passengers to adjust the head restraints - ALWAYSadjust your speed to road, traffic and weather
according to their height. conditions.
- Make sure to use the right child restraint correctly to - Take frequent breaks on long trips. Do not drive for more
protect children ::::,page 211, "Child Safety". than two hours at a stretch.
- Sit properly in your seat and make sure that your passen- - Do NOT drive when you are tired, under pressure or when
gers do the same ::::,page 70, "General recommenda- you are stressed .
tions".
- Fasten your safety belt and wear it properly. Also instruct & WARNING
your passengers to fasten their safety belts properly Impaired driving safety increases the risk of serious personal
=:>page 179. • injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used. •
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
• ....__D
_ r_
iv_i_n_,g=--S_a
_ f _e_,
Ly
_ ______________________________________________ _
Proper occupant seating positions - Grasp the top of the steering wheel with your elbow(s)
slightly bent.
Proper seating position for the driver - Applies to vehicles w ith adjustable head restraints: Adjust
The proper driver seating position is important for safe, the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as poss ible
relaxed driving. with the top of your head. If that is not possible, try to
adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to this posi-
tion as possible.
Fasten and wear safety belts correctly ~ page 183.
- Always keep both feet in the footwell so that you are in
control of the vehicle at all t imes.
For detai led inform ati on on how to adjust t he driver's seat , see
page 73 .
=:::>
Fig. 172 Correct
seating position
& WARNING
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the Drivers who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the airbag
event of an accident, we recommend that you adjust the can be seriously injured by an airbag as it unfolds. To help reduce
driver's seat to the following position: the risk of serious personal injury:
- Adjust the driver's seat so that you can easily push the • Always adjust the driver's seat and the steering wheel so that
pedals all the way to the floor while keeping your knee(s) there are at least 10 inches (25 cm) between your breastbone and
the steering wheel.
slightly bent ~ & .
• Always hold the steering wheel on the outside of the steering
- Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in an upright wheel rim with your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions
pos ition so that your back comes in full contact with it to help reduce the risk of personal injury if the driver's airbag
when you drive. inflates.
• Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or with
- Adjust the steering wheel so that there is a distance of at
your hands at other positions inside the steering wheel rim or on
least 10 inches (25 cm) between the steering wheel and
the steering wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel the wrong way
your breast bone ~ fig . 172. If not possible, see your can cause serious injuries to the hands, arms and head if the
authorized Audi dealer about adaptive equipment. driver's airbag deploys.
- Adjust the steering wheel so that the steering wheel and • Pointing the steering wheel toward your face decreases the
a irbag cover points at your chest and not at your face. ability of the supplemental driver's airbag to protect you in a colli·
sion. .,
--------------------" Driving
~ Safely '--- -
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
Driving Safely
----------=-----------------
-
- If there is a passenger on the rear center seating position, Improper seating positions can cause serious injury or death.
slide the center head restraint upward at least to the next Safety belts can only work when they are properly positioned
notch. on the body. Improper seating positions reduce the effective-
ness of safety belts and will even increase the risk of injury
Adjusting head restraints =>page 76. and death by moving the safety belt to critical areas of the
body. Improper seating positions also increase the risk of
& WARNING serious injury and death when an airbag deploys and strikes
an occupant who is not in the proper seating position. A
Driving without head restraints or with head restraints that are driver is responsible for the safety of all vehicle occupants
not properly adjusted increases the risk of serious or fatal neck and especially for children . Therefore:
injury dramatically. To help reduce the risk of injury:
• Always drive with the head restraints in place and properly
- Never allow anyone to assume an incorrect seating posi-
adjusted. tion when the vehicle is being used=:> & .
• Every person in the vehicle must have a properly adjusted head The following bulletins list only some sample positions that will
restraint. increase the risk of serious injury and death . Our hope is that these
• Always make sure each person in the vehicle properly adjusts examples will make you more aware of seating positions that are
their head restraint. Adjust the head restraints so the upper edge dangerous.
is as even as possible with the top of your head. If that is not
possible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to Therefore, whenever the vehicle is moving:
this position as possible. • never stand up in the vehicle
• Never attempt to adjust head restraint while driving. If you • never stand on the seats
have driven off and must adjust the driver headrest for any reason, • never kneel on the seats
first stop the vehicle safely before attempting to adjust the head
• never ride with the seatback reclined
restraint.
• never lie down on the rear seat
• Children must always be properly restrained in a child restraint
that is appropriate for their age and size =>page 211. • • never lean up against the instrument panel
• never sit on the edge of the seat
• never sit sideways
• never lean out the window
• never put your feet out the window
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
1111....__ D
_ r_
iv_i_n_,g=--S_a
_ f _e_,
Ly
_ ______________________________________________ _
& WARNING
Heavy loads will influence the way your vehicle handles. To help
reduce the risk of a loss of control leading to serious personal
Fig. 174 Safe load
positioning: place injury:
heavy objects as low • Always keep in mind when transporting heavy objects, that a
and as far forward as
possible. change in the center of gravity can also cause changes in vehicle
handling:
- Always distribute the load as evenly as possible.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
• ....__D
_r_
iv_i_n_,g=--S_a
_ f _e_,
Ly
_ ______________________________________________ _
& WARNING The luggage com par tm ent is equ ipped with four tie-
downs to sec ure luggag e and oth er items .
Always make sure that the door s, all window s, the power roof*
and the rear lid are securely closed and locked to reduce the risk of Use the t ie-downs to sec ure your cargo prope rly =:>page 175,
injury when the vehicle is not being used. "Loadin g the luggage comp artme nt ".
• After closing the rear lid, always make sure that it is properly In a collision, the laws of phys ics mean t hat eve n smalle r items that
closed and locked . are loose in the vehicle will become heavy missiles t hat can ca use
• Never leave your vehicle unattended especially with the rear lid ser ious injury. Items in t he vehicle possess energy which vary wit h
left open. A child could crawl into the vehicle through the luggage vehicle speed and t he weight of the item . Vehicle speed is the most
compartment and close the rear lid becoming trapped and unable sign ificant fa ctor. ...
_____________ Safely
Dr iving ,:.______,,'---
______..:, -
-
For example, in a frontal collis ion at a speed of 30 mph (48 km/h), If NHTSAreceives similar complaint s, it may
t he forces acting on a 10-l b (4 .5 kg) object are about 20 ti mes t he
normal weig ht of the item. This means that the weight of the item
open an investigation , and if it finds that a
wou ld suddenly be abo ut 200 lbs. (90 kg). You can imagine the inju- safety defects exists in a group of vehicles, it
ries that a 200 lbs. (90 kg) item fly ing freely throug h the passenger may order a recall and remedy campaign.
compartment cou ld cause in a collision lik e this .
However, NHTSAcannot become involved in
individual problems between you, your dealer,
& WARNING or Audi of America, Inc.
Weak, damaged or improper straps used to secure item s to tie -
downs can fail during hard braking or in a collision and cause To contact NHTSA,you may call the Vehicle
seriou s personal injury. Safet y Hotline toll-free at :
• Always use suitable mount ing straps and properly secure items
to the tie -downs in the luggage compartment to help prevent Tel.: 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153)
items from shifting or flying forward as dangerous missiles.
• Whe n the rear seat backrest is folded down, always use suit-
or write to:
able mounting straps and properly secure items to the tie-downs Administrator
in the luggage compartment to help prevent item s from flying
forward as dangerous missiles into the passenger compartment. NHTSA
• Never atta ch a child safety seat tether strap to a tie -down . • 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE
Washington, D.C. 20590
Reporting Safety Defects You can also obtain other information about
motor vehicle safety from:
Applicable to U.S.A. http :/ /www. safercar.gov
If you believe that your vehicle has a defe ct
which could caus e a crash or could cau se injury Applicable to Canada
or death , you should immediately inform the Canadian customers who wish to report a
National Highway Traffic Safety Administrat ion safety-related defect to Transport Canada,
(NHTSA)in addition to notifying Audi of Defect Investigations and Recalls, may tele-
Amer ica, Inc. phone the toll free hotline :
Tel.: 1-800-333-0371 or
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
ffl Dr iv ing Sa f ely
Safety belts
General notes
& WARNING
Always wear safety belts! Not wearing safety belts or wearing them improperly increases
the risk of serious personal injury and death.
Wearing safety belts correctly saves lives! • Never strap more than one person, including small children,
This chapter explains why safety belts are necessary, how into any belt. It is especially dangerous to place a safety belt over
they work and how to adjust and wear them correctly. a child sitting on your lap.
• Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are safety
- Read all the information that follows and heed all of the belts available.
instructions and WARNINGS. • Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is properly restrained
with a separate safety belt or child restraint. •
& WARNING
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them improperly increases Safety belt warning light t
the risk of serious personal injury and death.
Your vehicle has a warning system for the driver and (on
• Safety belts are the single most effective means available to
reduce the risk of serious injury and death in automobile acci-
USA models only) front seat passenger to remind you
dents. For your protection and that of your passengers, always about the importance of buckling-up.
correctly wear safety belts when the vehicle is moving.
• Pregnant women, injured, or physically impaired persons must
also use safety belts. Like all vehicle occupants, they are more
likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts. The
best way to protect a fetus is to protect the mother - throughout
the entire pregnancy. •
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
___ S_a_f_e_t-=
y'--b_e_l_t_s_____________________________________________ _
The warn ing light ~ in the instrument cluster lights up when the igni-
tion is sw itched on as a reminder to fasten the safety belts. In addi-
tion, you will hear a wa rning tone for a certa in period of t ime . Fig. 177 The vehicle
Fasten your safety belt now and make sure that your passengers crashe s into t he wall
also properly put on their safety belt s. •
The phys ica l pr inciples are simple. Both the vehicle and the passen -
gers possess energy wh ich var ies wit h veh icle speed and body weight.
Why safety belts? Enginee rs call th is ene rgy "kinetic energy."
The higher the speed of the veh icle and the greater the vehicle's
Frontal collisions and the Law of physics we igh t , the more e ne rgy tha t has to be "abso rbed" in t he crash.
Frontal crashes create very s t rong forces for people Vehicle speed is the most sign ificant factor. If the speed doubles
from 15 to 30 mph (25 to 50 km/h), the energy increases 4 t imes!
riding in vehicles.
Because the passenge rs of this vehicle a re not using safety belts
=>fig. 176, they will keep moving at the same speed the vehicle was
moving just before t he crash, unt il some t hing stops t hem· here, the
wall ::::>
fig . 177 .
The same principles apply to people sitting in a vehi cle that is
involved in a frontal collision . Even at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph (30
to 50 km/h), the forces acting on the body can reach one ton (2,000
lbs . or 1,000 kg) or mo re . At greate r speeds, these forces are eve n
Fig. 17 6 Unbelted higher.
occupants in a vehicle
hea ding for a wall People who do not use safety bel t s are also not at t ached to their
vehicle . In a frontal collision they will also keep moving forward at
t he speed the ir veh icle was t ravelling just befo re the crash. Of course,
the laws of phys ics don 't just apply to frontal collis ions, they deter -
mine wha t happens in a ll kinds of accidents and collisions . •
Safety belts
What happens to occupants not wearing to deploy in all kinds of accidents. Although your Audi is equipped
safety belts? with airbags, all vehicle occupants, including the driver, must wear
safety belts correctly in order to minimize the risk of severe injury or
In crashes unbelted occupants cannot stop themselves death in a crash.
from flying forward and being injured or killed. Always Remember too, that airbags will deploy only once and that your
wear your safety belts! safety belts are always there to offer protection in those accidents in
which airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have already
deployed . Unbelted occupants can also be thrown out of the vehicle
where even more severe or fatal injuries can occur.
It is also important for the rear passengers to wear safety belts
correctly. Unbelted passengers in the rear seats endanger not only
themselves but also the driver and other passengers=:> fig . 179. In a
frontal collision they will be thrown forward violently, where they can
Fig. 178 A driver not hit and injure the driver and/or front seat passenger. •
wearing a safety belt is
violently thrown
forward
Safety belts protect
People think it's possible to use the hands to brace the
body in a minor collision. It's simply not true!
Safety first Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
___ s_a_f_e_t_y_ b_e_l_t _s ___________________________________________ _
& WARNING (continued) - Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench is in an
upright position and securely latched in place before using
• The lap belt portion of the safety belt must be positioned as the belt.
low as possible across pelvis and never over the abdomen. Make
sure the belt lies flat and snug =>fig. 182. Pull on the belt to - Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it evenly across the
tighten if necessary. chest and pelvis ~ fig. 183 , ~ &-
• A loose-fitting safety belt can cause serious injuries by shifting - Insert the tongue into the correct buckle of your seat until
its position on your body from the strong bones to more vulner- you hear it latch securely ~ page 183 , fig . 181 .
able, soft tissue and cause serious injury.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGSand other important - Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely latched in
information =>page 182. • the buckle.
[I] Tips
• The shoulder belt part should route approximately over the
middle of your shoulder - under no circumstances should it route over
your neck and throat area =>& in "Safety belt position" on page 184 .
• With the front seats, the height adjustment of the seat can also
be used to adjust the position of the safety belts. •
_____________________________________________ S_a_f_e_t _
y_b
_ e_lt_s__ __
Wea ring sa fety be lts impro pe rly can cause serious inju ry or
In front, side and rear-end collisions above a particular
dea t h. Safety be lts can on ly wo rk wh e n they are correctly severity, safety belts are tensioned automatically.
positioned on the body. Im pr op e r seating positions reduce The safety belts are equ ipped with safety belt pretensioners . The
the effec t iveness of safety be lts and will even increase t he system is ac t ivat ed by sensors in front, side and rea r-end co llisions of
ris k of injury and death by moving the safety belt to critica l great sever ity . This tightens the be lt and takes up belt slack~ & in
areas of the body . Improper seating positions also increase "Service and disposa l of safety belt pretensioner". Taking up the slack
the risk of ser ious injury and death when an a irbag dep loys helps to reduce forward occupant movement during a collis io n.
and str ikes an occupant who is not in t he correct seat ing posi -
tion. A driver is responsible for the safety of all vehicle occu-
pants a nd especially for children. Therefore:
0 Note
Never let the belt rema in ove r a rea r seatbac k that has been folded
- Never perm it anyone to assume an incorrect sitting pos i- forward .
tion in t he vehicle w hile trave ling => &.
[i ] Tips
& WARNING The safety belt pretensioner can only be activated once.
• In m inor frontal and side coll isio ns, in rea r-end co llisions, in a ro ll-
Imprope rly worn safety belt s increase the risk of serious personal
over and in accidents involving very litt le impact force, the safety be lt
injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used.
prete nsio ner are not activated.
• Alway s make sure th at all vehicle occupants are correctly
• In the case of a side crash , the safety belt pretensioners w ill acti-
restrained and stay in a correct seating position whenever the
vate o n the drive r's or front passenge r's sides o nly, depending on
vehicle is being used.
whic h side of the ve hicle the crash occurs.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and othe r important
• Whe n the safety belt pretensioners are activated, a fine dust is
inform ation ~ page 182 . •
re leased . This is norma l and is not ca used by a fire in the vehicle.
• The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the
vehicle o r components of the system a re scrapped . An autho rized
Audi dealer or qualified workshop is familiar w ith these regu lations
and wi ll be please d to pass on the informat ion to you.
• Be sure to observe all safety, environmental and other regu lations
if the vehicle or individ ua l parts of the system, part icu larly the safety ~
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
___ s_a_f_e_t_y_ b_e_l_t _
s___________________________________________ _
& WARNING
Improper care, servicing and repair procedures can increase the
risk of personal injury and death by preventing a safety belt
pretensioner from activating when needed or activating it unex-
pectedly:
• The belt pretensioner system can be activated only once. If belt
pretensioners have been activated , the system must be replaced .
• Never repair, adjust, or change any parts of the safety belt
system.
• Safety belt systems including safety belt pretensioners cannot
be repaired. Special procedures are required for removal, installa-
tion and disposal of this system.
• For any work on the safety belt system, we strongly recom-
mend that you see your authorized Audi deale r or qualified tech-
nician who has an Audi approved repair manual, training and
special equipment necessary.
_______________________________________________ A_ ir_b_a_,,,
g'---
s.:.
y_s_t_e_m
___ _
Airbag system
Important things to know There is a lot that the driver and the passengers can and must do to
help the individual safety features installed in your Audi work
together as a system .
Importance of wearing safety belts and
sitting properly Proper seating position is important so that the front airbag on the
driver side can do its job. If you have a physical impairment or condi-
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. For airbags to tion that prevents you from sitting properly on the driver seat with
do their job, occupants must always properly wear their the safety belt properly fastened and reaching the pedals, special
safety belts and be in a proper seating position. modifications to your vehicle may be necessary .
Contact your authorized Audi dealer, or call Audi Customer Relations
For your safety and the safety of your passengers, before at 1-800-822-2834.
driving off, always:
When the airbag system deploys, a gas generator will fill the airbags,
- Adjust the driver's seat and steering wheel properly break open the padded covers, and inflate between the steering
=>page 170, wheel and the driver and between the instrument panel and the front
passenger. The airbags will deflate immediately after deployment so
- Adjust the front passenger's seat properly=> page 71, that the front occupants can see through the windshield again
- Wear safety belts properly=> page 182, without interruption.
All of this takes place in the blink of an eye, so fast that many people
- Always properly use the proper child restraint to protect
don 't even realize that the airbags have deployed . The airbags also
children=> page 211. inflate with a great deal of force and nothing should be in their way
when they deploy . Front airbags in combination with properly worn
In a collision airbags must inflate within the blink of an eye and with
safety belts slow down and limit the occupant's forward movement.
considerable force. The supplemental airbags can cause injuries if the
driver or the front seat passenger is not seated properly. Therefore in Together they help to prevent the driver and front seat passenger
from hitting parts of the inside the vehicle while reducing the forces
order to help the airbag to do its job, it is important, both as a driver
and as a passenger to sit properly at all times. acting on the occupant during the crash. In this way they help to
reduce the risk of injury to the head and upper body in the crash.
By keeping room between your body and the steering wheel and the Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower parts of the body.
front of the passenger compartment, the airbag can inflate fully and
Both front airbags will not inflate in all frontal collisions . The trig-
completely and provide supplemental protection in certain frontal
gering of the airbag system depends on the vehicle deceleration rate
collisions =:, page 170, "Proper occupant seating positions" . For
caused by the collision and registered by the electronic control unit.
details on the operation of the seat adjustment controls => page 73.
If this rate is below the reference value programmed into the control
It 's especially important that children are properly restrained unit , the airbags will not be triggered, even though the car may be
=:, page 211. badly damaged as a result of the collision. Vehicle damage , repair .._
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
........ _ A_ i _
rb_ a_,g,:;._
s_,y'-s_ t _
e_m________________________________________________ _
It is not poss ible to defi ne a range of vehicle speeds t hat will cover • To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag inflates, always
every possible kind and angle of impact that will always t rigger t he wear safety belts properly =>page 183, "Safety belts ".
airbags, since th e circumstanc es will vary consider ably bet wee n one • Always make certain that children age 12 or younger always
collision and another. Important factors include, fo r exam ple, the ride in the rear seat. If children are not properly restrained, they
nat ure (hard or soft) of th e object which t he car hits , t he ang le of may be severely injured or killed when an airbag inflates .
impact, vehicle speed, etc. The front airbags will also not inflate in • Never let children ride unrestrained or improperly restrained in
side or rear collisions , or in roll-ove rs. the vehicle. Adjust the front seats properly.
Always remember: Airbags will deploy only once, an d on ly in certa in • Never ride with the backrest reclined.
kinds of collis ions. Your safety be lts are always there to offer protec-
• Always sit as far as possible from the steering wheel or the
t ion in those situatio ns in which airbags are not sup pose d t o dep loy, instrument panel =>page 170 .
or when they have alrea dy de ployed; for examp le, when your vehicle
st rikes or is st ruck by ano t her afte r t he first collision. • Always sit upright with your back against the backrest of your
seat.
This is j ust one of the reasons why an airbag is a supplementa ry
restra int and is not a subst itute for a safety belt. The airbag system • Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat.
Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat to help
works most effectively when used with the safety belts. Therefore,
prevent seriou s injuries to the legs and hips if the airbag inflates.
always properlywear your safety belts =>page 179.
• Never recline the front passenger's seat to transport objects .
Items can also move into the area of the side airbag or the front
& WARNING airbag during braking or in a sudden maneuver. Objects near the
airbags can become projectiles and cause injury when an airbag
Sitting too close to the steering wheel or instrument panel will
decrease the effectiveness of the airbags and will increase the risk inflates .
of personal injury in a collision.
• Never sit closer than 10 inches (25 cm) to the steering wheel or
instrument panel.
& WARNING
Airbags that have deployed in a crash must be replaced .
• If you cannot sit more than 10 inches (25 cm) from the
• Use only original equipment airbags approved by Audi and
steering wheel, investigate whether adaptive equipment may be
available to help you reach the pedals and increase your seating installed by a trained technician who has the neces sary tools and
diagnostic equipment to properly replace any airbag in your
distance from the steering wheel.
vehicle and assure system effectiveness in a crash.
• If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or
• Never permit salvaged or recycled airbags to be installed in
out of position in any way, your risk of injury is much higher.
your vehicle. •
• You will also receive serious injuries and could even be killed if
you are up against the airbag or too close to it when it inflates -
even with an Advanced Airbag.
_________________________________________________ A_ ir_b_a_,,
g:;..__
s-=
y'"-
s_t_e_ m__ _
Child restraints on the front seat - some • will stay on if there is a small child or child restraint on the front
important things to know passenger seat,
• will go off if the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult as
- Be sure to read the important information and head the registered by the weight-sensing mat =>page 200, "Monitoring the
WARNINGSfor important details about children and Advanced Airbag System" .
Advanced Airbags ~ page 211. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on when the control unit
detects a total weight on the front passenger seat that requires the
Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag front airbag to be turned off.
System, make certain that all children, especially those 12 years and
If the total weight on the front passenger seat is more than that of a
younger, always ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age
typical 1 year-old child but less than the weight of a small adult, the
and size. The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a
front airbag on the passenger side can deploy (the PASSENGER AIR
potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not
BAG OFF light does not come on) . If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
the safest place for a child in a forward-facing child safety seat. It can
light does not come on, the front airbag on the passenger side has
be a very dangerous place for an infant or a child in a rearward-facing
not been turned off by the electronic control unit and can deploy if
seat.
the control unit senses an impact that meets the conditions stored in
The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle has been certified to its memory.
comply with the Requirements of United States Federal Motor
For example, the airbag may deploy if:
VehicleSafety Standard 208 as applicable at the time your vehicle
was manufactured . • a small child that is heavier than a typical 1 year-old child is on the
front passenger seat (regardless of whether the child is in one of the
The Standard requires the front airbag on the passenger side to be
child safety seats listed => page 213), or
turned off ("suppressed") if a child up to about one year of age
restrained in one of the rear -facing or forward -facing infant • a child who has outgrown child restraints is on the front passenger
restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with seat.
which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified has If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the PASSENGER AIR BAG
been installed on the front passenger seat. For a listing of the child OFF light comes on in the instrument cluster and stays on.
restraints that were used to certify compliance with the US Safety
The front airbag on the passenger side may not deploy (the
Standard => page 213.
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not illuminate and stay lit) even
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the instrument panel tells you if a small adult or teenager, or a passenger who is not sitting upright
when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been with their back against a non-reclined backrest with their feet on the
turned off by the electronic control unit. vehicle floor in front of the seat is on the front passenger seat
Each time you turn on the ignition, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF =>page 170, "Proper seating position for the driver".
light will come on for a few seconds and: If the front passenger airbag deploys, the Federal Standard requires
• will stay on if the front passenger seat is not occupied, the airbag to meet the "low risk" deployment criteria to reduce the
risk of injury through interaction with the airbag. "Low risk" deploy-
ment occurs in those crashes that take place at lower decelerations as I),
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
........ _A
_ ir_b_a-=
g:..-s.:o.
y_s_t_e_m
_______________________________________________ _
Always re membe r, a child safety seat or infa nt carr ier insta lled on the • Always make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed
front seat may be struc k and knoc ked out of position by the ra pidly and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a
infla ti ng pass e nge r's airba g in a fr on ta l coll ision. Th e a irba g could passenger front and side airbag.
great ly red uce the effectiveness of t he ch ild restraint an d even seri- • Never put the forward-facing child restraint up against or very
ousl y injur e th e child during inf lation . near the instrument panel.
For th is reaso n, a nd becaus e t he back seat is the sa fe st plac e for chil- • Always move the passenger seat into its rearmost position in
dre n - whe n proper ly restra ined acc ordin g t o their age and s ize - we the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the
str ong ly reco mm end t hat childr en a lways sit in t he back seat airbag as possible before installing the forward-facing child
~ pa ge 2 11, "Child Safety" . restraint. The backrest must be adjusted to an upright position.
• Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light comes on
& WARNING and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on.
& WARNING
Never rely on airbags alone for protection.
Safety first Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
111,___ A
_ i_
rb_ a_,
g=--s_,
y:;..
s
_t _
e_m
________________________________________________ _
• Even when they deploy, airbags provide only supplemental Your vehicle is equipped with a front Advanced Airbag System in
protection. comp lia nce wit h Unit ed Sta te s Federa l Motor Vehicle Safety Sta ndar d
• Airbag work most effectivel y when used with properly worn 208 as applicable at t he time your veh icle was manufactured.
safety belts . The front Advanced Airbag System sup plements the safety belts to
• Therefore, always wear your safety belts and make sure that prov ide addit ional protect ion fo r the driver's a nd front passenger's
everybody in your vehicle is properly restrained. hea ds and uppe r bodies in fronta l crashes . The airbags inflate only in
fronta l impa cts when t he vehicle dece leration is high enoug h.
& WARNING The front Advanced Airbag System for the front seat occupants is not
a subs t itu t e for your safe ty be lt s. Rathe r, it is part of t he ove ra ll occu-
A person on the front passenger seat , especially infants and small pant restra int system in your vehicle. Always remember t hat the
children, will receive s erious injuries and can even be killed by airbag syst em ca n on ly hel p t o protect you, if you are sitting upr igh t ,
being too close to the airbag when it inflates . wearing your safety be lt and wear ing it prope rly. This is why you and
• Although the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle is your passengers must always be properly restra ined, not just beca use
designed to turn off the front passenger airbag if an infant or a t he law requires you to be .
small child is on the front pass enger seat, nobody can absolutely The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle has been cert ified to
guaranteethat deploymentunderthese special conditionsis meet th e "low risk" req uire m ents fo r 3 a nd 6 year-old childre n on t he
impos s ible in all conceivable situations that may happen during passenger s ide and very small adu lts on the driver s ide. The low risk
the useful life of your vehicle . dep loyme nt cr ite ria are int ende d t o hel p reduce t he risk of injury
• The Advanced Airbag System can deploy in accordance with the throug h interaction with the front airbag that can occur, for example,
"low risk" option under the U.S. Federal Standard if a child that is by being t oo close to the steering wheel and instr ume nt pane l whe n
heavier than the typical one-year old child is on the front t he airbag inflates.
passenger seat and the other conditions for airbag deployment
In addit ion, the system has been cert ified to comply with t he
are met.
"supp ression" requirements of t he Safety Stand ar d, to tur n off t he
• Accident statistics have shown that children are generally safer front airbag for infants 12 mont hs old and younger who are
in the rear seat area than in the front seating pos ition . res t rained on th e fron t pas senger sea t in child re st rai nts t hat ar e
• For their own safety , all children , especially 12 years and listed in the Standard~ page 213, "Child restraints and Advanced
younger, should alway s ride in the back properly restrained for Airbags".
the ir age and size. • "Sup pression" requ ires the front airbag on t he passenger side to be
turned off if:
• a child up t o a bout one year of age is restra ined on t he fr ont
passenge r seat in one of t he rear-faci ng or forward-facing infant
res t rain t s list ed in Feder al Mot or Vehicle Safety Stand ard 2 08 w it h
w hich the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified . For a .,_
_______________________________________________ A_ ir_b_a_,,,
g'---
s.:.
y_s_t_e_m
___ _
list ing of the child restraints that were used to certify your vehicle's • a passenger w ho is not sitt ing uprig ht with their back against a
compliance with the US Safety St andard ~ page 213, non-recline d backrest wit h t he ir feet on the veh icle floor in fro nt of
• we ight less than a threshold level sto red in the contro l unit is the seat is o n the fro nt passenger seat.
de t ected o n t he front pas senge r seat. If the front passenger airbag dep loys, the Federa l Standard requires
When a person is detected on t he front passenger seat, weigh ing t he airbag to mee t the "low risk" deployment criter ia to help reduce
more tha n the tota l we ight of a child that is about 1 year old the risk of injury through interaction with the a irbag. "Low risk"
restra ined in one of the rear-facing or forward-fac ing infant dep loyment occur s in those crashes that ta ke place at lowe r de cele r-
restraints (listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with ations as defined in the electronic contro l unit.~ page 200
which t he Advan ced Airbag System in your veh icle was cert ified), the Alw ays remember: Even tho ugh your vehicle is eq uipped with
front airbag on the passenger side may or may not dep loy. Advanced Airbags, the safest place for children is properly restrained
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ligh t comes on when t he elect ronic on the back seat. Please be sure to read the important information in
control unit detects a tota l weig ht on the front passenger seat that the sections t hat follow and be su re to heed all of the WARNINGS.
req uires the front airbag to be turned off . If the PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF light does not come on, the front airbag on the passenger
side has not been turned off by the control unit and can d eploy if the
& WARNING
cont rol un it senses an impact that meets the conditions stored in its To reduce the risk of injury w hen an airbag inflate s, alwa ys w ear
memory. safet y belt s properly .
If t he t ota l we ight on the fro nt passenger sea t is more t han th at of a • If you are unrestrained,leaningforward, sitting sideways or
typical 1 year-o ld, but less than the weight of a small adult, the front out of position in any way , your risk of injury is much high er.
airbag on the passenger side may dep loy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG • You will also receive serious injurie s and could even be killed if
OFF light does not come on) . you are up again st the airbag or too close to it wh en it inflates -
even w ith an Advanced Airbag ~ page 189 .
For example , the airb ag may deploy if:
• a small child that is heav ier than a typical 1 year-old child is on the
front passenger seat (regard less of whether the ch ild is in one of the
child safety seats listed ~ page 2 13),
& WARNING
A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the front
• a child who has outgrown child restra ints is on the front passenger passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the
sea t . front airbag inflates · even with an Advanced Airbag System .
If the front passenger a irbag is turned off, the PASSENGER AIR BAG • Although the Advanced Airb ag System in you r vehicle is
OFF light in the center of the instr ument panel will come on and stay designed to turn off the front airbag when a rearward-facing child
on . restraint has been installed on the front passenger seat , nobody
can absolut ely guar antee th at deployment is impo ssible in all
The front airbag on the passenger side may not dep loy (the
conceivable situation s that may happen during the useful life of
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not illumi nate and st ay lit) if:
your vehicle. _,.
• a small adult or teenager is on the front passenger seat
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
........ _ A
_ i_
rb_ a_,g,:;._
s_,y'-s
_t _
e_m
________________________________________________ _
tion of the system in the front passenger seat is checked by the elec-
& WA RNI NG (continued) t ronic contro l unit w hen t he ignit ion is on. The contr ol unit mon itors
• The inflating ai rbag will hit the child safety seat or infant t he Advanced Airbag System and tu rns the airbag indicato r light on
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and w hen a malfunction in t he system components is detected. The func-
child again st the backrest , center armrest , door, or roof. t ion of the airbag indicator light is described in greater deta il below .
Because the front passenger seat conta ins impo rtant parts of t he
• Alway s install rearward-facing child restraints in the back seat.
Advanced Airbag System, you must ta ke care to prevent it from being
• If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the damaged. Damage to the seat may prevent the Advanced Airbag for
front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and t he fro nt passenger seat from do ing its job in a crash.
the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on,
immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear The front Advanced Airbag System consists of the
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your following:
authorized Audi dealer . • Crash sensors in the front of t he vehicle that measure vehicle
acceleration/de celerat ion to provi de info rmation t o t he Advanced
& WARNING Airbag System about the severity of the crash.
• An elect ron ic contro l unit, w it h int egrated crash sensors fo r front
If , in except ional circumstances, you must install a forward-facing and side impacts. The contro l unit "dec ides" w het her to fire the front
child restraint on the front passenger' s seat: airbag s based on t he inform at ion received fro m t he crash sensors.
• Alwaysmake surethe forward-facing seat has beendesigned The contro l unit also "decides" whether the safety belt pretens ioners
and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a shoul d be act ivat ed.
passenger front and side airbag. • An Advanced Air bag with gas generator and control valve for the
• Never put the forward -facing child restraint up against or very dr iver inside t he steering wheel hub.
near the instrument panel. • An Advanced Air bag with gas generator and control valve inside
• Alway s move the passenger seat into it s rearmost position in t he inst rument panel for the fron t passenger.
the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the • A weight-sensi ng mat unde r t he up holst ery paddi ng of the front
airbag as possible, before installing the forward -facing child passenger seat cushion that measures the t ota l we igh t on the seat .
restraint. The backrest must be adjusted to an upright position. The informat ion registered is sent continuous ly to the elect ronic
• Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on contr ol unit to regulate deployment of t he front Advanced Air bag on
and stays on all the t ime whenever the ignition is switched on . • the passenger side.
• An airbag mon it oring system and ind icator light in t he instr ument
cluster => page 200 .
Advanced Airbag System components
• A sensor in each front seat reg isters the distance between the
respective seat and t he steeri ng whee l or inst rument panel. The
The front passenger seat in your vehicle has a lot of very important
info rmation reg iste red is sent cont inuously to t he electronic cont rol
parts of t he Advanced Air bag System in it. These parts incl ude t he
uni t to reg ulate deployment of t he front Advanced Air bags. ..,
we ight-sens ing mat, sensors, wiring, brackets, and more. The func-
_______________________________________________ A_ ir_b_a_,,,
g~ s,,._
y_s_t_e_m
___ ffl'I
• The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light comes on and stays on in the
cent er of t he inst rume nt pa nel =>page 201, fig. 189 a nd t ells you
& WARNING (cont inued )
when the front Advanced Airbag on t he passe nger side has been • Never store item s under the front passenger seat . Parts of the
t urne d off. Advanced Airbag System under the passenger seat could be
• A sensor below the safety belt latch for the front seat passenger damaged , preventing them and the airb ag system from working
t o meas ure t he tension on t he safety be lt . The tension on t he saf ety properly .
belt and the we ight registe red by the weight-sensing mat help t he • Never place seat covers or replacement upholstery that have
cont rol unit "decide" whether the front a irbag for the front not been specifically approved by Audi on the front seats .
passenge r seat should be tur ned off or not=> page 191, "Child
• Seat cover s can prevent the Advanced Airbag System from
restraints on the front seat - some important things to know".
recognizing child restraints or occupants on the front passenger
• A se nso r in the safety bel t latch for the driver a nd fo r the front seat and prevent the side airbag in the seat backrest from
seat passenge r that senses whether that safety belt is latched or not deploying properly .
and t ransmits t his information to t he e lect ron ic control un it .
• Never use cushions, pillow s, blankets or similar items on the
front passenger seat. The additional padding will prevent the
& WARNING weight-sensing mat in the seat from accurately registering the
child restraint or person on the seat and prevent the Advanced
Damage to the front passenger seat can prevent the front airbag Airbag System from functioning properly .
from working properl y.
• If you must use a child restraint on the front passenger seat
• Improper repair or disassembly of the front passenger and and the child restraint manufacturer's instructions require the use
driver seat will prevent the Advanced Airbag System from func- of a towel, foam cushion or something else to properly position
tioning properly. the child restraint, make certain that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
• Repairs to the front pass enger seat must be performed by qual- OFF light comes on and stays on whenever the child restraint is
ified and properly trained workshop personnel. installed on the front passenger seat.
• Never remove the front passenger or driver seat from the • If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and
vehicle. stay on, immediately install child restraint in a rear seating posi-
• Never remove the upholstery from the front passenger seat . tion and have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi
dealer. •
• Never disassemble or remove parts from the seat or disconnect
wires from it .
• Never carry sharp objects in your pockets or place them on the How the Advanced Airbag System
seat . If the weight-sensing mat in the passenger seat is punctured components work together
it cannot work properly.
• Never carry th ings on your lap or carry objects on the passenger The front Adva nced Airbag System and t he side airbags supp lemen t
seat. Such items can increase the weight registered by the weight- t he prot ecti on offered by the front t hree- point safety belts with
sensing mat and send the wrong information to the airbag control pretens ioners and load limiters and t he adjusta ble head restra ints to
unit. help reduce t he risk of injury in a wide rang e of acciden t and crash ..,.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
___ A_i_r_b_a_g
=- s
_y,"--s_
t _e_m
______________________________________________ _
sit uat ions . Be sure to read the important informat ion about safety More important things to know about front
and hee d t he WARNINGS in t his cha pte r. airbags
Deployment of the Advanced Airbag System and the act ivat ion of the
safety belt pretensioners depend on the deceleration measured by
t he crash senso rs an d regis t ered by t he e lectroni c contr ol unit. The
amount of inflation of the front airbags can a lso be adapted to the
front seat pos it ion, depending on t he d istance bet ween t he respec -
tive front seat and the steering wheel or instrument panel as reg is-
t ere d by sensors in the seats. Crash seve rity depends on speed and
deceleration as well as the mass and stiffness of the vehicle or object
involved in the crash .
On the passenger side, rega rd less of safety be lt use, the a irbag will Fig. 188 Infl ate d
front airbags
be t urned off if the we ight on the passenger seat is less tha n the
amount prog rammed in the e lectr onic contro l unit . The fro nt airbag
on the passenger side will a lso be turned off if one of the child safety Safety belts are important to he lp keep front seat occupants in the
sea t s tha t has been cert ified under Federa l Mot or Vehicle Safety pro per seated pos ition so that a irbags can unf old prope rly a nd
Standard 208 has been recognized on the seat . The PASSENGERAIR prov ide supp lemental protect ion in a frontal collision.
BAG OFF light comes on and stays on t o tell you when the fron t The front airbags are designed to provide add itio na l protec t ion for
Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been turned off the chest and face of the driver and the front sea t passenge r when:
=>page 191, "Child restraints o n t he front sea t - some impo rtant
• safety belts are worn properly,
things to know" .
• t he seats have been posit ioned so that the occupant is prope rly
seated as far as possible from the airbag,
& WARNING • and the head restraints have been properly adjusted .
To reduce the risk of inju ry when an airbag inflates, always wear Because air bags inflate in the blink of a n eye wit h great force, things
safety belt s properly. you have on your lap o r have place d on the seat cou ld become
• If you are unrest rained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or dangerous projectiles, and be pushed into you if the a irbag inf lates.
out of posit ion in any way , your risk of injury is mu ch higher . When a n airbag dep loys, fine du st is released. This is normal and is
• You will also receive serious injuries and could even be killed if not caused by a fire in the vehicle. This dust is made up mostly of a
you are up again st the airbag or too close t o it wh en it inflates · powder used to lubricate the airbags as they deploy. It could irritate
even with an Advanced Airbag => page 189 . • skin .
It is important to remember that while the supp lemental airbag
system is desig ned to reduce the like lihood of serious injur ies, other
injuries, for example swelling, bruising and m inor abras ions, can also
happen when airbags inflate. Airbags do not p rotect the a rms or the ..,_
Airbag system -
-------------------------------------------- -=---=
----
lowe r part s of the body . Front a irbags only supp lemen t th e t hree
point saf ety be lts in som e frontal collisions in which t he vehicle decel- & WARNING
erat ion is high enough t o de ploy th e a irbags. A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the front
Front airbags will not deploy: passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the
front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System.
• if the ignition is switched off when a cras h occurs,
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant
• in side collisions, carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and
• in rear- end collisions, child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof.
• in rollove rs, • Always install rear-facing child safety seats on the rear seat.
• when t he crash decelera tion meas ured by the airba g syst e m is less • If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the
than the min imum threshold needed fo r a irbag deployme nt as reg is- front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and
t ere d by t he e lectr onic contr ol unit . the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and stay on,
immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear
The front passenger airbag will also not deploy:
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your
• when t he fro nt pass e nger seat is not occupied, authorized Audi dealer.
• when the weight on the front passenge r seat as sense d by the
Advanc ed Airbag Syst e m indicat es t hat t he front airbag on the
passenger side has t o be turned off by the electronic contr ol unit (the & WARNING
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light comes on an d sta ys on). Objects between you and the airbag will increase the risk of injury
in a cra sh by interfering with the way the airbag unfolds or by
& WARNING being pushed into you as the airbag inflates.
• Never hold things in your hands or on your lap when the vehicle
Sitting in the wrong position can increase the risk of serious injury is in use.
in crashes.
• Never transport items on or in the area of the front passenger
• To reduce the risk of injury when the airbags inflate, the driver seat. Objects could move into the area of the front airbags during
and passengers must always sit in an upright position , must not braking or other sudden maneuver and become dangerous projec-
lean against or place any part of their body too close to the area tiles that can cause serious personal injury if the airbags inflate .
where the airbags are located.
• Never place or attach accessories or other objects (such as
• Occupants who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the cupholders, telephone brackets, large , heavy or bulky objects) on
airbag can be seriously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with the doors, over or near the area marked "AIRBAG" on the steering
great force in the blink of an eye =>page 191. wheel , instrument panel, seat backrests or between those areas
and yourself. These objects could cause injury in a crash, especially
when the airbags inflate .
• Never recline the front passenger's seat to transport objects .
Items can also move into the area of the side airbag or the front IIJ,,
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
........ _ A_ i _
rb_ a_,g,:;._
s_,y'-s_ t _
e_m________________________________________________ _
PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF Light one of the rear-facing or forward- facing infa nt restraints listed in
Fede ral Mot or Vehicle Safet y Stan dar d 20 8 wit h which t he Advanc ed
Airbag System in your vehicle was certified .
If the front passenger seat is not occ upied, the front a irbag will not
dep loy, and the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF light will sta y on . Neve r
install a rearward -facing child restraint on the f ront passenge r seat,
t he safest pla ce fo r a child in any kind of child rest ra int is at one of the
seating positions on t he rear seat~ page 191, "Child restra ints on
t he fr on t seat- so me im po rt ant t h ings to know" and ~ p age 211,
Fig. 189 Section from
the instrum ent panel: "Child Safety" .
PASSENGER AIRBAG
If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF light comes on when one of t he
OFF light
conditi ons listed above is met, be sure to che ck t he light regu larly to
ma ke certain t hat the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF light stays on contin-
The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF light is located in the center of the
uo usly whenever t he ignition is on. If t he PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF
ins t rume nt panel ~ f ig. 189 .
light does not appear and not stay on a ll the time, stop as soon as it
The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF light will come on and stay on to t ell is safe t o do so and
you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been
• reactivate the system by turni ng the ignition off and then t urning
t ur ned off by t he ele ct ronic control unit. Each t ime you t urn on t he
it on again;
ign ition, the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF light will flash for a few
se conds a nd: • remove and reinstall the child restraint. Make sure that the ch ild
restra int is prope rly installed and tha t t he safety belt fo r the fron t
• will stay on if t he front passenger seat is not occupied, passenger seat has bee n correctly routed around the child restra int as
• will st ay on if th ere is a small child or child restrain t on t he front desc ribed in t he child rest raint manufacturer's instr uctions;
passenger seat, • make sure that the convertib le loc king feature on the safety belt
• will go ou t if th e fron t passe nger sea t is occup ied by an adul t as for the front passenge r seat has been act ivated and t hat t he safety
registe red by t he weight-sens ing mat. belt has bee n pulled t ight. The belt must not be loose or have loops
of slac k so that the senso r be low t he safety belt latch on the seat ca n
The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF light must come on and stay on if t he
ign ition is on and do its job~ page 221.
• ma ke sure that thi ngs t ha t may increase the weig ht of t he chi ld
• a car bed has been insta lled on t he front seat, or
and child safety seat are not bei ng transported on the front
• a rearward-facing child rest raint has been installed on the front passenge r seat;
passenger seat, or
• make sure that the safety belt tension sensor is not blocked.
• a forward-faci ng chi ld restraint has bee n installed on the front Shake the safety belt latc h on t he front passen ge r seat back and
passenge r seat,or fort h;
• the weight reg istered on the front passenger seat is equal to or • If a strap or t et her is be ing used t o t ie t he chi ld safety seat to the
less t ha n the co mbined we ight of a ty pical 1 year -old re strained in front passenger seat, make sure that it is not so tight that it causes .,
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
........ _A
_ i_
rb_ a_,
g,:;._
s_,
y'-s
_t _
e_m
________________________________________________ _
the weight-sensing mat to measure more weight tha n is actua lly on display . This is to inform the dr iver of the current front passenger
t he seat. airbag stat us . •
If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF light still does not come on and
does not stay on cont inuous ly (when the ignition is switched on), Important safety instructions on
• t ake the child res t raint off t he front passenger seat and inst all it monitoring the Advanced Airbag System
properly at one of t he rear seat positions. Have the airbag system
inspect ed by your aut horized Audi dealer immedi ately.
• move the child to a rea r seat position and ma ke sure that the child
is properly restr ained in a child rest raint th at is appr opr iate fo r its
& WARNING
An airbag system that is not functioning properly cannot provide
size and age . supplemental protection in a frontal crash.
The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF light sho uld NOT come on when the • If the airbag indicator light comes on, it means that there may
ignition is on and an adult is sitt ing in a proper sea ting pos ition on the be something wrong with the Advanced Airbag System. It is
front passenger seat . If the PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF light comes on possible that the airbag will inflate when it is not supposed to, or
and st ays on or flashes fo r abo ut 5 seconds while driving, under these will not inflate when it should.
circumstances, make sure that:
• Have the airbag system inspected immediately by your autho-
• t he adul t on th e front passenger se at is pro perly seate d on t he rized Audi dealer.
center of the seat cushion with his or her back up against the backrest
and t he backrest is not reclined =>page 17 0, "Proper occupan t
seating posit ions", & WARNING
• t he adult is not t aking weig ht off t he sea t by holding on to t he If the front airbag inflate s, a child without a child restraint, in a
passenge r assist handle above the front passe nger door or rearward-facing child safety seat or in a forward-facing child
supporti ng their weight on the armrest, restraint that has not been properly installed will be seriously
• the safety belt is being properly wor n and that there is not a lot of injured and can be killed.
slack in th e safety be lt webb ing, • Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag
• accessory seat covers or cushions or othe r th ings that may cause System, make certain that all children, especially 12 years and
an incorre ct readi ng or impre ss ion on t he weigh t-s ensing mat under younger, always ride on the back seat properly restrained for their
the upholstery of the seat have been removed from the front age and size.
pas senge r se at , • Always install forward or rear-facing child safety seats on the
• a safety be lt extender has not been left in t he safety belt latch for rear seat - even with an Advanced Airbag System.
th e front pas senger se at . • If you must install a rearward-facing child safety seat on the
In addition to the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF light in the center of the front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and
instrument panel, the message PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not appear and stay on,
immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear ~
PASSENGER AIRBAG ON will br iefly appear in t he instr ument cluste r
_________________________________________________ A_ ir_b_a_,,
g:;..__
s-=
y'"-s_t_e_ m__ _
& WARNING (co n tinued ) Repair, care and disposal of the airbags
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your Parts of the airbag system are insta lled at many different places on
authorized Audi dealer. your Audi. Inst alling, remov ing, servicing or repairing a part in an
• A tight tether or other strap on a rearward -facing child area of the vehicle can damage a part of an airbag system and prevent
restraint attached to the front pa ss enger seat can put too much t hat syst em from working prope rly in a collision.
pressure on the weight -sensing mat in the seat and register more
There are some importa nt things you have to know to ma ke sure t hat
weight than is actually on the seat . The heavier weight regi stered
the effectiveness of the system will not be impai red and that
can make the system work as though an adult were on the seat
discarded compo nents do not cause injury or pollut e t he environ-
and deploy the Advanced Airbag when it mu st be suppre ssed
ment .
causing serious or even fatal injury to the child .
• If, in exceptional circumstanc es, you must install a forward-
facing child restraint on the front passenger seat, always move
the seat into its rearmost position in the seat' s fore and aft adjust-
& WARNING
Improper care, serv icing and repair procedures can increase the
ment range, as far away from the airbag as possible . The backrest
risk of personal injury and death by preventing an airbag from
must be adjusted to an upright position. Make sure that the deploying when needed or deploying an airbag unexpectedly:
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight comes on and stays on all the time
whenever the ignition is switched on. • Never cover, obstruct, or change the steering wheel horn pad or
airbag cover or the instrument panel or modify them in any way.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
-
---- Airbag--=-~
system
-----------------------------------
& WA RNI NG (continued) W For the sake of the environment
• Always make sure th at the side airbag can inflate without Undeployed ai rbag modu les and pretensione rs might be class ified as
interference : Perch lorate Materia l -special handling may ap ply, see
www.dts c.ca.gov/ha za rdouswas t e/pe rchlorate. When t he vehicle or
- Never install seat covers or replacement uphol stery over the
parts of the restraint system includ ing a irbag modu les safety belts
front seatbacks that have not been specifically approved by
w it h pretensioners are scra pped, all appli cable laws an d regula tio ns
Audi .
must be observed. Your author ized Audi dealer is familiar with these
- Never use addit ional seat cushions that cover the areas req uiremen t s and we recommen d t hat you have your dealer perfo rm
where the side ai rbags inflate. this serv ice for you. •
- Damage to the original seat covers or to the seam in the area
of the side airbag module must always be repaired immedi-
ately by an author ized Audi dealer. Other things that can affect Advanced
• The airbag system can be activated only once. After an airbag Airbag performance
has inflated, it must be replaced by an authorized Audi dealer or
qualified technician who has the techni cal information, t raining Chang ing the vehicle's suspension system can change the way that
and special equipment necessary. t he Advan ced Airbag System pe rforms in a cras h. For examp le, usi ng
• The airbag system can be deploy ed only once. After an airbag tire-rim combinations not app roved by Audi, lowering the vehicle,
has been deployed, it must be replaced with new replacement changing the stiff ness of t he suspension, incl uding the springs,
parts designed and approved especially for your Audi model suspension struts, shock absorbers etc. can change the forces that
version. Replacement of complete airbag systems or airbag are meas ure d by t he a irba g sensors a nd sent to t he ele ct ronic contro l
components must be performed by qualified workshops only. unit . Some suspension changes can, fo r exam ple, increase the force
Make sure that any airbag service action is entered in your Audi levels measured by t he senso rs and make the airbag system deploy in
Warranty & Maintenance booklet under AIRBAGREPLACEMENT crashes in which it would not deploy if the changes had no t been
RECORD. ma de . Other kinds of changes may reduce the force levels meas ured
by t he sensors and prevent the airbag from dep loying when it should.
• In accidents when an airbag is deployed, the vehicle battery
separates the alternator and the starter from the vehicle electrical The sensors in the safety belt buckle for the drive r and front
system for safety reasons with a pyrotechnic circuit interrupte r. pas senge r se at tell t he e lectroni c cont rol mo dul e if the safety belt is
latched or not . If the safety belt is being used, t he front a irbag w ill
- Work on the pyrotechnic circuit interrupter must only be
dep loy at a sligh t ly higher rate of vehicle decele rat ion t han if t he
performed by a qualified dealer - risk of an accident!
safety belt is not be ing used . Therefo re, in a par ti cular collis ion, it is
- If the vehicle or the circuit interrupter is scrapped , all appli - possible that an a irba g w ill not dep loy at a seating position where the
cable safety precautions must be followed. safety belt is being used but w ill inflate at the posit ion where the
safety belt is not be ing used. It is important that nothing interfere
w it h t he safety belt bu ckles so that th e sensors can se nd the correct
info rmation about safety be lt use to the electronic contro l unit. ~
Airbag system
Side airbags
& WARNING
Changing the vehicle's susp ension including use of unapproved Description of side airbags
tire -rim combination s can change Advan ced Airbag performance
and increase the risk of serious personal injury in a crash . The airbag sys tem can pro vide supplemen tal pro te ction
• Never install s uspension component s that do not have the to properly restr ained occupants .
same performance characteristics as the components originally
installed on your vehicle.
• Never use tire-rim combinations that have not been approved
by Audi.
& WARNING
Items stored between the safety belt buckle and the center
Fig. 190 Side airbag
console can cause the sensors in the buckle to send the wrong locat ion in the driver's
information to the electronic control module and prevent the seat
Advanced Airbag System from working properly.
• Always make sure that nothing can interfere with the safety The side airbags are located in t he sides of t he front seat backrests
belt buckles and that they are not obstructed . ~ fig. 190 and the rea r backrest facing the doors . They are ide ntified
by the wo rd "AIRBAG".
<£>
For the sake of the environment
The side airbag system basically consists of :
Undeployed airbag modu les and pretensioners might be class ified as • t he ele ctron ic cont rol mod ule a nd extern al side imp act se nsors
Perch lo rate Mate rial -special handling m ay app ly, see • the two airbags located in the sides of the front backrests and the
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. When the vehicle or t wo air bags * locat ed in the rea r ba ckres t
parts of t he rest ra int system includin g ai rbag modu les safety belts • the a irbag warning light in the instrument cluster.
with pretens ioners are scrapped, all applicable laws and regulat ions
must be observed . Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar with these The airbag syst em is monitored elect ronically t o m a ke ce rt ain that it
req uirements and we recommend that you have your dealer perform is funct io ning properly at all times . Each t ime you turn o n the igni-
this service for you. • t ion, t he airbag system indica t or light will come on for a few seconds
(self d iagnostics).
The side airbag system supp lements the safety belts and can he lp to
re duc e t he risk of injury to t he dr iver's and fro nt passenge r's upper
torso on the s ide of the vehicle that is struck in a side collision. The
air bag dep loys o nly in side imp acts an d only when t he veh icle accele r-
ation registered by the control unit is h igh e no ug h. If t his rate is _,.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
___ A_ir_b_a--=
ge....-
s.:y_s_t_e_m________________________________________________ _
Aside from the ir normal safety function, safety belts work to help
keep the driver or front passenger in posit ion in the event of a colli- & WARNING
sion so that the side curtain airbags can provide protection. • Safety belts and the airbag system will only provide protection
The airbag system is not a substitute for your safety belt. Rather, it is when occupants are in the proper seating position => page 70,
part of the overall occupan t restrai nt system in your vehicle . Always "General recommendations ".
remember that the airbag system can only help to protect you if you • If the airbag indicator light comes on when the vehicle is being
are wearing your safety belt and wear ing it properly. This is another used, have the system inspected immediately by your authorized
reason why you should always wear your safety belts, not just because Audi dealer. The side curtain airbag may not work properly even
the law requires you to do so => page 179, "General notes". when the vehicle acceleration in a side collision is high enough to
It is important to remember that while the side curtai n airbag system activate the airbag. ~
is designed to help reduce the likelihood of serious injuries, other
injuries, fo r example, swelling, br uising, and minor ab rasions can
also be associated with these airbags. Remember too, these airbags How side curtain airbags work
will deploy on ly once and on ly in certain kinds of accidents - your Side curtain airbags can work together with side airbags
safety belts are always there to offer protection. to help reduce the risk of head and upper torso injuries for
The side curtain airbag system basically consists of: occupants who are properly restrained.
• The electronic control module and external side impact sensors
• The side curtain airbags above the front and rear s ide windows
• The airbag indica t or light in the instrument panel
The airbag system is monitored electron ically to make certain it is
functioning properly at all times . Each time you turn on the ignition,
the airbag system indicator light w ill come on for a few seconds (self
diagnostics). Fig. 193 Illust ration
of principle: Inflated
The side curtain airbag is not activated: side curtain airbags on
the left side
• if the ignition is turned off,
• in side collisions when the acceleration measured by the sensor is The side curtain airbags inflate between the occupant and the
too low, windows on the side of the vehicle that is struck in a side collision
• in rear-end collisions, =>fig.193.
• in rollovers. When the system is triggered, the side curta in airbag is filled with
propellant gas and breaks through a seam above the front and rear
side windows identified by the AIRBAGlab el. In order to help provide
this additional protection, the side curtain airbag must inflate within
the bl ink of an eye at ve ry high speed and wit h great force. The side ._
Safety first Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
........ _ A
_ i_
rb_ a_,g,:;._
s_,y'-s
_t _
e_m
________________________________________________ _
curtain airbag could injure you if your sea ti ng pos ition is no t proper or
uprigh t o r if ite ms a re locat ed in t he area where t he supp leme ntal
& WARNING (continued )
side curtain a irbag inflates . This applies especially t o chi ldren projectile can suffer serious injury or death -=>page 339 , "Tech-
-=>page 2 11. nical Modifications ".
Althoug h they ar e not a soft pillow, side cur ta in air bags can "cushion" • Do not swivel the sun viso rs to the side if you have any objects
the im pact an d in this way they can help t o reduce the risk of injury to clipped onto them (for example pens). If the airbag should
t he he ad and th e upp er pa rt of th e bod y. deploy, you could be injured by these objects.
A fine d ust may develop when t he airbag deploys . This is quite norma l • Use the built-in coat hooks only for lightweight clothing. Never
and does not mea n the re is a fire in the vehicle . • leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that may
interfere with airbag deployment and can cause personal injury in
an accident.
Important safety instructions on the side • Never use hangers to hang clothing from the hooks .
curtain airbag system • Only use factory-in stalled sun shades or, in the case of shades
Airbags are only suppleme ntal rest raints. Always prop- installed after the vehicle leaves the factory, only Audi roll-up
sunscreens may be used =>page 338, "Additional accessories and
erly wear safet y belt s and ride in a prop er sea ting posi- parts replacement ".
tion.
• Always sit in proper seating position and wear safety belts
The re is a lot that you and your passe nge rs must know and do to help while traveling so that the side curtain airbags can help provide
the safety be lts and airbags do t heir job to provi de supp lemental protection .
prot ect ion . • The airbag system can only be tr iggered once. If the airbag has
been triggered, the system must be replaced by an authorized
& WARNING Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
• Always have work involving the side curtain airbag system,
Improperly wearing safety belts and improper seating positions removal and installation of the airbag components, or other
increase the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a repairs performed by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified work-
vehicle is being used. shop. Otherwise the airbag system may not work correctly.
• Never let occupant s place any parts of their bodies in the area • Never attempt to modify any components of the airbag system
from which the side curtain airbags inflate. in any way. •
• Always make sure that the side curtain airbags can inflate
without interference. Unsuitable accessoriesfitted inside the
expansion range of a head airbag can dangerously interfere with
its function. A deploying head airbag develops enough force to
catapult any piece of add-on component out of its path of inflation
and into the passenger compartment. An occupant hit by such a
-------------------"'---
Child Safety Ill
Child Safety
Important things to know amou nt of importa nt info rmation, we cannot repeat it all he re . We
urge you to read the detailed information in th is owne r's man ua l
abou t airbags and t he Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle and the
Introduction very important information abo ut transporting children on the front
The rear seat is generally the safest place in a collision. passenger se at . Plea se be sure t o heed the WARNINGS - t hey are
extremely important for your safety and the safety of your passe n-
The physical pr inciples of wha t happens w hen yo ur ve hicle is in a crash gers, especially infan t s and sm all ch ildre n.
app ly a lso to children=> page 181, "What happens to occupants not
wearing safety be lts?". But unlike adults their mus cles an d bones a re
not fully deve loped. In many respects children are at greater risk of
serious injury in crashes than adults .
& WARNING
• Accident statisti cs have shown that children are generally safer
Because children 's bodies a re not fully deve loped, they require in the rear seat area than in the front seating position. Always
restraint systems especially designed fo r their size, weight, and body restrain any child age 12 and under in the rear.
st ruct ur e. Many cou ntries and a ll states of t he Unite d States and • All vehicle occupants and especially children must be
prov inces of Canada have laws req uiring the use of approved ch ild restrained properly when ever riding in a vehicle. An unre strained
restrain t sys t ems for infan t s an d sm all ch ild ren . or improperlyrestrainedchild could be injured by striking the
In a fronta l crash at a speed of 20-35 mph (30-56 km/h) the forces interior or by being ejected from the vehicle during a sudden
act ing o n a 13- pound (6 kg) infant w ill be more t han 20 times the maneuver or impact. An unrestrained or improperly restrained
we ight of the ch ild . This means the we ight of the child wo uld child is also at greater risk of injury or death through contact with
suddenly be more than 260 po unds (120 kg). Under these conditions, an inflat ing airbag .
only a n app ropr iat e child restra int proper ly used can red uce the risk • A suitable child restraint properly installed and used at one of
of serious injury. Child restrai nts must be used properly to be effec- the rear seating positions provides the highest degree of protec-
t ive. Used im pro perly, t hey can increase t he risk of serio us injury in an tion for infants and small children in most accident situations.
acc ident.
Consult t he ch ild safety seat manufacturer's instr uctions to be sure
t he seat is right for your child's size =>page 214, "Importa nt safety
& WARNING
instructions for using ch ild safety seats" . Please be sure to read and Children on the front seat of any car even with Advanced Airbags
heed all of the impo rtant informat ion and WARNINGS about child can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag inflates. A
safety, Advanced Airbags, and the insta llation of ch ild rest raints in child in a rearward -facing child safety seat installed on the front
t his chapte r. passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the
front airbag inflate s.
There is a lot you need to know about the Advanced Airbags in your
vehicle a nd how t hey wo rk when infa nts and childre n in child • The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant
restra ints are on the front passenger seat. Beca use of t he large carrier with great force and will sma sh the child safety seat and
child aga inst the backrest, center armrest or door . •
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
____ C_h_i_
ld_ S_a_f...;.
e....:
t "-
y ________________________________________ _
& WARNING Even thoug h your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag
system , a ll children, especially those 12 years and younger, should
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must install a forward-facing always ride in t he back seat properly restrained for t heir ag e and size .
child restraint on the front passenger's seat: The ai rbag on the passenge r sid e makes the front seat a potentia lly
dange rous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not t he safest
• Always make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed
place fo r a child in a forward-facing child safety seat. It can be a very
and certified by it s manufacturer for use on a front seat with a
dan ge rous place for a n infan t o r a large r child in a rea rwa rd-facing
passengerfront and side airbag.
seat. •
• Always follow the manufacturer 's instruction s provided with
the child safety seat or carrier.
• Always move the passenger seat into it s rearmost position in Advanced Airbags and the weight-sensing
the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the mat in the front seat
airbag as possible before installing the child restraint. The back-
rest must be adjusted to an upright position. The Advanced Airbag System in your ve hicle de t ects t he presence of
• Always make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light an infa nt or ch ild in a child rest rai nt on the fro nt passenger sea t using
comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is the we ight-sens ing mat in the seat cushion and the senso r be low the
switched on . • saf ety belt lat ch o n th e front passenge r seat t ha t measur e s t he
tension on the safety belt.
The weigh t -sens ing ma t me asures t ot al we ight of t he child and the
Advanced front airbag system and children child safety seat and a child blanket on the fro nt passe nger seat . The
we ight on t he fro nt passenger se at is re lated t o t he design of the
Your vehicle is equi pp ed wit h a fron t "Advanced Airbag System" in child res t raint and it s "footpri nt", the size and shape of t he bottom
compliance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard of the ch ild restraint as it sits o n the seat . The weight of a child
(FMVSS) 2 08 as ap plica ble at t he time your vehicle wa s manufa c- restrain t a nd its "foo t pr int" vary for differe nt kinds of child res t ra ints .,_
tured.
__________________________________________ ___:
C~ h~il~d~ S~a~f~e~t ¥_
Y__ _
and for the different models of the same kind of child restraint Many types and models of child restra ints have been available over
offered by child restraint manufacturers. t he years, new models are introduced reg ula rly incorpo rat ing new
and improved designs and older models are taken out of product ion.
The we ight ranges for the individual types, makes and models of ch ild
Child restraints are not standardized. Child restraints of the same
restraints that the NHTSAhas specified in the Safety Standard
type typ ically have d ifferent weights and sizes and differe nt 'foot-
together w ith the weight ranges of typical infants and typical 1 yea r-
prints,' the size and shape of the bottom of the child restraint that
old child have been stored in the control unit of the Advanced Airbag
sits on the seat, when they are installed on a vehicle seat . These
System. When a ch ild restraint is being used on the front passenger
differences make it virtually impossib le to certify compliance with
seat with a typical 1 year-old chi ld, the Advanced Airbag System
t he requirements for advanced airbags with each and eve ry chil d
compares the we ight meas ured by the weight sensing mat with the
restra int that has ever been sold in the past or will be sold over the
information stored in the electronic control unit .
course of the useful life of your vehicle.
The electronic contro l unit a lso registers the tension on the front
For this reason, the United States Nationa l Highway Traffic Safety
passenger safety belt. The tension on the safety belt for the front
Administration has pub lished a list of specific type, makes and
passenger seat will be different for an adult who is properly using the
mode ls of child restra ints that must be used to cert ify compliance of
safety belt as compared to the tension on the be lt when it is used to
the Advanced Airbag System in yo ur vehicle with the suppression
attach a child restraint to the seat . The sensor below the latch for the
requirements of Federal Motor Veh icle Safety Standard 208. These
safety belt for the front seat passenger measures the tension on the
child restraints are:
belt. The input from this sensor is then used with the weight to
"decide", whether there is a child restraint with a typical 1 yea r-old Subpart A - Car bed child restraints
child on the front passenger seat and whether or not the airbag must
be turned off . • Model Manufactured on or
after
Child restraints and Advanced Airbags Angel Gua rd Angel Ride September 25, 2007
AA2403 FOF
Regardless of the child restraint that you use, ma ke sure that it has
Subpart B - Rear-facing child restraints
been certified to meet United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards and has been ce rt ified by its manufacturer for use with an
Model Manufactured on or
airbag . Always be sure that the child restraint is properly installed at after
one of the rear seating positions. If in exceptional circumstances you
must use it on the front passenger seat, carefully read all of the infor- Century SmartF it 4543 December 1, 1999
mation on ch ild safety and Advanced Airbags and heed a ll of the Cosco Arriva 22-013PAW and September 25, 20 0 7
app licab le WARNINGS. Make certain that the child restra int is base 22-999 WH O
correctly recognized by the weight-sensing mat inside the front
passenger seat, that the front passenger airbag is tu rned off and that Evenflo Discovery Adj ust Right December 1, 1999
the airbag status is always correctly signaled by the PASSENGERAIR 21 2
BAGOFFlight. Evenflo First Cho ice 204 December 1, 1999
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
_,___ C_h
_ il_d_ S_a_f_e_t-=
y;....._
____________________________________________ _
Subpart
re s traints
C - F o rward-fa ci ng a nd c on v ertib le c h ild
[I) Tips
The chi ld seats listed in categories A to C have been tested by Audi
Model Manufactured on or only for the Advanced Airbag function . •
after
Britax Roundabout E9L02xx September 25, 2007 Important safety instructions for using
Cosco Touriva 02519 December 1, 1999 child safety seats
Cosco Summit Deluxe High Back September 25, 2007 Correct use of child safety seats substantially reduces the
Booster 22 -262 risk of injury in an accident!
Cosco High Back Booste r 22-209 September 25, 2007
As the driver, you are responsible for the safety of everybody
Evenflo Tribute V 379xxxx September 25, 2007 in th e veh icle, especially children :
Evenflo Medallion 25 4 December 1, 1999
- Always use the right child safety seat for each child and
Evenflo Generations 352xxxx September 25, 2007 always use it properly=> page 217 .
Grace ComfortSport September 25, 2007
- Always carefully follow the child safety seat manufac-
Grace Toddler Safety Seat Step 2 September 25, 2007 turer's instructions on how to route the safety belt prop-
Graco Platinum Cargo September 25, 2007 erly through the child safety seat .
- When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety
& WARNING seat, you must first activate the convert ible locking
retractor on the safety belt to prevent the child safety seat
To reduce t he risk of serious injury , make sure th at the
from movi ng =>page 221.
PASSENGER AI R BAG OFF light comes on and stay s on wh enever a
child restraint is inst alle d on the front passenge r seat and t he - Push the child safety seat down wit h your full weig ht to
ignit ion is sw it ched on. get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot
move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm). ._
_____________________________________________ C_h_i_ld_ S_a_f_e_t_.y'---__
- If a stra p or tet he r is be ing us ed to ti e t he child safety seat & WARNING (cont inued )
to t he fro nt passenger seat, make sure th at it is not so
tight that it causes the weight-sens ing ma t t o measure - Always heed all legal requirements pe rtaining to the instal-
more weight t han is act ually on the seat. lation and use of child safety seat s and carefully follow the
inst ructions provided by the manufacturer of the seat you are
Always reme m ber: Even t hough your vehicle is equip ped with an using.
Advanced Airbag system, all children, especially t hose 12 years and • Never allow children under 57 inche s (1.45 meter s) to wear a
younger, should always ride in the back seat proper ly rest rained for normal safety belt . They must always be restrained by a prop er
their age and size . child restraint system . Otherwise , they could sustain injuries to
the abdomen and neck areas during sudden braking maneuvers or
& WARNING accidents.
• Never let more than one child occupy a child safety seat.
Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong child safety seat or
• Never let babies or olde r children ride in a vehicle while sitting
improperly installing a child restraint increa ses the risk of serious
on the lap of another passenger.
personal injury and death .
- Holding a child in your arms is never a sub stitute for a child
• All vehicle occupants and es pecially children mu st always be
restraint system .
restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle.
- The stronge st pers on could not hold the child with the force s
- An unrestrained or improperly restrained child can be
that exist in an accident . The child will strike the interio r of the
injured or killed by being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle and can also be struck by the passenger.
vehicle or by being ejected from it during a s udden maneuver
or impact . - The child and the passenger can also injure each other in an
accident.
- An unre strained or improperly restrained child is at much
greater risk of injury or death by being struck by an inflating • Never install rearward-facing child safety seats or infant
airbag . carrier s on the front pas senger seat. A child will be seriously
injured and can be killed when the passenger airbag inflates- even
• Commercially available child safety seats are requi red to
with an Advanced Airbag System.
comply with U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS)
213 (in Canada CMVSS213 ) . - The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and
- When buying a child restraint, select one that fits your child
child against the backrest, door or roof .
and the vehicle.
- Always install rearward -facing child safety seats or infant
- Only us e child restraint system s that fully contact the flat
carriers on the rear seat.
portion of the seat cushion . The child rest raint must not tip or
lean to either side . Audi does not recommend using child • Forward-facing child safety seats installed on th e front
safety seats that rest on legs or tube-like frames. They do not passenger 's seat can interfere with the airbag when it inflates and
provide adequate contact with the seat . cause seriou s injury to the child . Always install forward-facing
child safet y seats on the rear seat . .,
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
____ C_h_i_l _
d_S
_ a_f _
e _ty~ --------------------------------------------
• If exceptional circumstances require the use of a forward- • Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install
facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat, the child's it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
safety and well-being require that the following special precau- BAGOFF light does not stay on .
tions be taken: • Have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi
- Make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed and dealer immediately.
certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a
passenger front and side airbag.
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions
& WARNING
provided with the child safety seat or carrier. • A child in a child restraint installed with the LATCHlower
- Always move the front passenger seat into the rearmost anchorages or with the standard safety belt on the rear seat may
position of the passenger seat's fore and aft adjustment range , play with unused rear seat safety belts and become entangled
and as far away from the airbag as possible before installing resulting in serious personal injury and even death.
the child restraint. • Always buckle unused rear seat safety belts out of reach of chil-
- Always make sure that nothing prevents the front dren in child seats and properly activate the convertible locking
passenger's seat from being moved to the rearmost position in retractor so that the child cannot unreel the safety belt from the
its fore and aft adjustment range . retractor. •
- Always make sure that the backrest is in the upright posi-
tion .
• Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in place even if a
child is not sitting in it. A loose child safety seat can fly around
during a sudden stop or in a collision.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhenever using a child
restrained in a vehicle is being used ~ page 179, "Safety belts ",
~ page 189 , "Airbag system " and ~ page 211, "Child Safety".
& WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure that the
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light comes on and stays on whenever a
child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat and the
ignition is switched on.
Child Safety
Child safety seats The airbag on the passenger side makes the fro nt seat a potentially
dange rous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not t he safest
place for a ch ild in a forwa rd-faci ng child seat . It is a very da ngerous
Infant seats place for an infant or a larger child in a rearward-fac ing seat .
Babies and infants up to about one ye ar old and 2 0 lbs.
or 9 kg need spec ial rearward-facing child rest raints tha t
s upport th e back, neck and head in a crash.
& WARNING
Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong child s afety seat or
improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of serious
personal injury and death in a crash.
• Never install rearward-facing child safety seats or infant
carriers on the front passenger seat · even with an Advanced
Airbag System . A child will be seriously injured and can be killed
when the inflating airbag hits the child safety seat or infant carrier
Fig. 194 Schem atic with great force and smashes the child safety seat and child
overview : rearward-
facing infant seat, against the backrest, center armrest , door or roof =>page 191,
properly install ed on "Child restraints on the front seat - some important things to
the rear seat know".
• Always install rearward-facing child safety seats or infant
- W he n using t he veh icle sa fe ty bel t to insta ll a child saf et y carriers on the rear seat .
seat, you mu st first activate t he converti b le lo cking • Never install a rearward-facing child restraint in the forward·
ret ractor o n th e saf et y be lt to p reven t t he chi ld safet y seat facing direction . Such restraints are designed for the special needs
fro m m oving==>page 2 2 1 or install t he seat usi n g t he of infants and very small children and cannot protect them prop·
LATCH attach m ents . erly if the seat is forward-facing .
- Pus h the chi ld sa fety se at d own wit h you r fu ll we ight t o • If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the
g et t h e sa fe ty be lt re a lly tig ht so t hat th e sea t can not front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and
the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and stay on,
mov e fo rwar d o r sid ew ays m or e t han one in ch (2. 5 cm) .
immediately install the rearward-facing child safety seat in a rear
Infa nts up t o ab o ut one yea r (2 0 lbs. or 9 kg) are best protec t ed in seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your
special infant carr iers a nd ch ild safety seats desig ned fo r t heir age authorized Audi dealer.
group. Many exp erts believe t hat infa nts and sm a ll childr e n sho uld • Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhenever using a child
ride on ly in spec ia l restra int s in w hich the child faces th e back of t he restrained in a vehicle is being used =>page 179, "Safety belts ",
vehicle . These infant seats support t he baby's back, neck and head in => page 189, "Airbag system " and =>page 211, "Important
a crash=> page 217 , fig . 194 . things to know". •
Convertible child safety seats - Pus h the child safety seat down w ith your fu ll weight to
get the safety belt real ly t ight so tha t the seat cannot
Properly used convertible child safety seats can help move forward or sideways more than one inch (2 .5 cm)
protect toddlers and children over age one who weigh =>page 221 .
between 20 and 40 lbs. (9 and 18 kg) in a crash.
- If the chil d safety seat is equ ipp ed with a t ether st rap,
attach it to t he tether anc h ors =>page 228.
& WARNING
Fig. 196 Schematic Not using a child safety seat, us ing the wrong child safety seat or
overview: installati on
of the seat using t he improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of s erious
vehicle's s afety belt personal injury and death in a collis ion o r other emergency s itua-
system tion.
• Children on t he front seat of any car, even with Advanced
- When using the ve h icle safety b elt to insta ll a child safety Airbags, can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag
seat, you must first activate the convertibl e lo cking inflates . A child in a rearward-facing child safet y seat installed on
feature on the safety belt to prevent t he chil d safety seat the front pass enger seat will be serio usly injured and can be killed
from moving=> page 221 or install t he seat us ing the if the front airbag inflates - even w ith an Advanced Airbag
LATCH attachments . System .
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safet y seat o r infant
carrier with great force and will s mash the child s afety seat and
child against the backrest, center armrest , door o r roof. ..,
Child Safety
Safety first Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
-L ~ C:_.!:
h~i~ld~ S~a:!:
f~e~t~y~ ------------------------------------------
- Do not use the convertible locking retractor when using across the child 's body in the right places . The rout ing of the belt over
the vehicle's safety belt to restrain a child on a booster t he child's body is very impo rtan t for the chi ld's prot ect io n, whether
seat. or not a booster seat is used. Children age 12 and under must always
ride in the rear seat .
- Always position the shoulder portion of the safety belt
In a crash, airbags must inflate with in a blink of an eye and with
midway over the child's shoulder . If you must transport an considerable force. In order to do its job, the airbag needs room to
older child in a booster seat on the front passenger seat, infl ate so that it will be t he re to protect t he occupan t as the occupant
you can use the safety belt height adjustment to help moves forward into the a irbag.
adjust the shoulder port ion properly .
A vehicle occupant who is out of position and too close to the airbag
- Always make s u re that the shoulder por t ion of the safety gets in the way of an inflating a irbag . When a n occupant is too close,
belt never rests against or across the child's neck . he or she will be struck violently and will receive serious or possibly
even fatal injury.
- Always make sure that the child can properly wear the lap
In order for the airbag to offer protection, it is important that all
portion of the belt low across the thighs or pelvis and
veh icle occupants , espec ia lly any child ren, who must be in the front
never over the stomach or abdomen . seat because of exceptional circumstances, be properly restra ined
and as far away from the airbag as possib le . By keeping room
Children up to about 40 lbs. (18 kg) are best protected in child safety
between the child's body and t he front of the passenger compart-
seats designed for their age and weight. Experts say that the skeletal
ment, the airbag can inflate completely and provide supplemental
st ruct ure, particularly the pelv is, of these chi ldren is not fully deve l-
protection in certa in frontal collisions.
oped, and they must not use the vehicle safety belts without a suit-
able child rest raint .
Children who are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (57 inches/1.45 meters) tall can & WARNING
generally use the vehicle's three point lap and shoulder belts . Never Not using a booste r sea t, using th e boo ste r seat imprope rly, incor-
use the lap belt port ion of the vehicle's safety belt alone to restra in rectly installing a booste r seat or using the vehicle saf ety belt
any child, regard less of how big the child is. Always remember that improperly increase s the ris k of serio us personal injury and death
childre n do not have the pronounced pelvic structure required for the in a colli sion or oth er emergenc y situatio n. To help reduce the risk
proper function of lap belt portion of the vehicle's three point lap and of se rious pe rs onal injury and/ or death:
shoulder belts. The ch ild's safety absolutely requires that a lap belt
• Always make sure to position the s houlder portion of the three-
portion of the safety belt be fastened snugly and as low as possible
point belt ove r the middle of child's sho ulder.
around the pelvis. Never let the lap belt po rt ion of the safety bel t
pass over the child's stomach or abdomen. • Never let the shoulder portion of the be lt rest again st or across
th e neck, face, chin, or thro at of the child.
It is usua lly best to put these ch ildren in appropriate booster seats.
Be sure the booster seat meets all appl icable safety standards . • Always make sure the lap belt portion of th e three -point belt is
worn snug and passes as low as pos sible across the child's pelvis.
Booster seats raise the seating position of the child and reposition Never let th e be lt pass over the so ft abdomen . liJ>
both the lap and shoulder parts of the safety belt so that they pass
Child Safety -
-------------------"'---.,,.
& WA RNING (con tinued ) & WARNING (cont inued )
• Failure to properly route safety belt s over a child' s body will • Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhenever using a child
cause severe injurie s in an accident or oth er emergency situation restrained in a vehicle is being used ~ page 179, "Safety belts ",
~ page 1 79 . ~ page 189, "Airbag system" and ~ page 211, "Important
• The rear side of the booster seat should be positioned as close things to know". •
as possible to the backrest on the vehicle seat. Adjust or remove
the rear seat head restraint if it is difficult to install the child seat
with the head restraint in place ~ page 77. Install the head Installing a child safety seat
restraint again immediatel y once the child seat is removed .
Driving without head restraints or with head restraints that are Securing a child safety seat using a safety
not properly adju sted increases the risk of seriou s or fatal neck belt
injury dramat ically.
• Children on the front seat of any car, even with Advanced Safety belts for th e rear seats and the front pass enger 's
Airbags , can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag seat can be locked with the convertible locking retract or
inflates. to properly secure child sa fety sea ts .
• Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat. The safety belts emergency lock ing retractors for the rear seats
• Never let a child ride in the cargo area of your vehicle. safety belts and for the front passenge r' s seat safety belt have a
• Always remember that a child leaning forward , sitting side- conve rtib le locking retractor for child restra ints. The safety belt m ust
ways or out of position in any way during an accident can be struck be locked so that belt webbing cannot unr ee l. The retractor can be
by a deploying airbag. This will result in se rious personal injury or act ivat ed t o lock t he safety belt and prevent the safety belt webbing
death . from loosening up during normal dr iving. A child safety seat can on ly
• If you must install a rearward facing child safety s eat on the be prope rly insta lled w hen the safety belt is locked so t hat t he child
front passenger seat because of except ional circumstances the and child safety seat will stay in place.
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light must come on and stay on, when- Always remembe r: Even t ho ugh your vehicle is equippe d with a n
ever the ignition is switched on. Advanced Airbag system, all ch ildren, espec ia lly those 12 yea rs and
• If you must install a booster seat on the front passenger seat younger, should a lways ride in t he back seat pro perly restr ained for
because of exceptional circumstances the PASSENGERAIR BAG their age and we ight.
OFF light must come on and stay on, whenever the ignition is
switched on .
• Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install
& WARNING
it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR Improperly installed child safety seats increase the risk of serious
BAGOFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched personal injury and death in a collision.
on . • Always make sure that the safety belt retractor is locked when
installing a child safety seat . An unlocked safety belt retractor ~
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
-L ~ C:_.!:
h~i~ld~ S~a:!:f~e~t~y~ ------------------------------------------
cannot hold the child safety seat in place during normal driving or
& WARNING
Always take special precautions if you must install a forward or
in a cra sh. rearward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat in
• Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in place even if a exceptional situations :
child is not sitting in it. A loose child safety seat can fly around • Whenever a forward or rearward-facing child restraint is
during a sudden stop or in a collision. installed on the front passenger seat, the PASSENGERAIR BAG
• Always make sure that the rear seat backrest to which the OFF light must come on and stay on whenever the ignition is
cente r rear safety belt is attached is securely latched whenever the switched on.
rear center safety belt is being used to secure a child restraint. • If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and
• If the backrest is not securely latched, the child and the child stay on, perform the checks described ~ page 200, "Monitoring
restraint will be thrown forward together with the backrest and the Advanced Airbag System".
will strike parts of the vehicle interior. The child can be seriously • Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install
injured or killed. it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
• Never install rearward-facing child safety seats or infant BAGOFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched
carriers on the front passenger seat. A child will be seriously on .
injured and can be killed when the passenger airbag inflates . • Improper installation of child restraints can reduce their effec-
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant tiveness or even prevent them from providing any protection.
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and • An improperly installed child restraint can interfere with the
child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof . airbag as it deploys and seriously injure or even kill the child.
• Always install rearward-facing child safety seats or infant • Always carefully follow the manufacturer 's instructions
carriers on the rear seat. provided with the child safety seat or carrier.
• Forward-facing child safety seats or infant carriers installed on • Never place additional items on the seat that can increase the
the front passenger's seat may interfere with the deployment of total weight registered by the weight-sensing mat and can cause
the airbag and cause serious injury to the child. injury in a crash .
• It is safer to install a forward-facing child safety seat on the
rear seat.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhenever using a child & WARNING
restrained in a vehicle is being used ~ page 211. Special precau- Forward-facing child restraints:
tions apply when installing a child safety seat on the front • Always make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed
passenger seat ~ page 191, "Child restraints on the front seat - and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a
some important things to know". passenger front and side airbag .
• Never put the forward-facing child restraint up, against or very
near the instrument panel. .,_
Child Safety -
-------------------"'---
& WARNING (continued) Activating the convertible Locking retractor
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
- Child Safety
---------' ~ -------------------------------------
in.WARNING Always let the safety belt retract completely into its stowed position .
The safety belt can now be used as an ordinary safety belt withou t the
convertib le locking retractor for child restraints.
Using the wrong child restraint or an improperly installed child
restraint can cause seri ous personal injury or death in a cra sh. If the convertib le locking retractor should be activated inadvertently,
• Always make su re that the safety belt ret racto r is locked when th e safe ty be lt must be unfas t ene d and guided comple t ely back int o
installing a child safety sea t. An unlock ed safety belt retractor its stowed position to deactivate this feature. If the convertib le
cannot hold the child saf ety seat in place during normal driving or locking ret ract or is not deact ivate d, the safety belt will gradu a lly
in a cra sh. become tighter and uncomfortable to wear.
• Always bu ckle the ch ild safety seat firmly in place even if a
child is not s itting in it . A loose child safety seat can fly around
during a sudden stop or in a crash.
in.WARNING
Improperly installed child safety seats increase the risk of serious
• Always make sure the seat backrest to whi ch the child restraint
personal injury and death in a collision .
is installed is in an upright posit ion and securely latched into place
and cannot fold forward. Otherwise , the seatba ck with the child • Never unfasten the safety belt to deactivate the convertible
safety seat atta ched to it could fly forward in the event of an acci- locking retractor for child restraints while the vehicle is moving .
dent or other emergen cy situation. You would not be restrained and could be seriously injured in an
accident.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGSwheneve r using a child
restrained in a vehicle is being used =>page 211. Special precau- • Alwaysread and heed all WARNINGSwheneverusinga child
tions apply when installing a child safety seat on the front restrained in a vehicle is being used =>page 211 . Special precau-
passenger seat =>page 191 , "Child restraints on the front seat - tions apply when installing a child safety seat on the front
some important things to know". • pass enger seat =>page 191, "Child restraints on the front seat -
some impo rtant things to know". •
_& WARNING
Improper installation of child restraints will increase the risk of
injury and death in a crash.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
__Child Safety .,.___ ____________ _
-
Location
& WARNING
Improper installation of child restraints will increase the risk of
injury in a crash. _.,
-------------------"'---- Child Safety -
Whenever you install a child restraint always follow the - Depress the spring catches to release the anchorage hooks
child restraint manufacturer's instructions. from the lower anchorages.
Remember: Use tether straps to help keep the child restraint firmly
in place.
& WARNING
Improper use of the LATCHsystem can increase the risk of serious
personal injury and death in an accident.
Fig. 201 Lower • These anchors were developed only for child safety seats using
anchorages: proper the "LATCH" system.
mounting
• Never attach other child safety seats, belts or other objects to
these anchors.
Mounting
• Always make sure that you hear a click when latching the seat
- Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench is in the in place. If you do not hear a click the seat is not secure and could
upright position and securely latched in place . fly forward and hit the interior of the vehicle, or be ejected from
the vehicle. l)l,
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
- Child Safety
---------' ~ -------------------------------------
& WARNING (continued) - Guide the upper tether strap under the rear head restraint
and into the rear cargo area==>fig. 204 (raise the head
immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear restraint if necessary).
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your
Audi dealer. • - Slide the tether strap hook over the anchor bracket .
- Pull on the tether strap hook so that the spring catch of
Installing the upper tether strap on the the hook engages.
anchorage - Tighten the tether strap firmly following the child
restraint manufacturer's instructions.
Safety first Vehicle OP-eration Vehicle care Do-it-yourselt service iTechnical data
• .___ C_h_ il_d_ S_a_f_e_t--=
y'------------------------------------------------
• If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the Audi Customer CARE
front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and Tel. : (800) 822-2834 •
the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFFlight doesnot comeon and stay on,
immediately install the rearward-facing child safety seat in a rear
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your
authorized Audi dealer . •
Additional Information
Sources of information about child
restraints and their use
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
Intelligent technology
~----------------------------------------------
Intelligent technology
Notice about data recorded by Electronic stabilization Program
vehicle control modu Les (ESP}
Your vehicle is not equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR), Ce-ieral lnforrrc:t~on
installed by some manufacturers for the express purpose of
capturing data for retrieval after an accident or crash event. EDR's are The ESP improves the vehicle stability.
sometimes called "crash recorders " .
Some state laws restrict the retrieval or downloading of data stored
by EDR's that were installed in a vehicle for the express purpose of
retrieving data after an accident or crash event without the owner's
consent.
Although your vehicle is not equipped with an EDR, it is equipped with
a number of e lectronic control modules for various vehicle systems
such as, for example, eng ine function, emission control, as well as for
the airbags and safety belts. Fig. 205 ;';. OFF
button
These electronic control modules also record vehicle-related data
during normal vehicle operation for diagnostic and repair purposes .
The recording capacity of the electronic control modu les is limited to
data (no sound is recorded) and only a sma ll amount of data is actu-
ally recorded over a very limited period of time and stored when a
system fault or other condition is sensed by a control unit. Some of
the data then stored may relate to vehicle speed, direction, braking
as well as restraint system use and performance in the event of a
crash or other condition. Stored data can only be read and down-
loaded with special equipment . • Fig. 206 Center
console with;';. OFF
button
The system operates across the entire speed range in combination You can activate a deactivated ESP or deactivated ESP/ ASR if req uired
w ith t he ABS syst em. If t he Anti -Lock Brak e System (ABS) mal fun c- by pressi ng t he => page 2 3 2, fig . 206 => page 2 32, fig . 2 05 bu tt o n.
tions, the ESP will also shut down. Wh en th ey are activated, the message Stabilisation program on
appears br iefly in t he di splay.
How the system works
The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS), Elect ronic Differential Lock (EDL) Deactivating
and the Anti-Slip Regul at ion System (ASR) a re int eg rated in t he e lec - The ESP shoul d no rma lly be acti vate d a ll t he t im e. If necess ar y, you
tronic stab ilizat ion program . In addition to t he data prov ided by can deact ivate Anti-Slip Reg ulat io n (ASR) or th e Electro nic Sta biliza -
th ese fun ctions, t he ESP control unit re quir es addi t ional meas ure - t ion Progr a m (ESP) by p ress ing the bu tton => page 23 2, f ig. 2 06.
ment data provided by hig h pe rformance senso rs . The rot at ional
• Deactivating ASR: Tap th e button . In cer t ain exceptional s itua-
speed of the vehicle about its vertical axis, veh icle acceleration in the
t ions (e.g. driving with tire chains), the Anti -Slip Reg ulation (ASR) can
fore-and-a ft and lateral d irect ions, the brake pressure , a nd the
be dea ct ivat ed => page 2 34 . The m ess age ASR off Caution! Limited
steerin g a ng le are all measured .
driving stability a pp ears in the d isp lay as well.
Th e d irect ion in whi ch the driver w ishes to t rave l is dete rm ine d wit h • Deactivating ESP/ASR Press the but t on for mor e tha n 3 seconds .
the a id of the steering a ngle and ve hicle speed and is con t inually With the ESP/ ASR deactivated, the indicator light comes on, see
comp ar ed wit h the a ctu a l behavior of t he ve hicle. If t he two do no t =>p age 14 . Th e m ess age Warning! Restricted stability ap pe a rs in
match, for example, when t he vehicle starts hydroplani ng on a wet the display as we ll.
roa d, ESP will automatica lly bra ke the approp riate whee l to co rrect
the problem.
The ve hicle is t hen stab ilized by the fo rces acting on the whee l during & WARNING
bra king . If t he ve hicle is oversteering (the vehicle t urns too sharply The Electronic Stabilization Program is nevertheless subje ct to the
and the rear whee ls slide toward the outside of a curve), the brakes laws of physics . It is particularly important to pay attention to
are m ainly applied on the whee l t ha t is on t he outs ide of t he curve. In this fact on wet and slippery roads. It is therefore important that
the case of a vehicle that is understeering (the vehicle does not turn you always adapt your driving to the condition of the road and
shar ply enough and pu shes out of a curve), the brakes are ap pli ed as traffic conditions . Do not allow the increased safety provided by
needed on the whee l t hat is on the inside of t he curve or additionally the Electronic Stabilization Program system to lull you into
on the ot her wheels . An acoustic signal indicates w hen ESP bra ke accepting additional safety risks. u
applica t ion cuts in=> & .
The system operates across the entire speed range in combination
w ith t he ABS system => page 2 3 7. If the Ant i-Lock Brake Syst em
(ABS) ma lfunctions, the ESP w ill be out of act ion as we ll.
Activating
When you turn on the engine, ESP wi ll automatica lly be activated and
w ill pe rfor m a se lf-t es t . As soo n as t he t es t is co m plete d, th e syst em
is in normal operating mo de.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
Intellig e nt t e chnology
'-----------------------------------------------
Electronic differential lock (EDL) & WARNING(continue d)
The elec tronic differen tial lock monitors the rotational with the EDL working , the drive wheels can spin and reduce your
speed of the drive wheels. ability to control your car. Risk of crash!
G e n e r a l not es • The increased safety afforded by EDL does not mean th at you
can take safety risks. Alwa ys adapt your driving style to the road
The electronic differe ntia l lock (EDL) helps the car to sta rt moving,
conditions and t raffic situation .
accelerate and climb a gradient on surfaces provid ing poor or almost
no grip . Without EDL, this would be d iff icult, if not impossible.
& WARNING occur in the ABS, the ASR will also be out of action.
Act ivating
• W hen accelerating on slippery surfa ces, such as on ice or snow,
alwa ys be careful when depre ssing the accelerator pedal. Even
The ESP is automatica lly activated when the engine is started and it
performs a self-test . You can act ivate a deact ivated ASR if required by _,,
Intelligent technology
--------------------------------------------------' '- ---'----
pressing the=> page 232, fig . 206 button. When it is activated, the Braking
message ESP/ASR on appears briefly in the display.
& WARNING force and outside cond itions such as temperatu re and humid ity.
The increased safety afforded by ASR does not mean that you can Moisture or road salt
take safety risks. Always adapt your driving style to the road If you are driving faster than 31 mph (50 km/h) and the windshield
conditions and traffic situation. wipers are on, the brake pads will briefly touch t he brake discs in
regula r interva ls so as to improve reaction time when braking on wet
surfaces. You, the driver, will not not ice anything.
(I) Tips Under certain condit ions, for example, when driving through water or
To ensure that the ASR works properly, all four whee ls must be fitted very heavy rai n, or even after washing your vehicle, the braking effect
with ident ical t ires . Any differences in ro lling radius of the t ires can can be reduced due to moisture (o r in free zing conditions ice) on the
cause the system to reduce eng ine power when this is not desired . bra ke pads. A few careful brake applications should dry off the brake
See a lso =>page 299, " New tires and replacing tires and whee ls". pads or remove any ice coatings.
The effectiveness of the brakes can be reduced when the vehicle is
dr iven on a salt-covered road and the brakes are not used . Here too,
you should clean off accumu lated salt coating from brake discs and
pads with a few careful applications of the brake=> &, .
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
lillill.a._...:
I:..:
n~t.::.
e::::..::.:
ll~igent technology ,_ _______________________________________ _
Corro s ion
& WARNING (continued )
The re may be a tendency fo r dirt to build up on t he brake pads and
co rrosion to form on the d iscs if t he car is not dr iven regu la rly or only vehicle, the effecti veness of the brakes can be reduced . In winter,
for short trips with litt le use of the bra kes. ice can accumulat e on the brake pads, linings, dis cs and drum s.
Carefully apply brakes for a test. Brakes will dry and ice coatings
If the brakes are not used frequently, or if co rrosion has formed on will be cleaned off after a few careful brake appli cations.
the discs, it is advisable to clean off the pads and discs by braking
fi rm ly a few t imes fr o m a mode rat ely high spee d ~ & .
• Driving for an extended period of time on salt-covered roads
without using your brakes can al so affect braking efficiency . Clean
Faults in the brake system off accumulated salt coating from brake discs and pads with a few
If yo u s hou ld noti ce a sudden increase in brake peda l t rave l, then one careful brake applic ations.
of the two brake circu its may have failed ~ & . • If you damage the front spoiler, or if you install a different
spoiler, be s ure the air flow to the front brakes is not obstructed .
Low brake fluid level Otherwise the brake system could overheat reducing the effective-
Malfunctions can occ ur in the brake system if the brake fluid level is ness of the entire brake system.
t oo low. The bra ke fluid level is moni t ored e lectron ically. • Failure of one brake circuit will impair the braking capability
res ulting in an increa sed stopping distance. Avoid driving the
Brake lin i ng wear status
vehicle and have it towed to the nearest authorized Audi de aler or
Brake lining wear may be checked by visua l inspect ion of the condi- qualified work s hop. n
tion of the brake pads through the open ings in the wheel. If neces -
sary, the wheel may be removed fo r t his inspection~ page 312,
"Changing a whee l". Brake booster
The broke booster odds extra broking po wer.
& WARNING The bra ke booster wor ks wit h vacuum pressure which is crea t ed o nly
• You should perform braking maneuvers for the purpose of when the eng ine is runn ing~ & .
cleaning the brake system only if road condit ions permit. Other
road users must not be put at risk - you may cau se an accident!
• Before descending a steep grade, reduce speed and shift trans- & WARNING
mission into a lower gear or lower driving range. Do not ride the • Never let the vehicle roll to a stop with the engine shut off.
brakes or hold the pedal down too long or too often . This could • If the brake boo ster is not working, for example when towing
cause the brakes to get hot and diminish braking efficiency. your vehicle , or because the brake booster has somehow been
• Do not "ride the brakes " by resting your foot on the pedal when damaged, the brake pedal must be pressed considerably harder to
you do not intend to brake . This may cause the brakes to overheat , make up for the lack of booster assistance. •
premature wear and increased stopping distance .
• Under certain climatic and operating condition s such as
passing through water , driving in heavy rain or after washing the
Intelligent technology
--------------------------------------------------' '- ---'----
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
Intellig e nt t e chnology L ______________________________________ _
Servotronic® - advanced power • If the power steering system s hou ld fa il entirely, or if the engine
is no t running (fo r examp le, while be ing t owed), you will st ill be able
steering system to steer the vehicle. However, considerably more effort will be
The power steering systems uses the power of the req uired to do so .
running engine to allow precise steering with little effort . • If the power steering system should have a leak, or is not func-
tioning prope rly, con t act your au t hor ized Audi dealer immedia t ely.
The advanced Servotronic ® power steering system senses the road • The power steer ing system requires a specia lly formulated
speed and ele ct ronically adjusts power assistance to provide hyd raulic fluid. The power steer ing rese rvoir is the one located
comfortable and safe steering response exactly matched to the farthest to the rear on the left s ide of the eng ine compartme nt
veh icle speed . =>page 2 72 . The correct fluid leve l in t he reservo ir is import an t fo r
Power steering will not work if the engine is off . As a resu lt, the proper functioning of the power steeri ng . •
steeri ng wheel will be hard to turn.
The power steeri ng fluid level is checked du ring the sched uled main -
tenance services . Dr"ving with your quattro®
With all wheel drive, all four wheels ore driven.
0 Note General information
If there is an electronic malfunction, servotronic will still function With all wheel drive, power is distributed to all four wheels. This
like a conventional power st eer ing system, provid ing a cons tant ha ppens a utomatically depending on your dr iving style and t he road
steering support force that is no longer proportionate to the vehicle conditions at the time . See a lso =>page 234, "Electronic different ial
speed. This is most noticeable when t ur ning the st eer ing wheel at low loc k (EDL)".
speeds (for example when park ing) , - more effor t will be required
than us ua l. The all whee l dr ive concept is designed for high engine power . Your
veh icle is except ionally powe rful and has excellent driving character-
• Be aware of the d ifferent than usual steering response and adjust
istics both under normal driving condit ions and on snow and ice .
your stee ring force accord ingly .
Always read an d fo llow safety precautions =>& .
• Have the prob lem checked and set right by an Audi dealer as soon
as possib le. Winter tires
When driving in the winter, your vehicle with a ll whee l drive has an
[i ] Tips adva ntage, even w ith regular t ires . In winter road cond it io ns it may
be advisable to mount winte r tires (or all-seaso n tires) for improved
• When the e ngine is running, neve r hold the stee ring whee l turned dr iveability a nd brak ing: t hese tires mus t be mounted on all four
all the way to the rig ht or to the left for longer than 15 seconds. The wheels . See also =>page 303, "Winter ti res" .
powe r steering pump will overheat the hydra ulic fluid if yo u keep
holding the steering wheel turned all the way . This is likely to damage Tire chains
t he power st eer ing system . Where tire chains are mandatory on certa in roa ds, this norma lly a lso
applies to veh icles with a ll w heel drive =>page 304, "Snow chains" . Iii-
Intelligent technology
--------------------------------------------------' "---.L==--
& WARNING (e .g. immob ilizer) . In certain circumstances it can result in there
being insuffic ien t energy ava ilab le t o start t he eng ine .
Alway s adjust your driving to road and traffi c conditi ons. Do not Inte lligent energy management in your ve hicle hand les the d istribu -
let the extra safety afforded by all wheel drive tempt you into tion of e lectrical energy . Starting ability is ma rkedly improved and
taking extra risks. the life of the battery is extended.
• Although the all wheel drive is very effecti ve, always Basically, energy management consists of battery diagnosis, idling
remember that braking capacity is limited by tire tra ction. You current management a nd dynamic energy management .
should therefore not drive at excessive speeds on icy or slippery
road surfaces. Battery diagnosis
• On wet road surfaces, be careful not to drive too fast because Batte ry d iagnosis con t inuously dete rmines t he st ate of the batte ry.
the front wheel s could begin to slide on top of the water (aqua- Sensors determ ine battery voltage, battery current and battery
planing ) . If th is should occur, you will have no warning from a t empe rat ure. This de t ermine s the cur rent st ate of cha rge and t he
sudden increase in engine speed as with a front-wheel drive power of the battery.
vehicle. Always drive at speeds which are suited to the road condi-
tions - risk of crash. n Idling current management
Id ling current management reduces energy consumption wh ile the
vehicle is st anding. W ith t he igni t ion switch ed off, it con tr ols t he
energy supply to the var io us electrical components. Data from
batt ery diag nosis is considered .
Depend ing on the battery 's state of charge, individual consumers a re
gradually t urned off to prevent excessive discha rge of the battery and
thus main t ain start ing capab ility.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
Intelligent technology
'-------------------------------------------------
vidual components. It regulates consumption, so that more electrical W ith the engine turned off
energy is not being us ed than is being generated and ensures an If you listen to the radio, for example, with the engine turned off or
optimal state of charge for the battery . use other MMI functions, the battery is being discharged .
If starting capability is jeopardized due to energy consumption, the
[I] Tips following warning appears in the MMI display:
• But even energy management cannot negate the limits of physics. Please start engine, otherwise system will switch off in
Consider that the power and life of a battery are limited. 3 minutes.
• If starting ability is threatened, you are informed by a warning The warn ing indicates that the system will be turned off automati-
~ page 241, "Driver notification in the instrument cluster display" . • cally after 3 m inutes. If you wish to continue using the functions, you
have to start the engine.
What you should know With the engine running
The highest priority is given to maintaining starting capa - Although electr ica l energy is generated when the vehicle is being
bility. driven, the battery can become discharged. This happens most ly
when little energy is being generated and a great deal consumed and
The battery is severe ly taxed in short-distance driving, in city traffic the battery's state of charge is not optimal.
and during the cold time of year. Abundant electrical energy is
To br ing the ene rgy balance back into equilibrium, consumers which
required, but on ly a little is generated. It is also critical if the engine require especially large amounts of energy are temporarily cut back
is not running and electrical components are turned on. In this or switched off. Heating systems in particular require a great deal of
instance energy is being consumed but none is being generated.
energy . If you notice, for example, that the heated seats* or the
It is in prec ise ly these sit uations that you will notice energy manage- heated rear window are not heating, they have been temporarily cut
ment actively regulating the distribution of energy. back or switched off. These systems will be ava ilable again as soon as
the energy ba lance has been restored.
Vehicle stands for an extended period
You will also notice that eng ine idle speed has been increased
If you do not drive your vehicle over a period of several days or weeks,
slightly. This is normal and not a cause for concern. By increasing
electrical components are gradually cut back or sw itched off. This
eng ine idle speed the additional ene rgy required is generated and the
reduces energy consumption and maintains starting capability over a
battery is charged. •
longer period.
Take into consideration that when you unlock your vehicle, some
convenience functions, such as the remo t e key or power seat adjust-
ment, may not be available. The convenience functions will be avail-
able again when you turn on the ignition and start the engine.
Intelligent technology
--------------------------------------------------' '- ---'----
If battery power drops into the range where it can limit the ability of
the engine to start, this is shown in the instrument cluster display
with the following driver message:
Low battery charge : batt e ry will be charged while driving
This notification rem inds you that the starting capability of the
engine may be limited . As soon as you start driving again, the batte ry
w ill be recharged and the notification w ill go out.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
Driving and environment
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) we ll th is brea k-in process is done depe nds to a considerable ext ent on
the way the veh icle is driven dur ing the first 1,000 miles (1,500 kilo-
and afterwards mete rs).
New engine
The engine needs to be run-in during the first 1,000 miles
0 Note
Ext remely high engine speeds are aut om at ically reduced. However,
(1,5 00 km) . these rpm limits are prog rammed fo r an engine well run-in, not a new
eng ine.
For the first 600 miles (1,000 kilometers):
- Do not use full t hrottle .
~ For the sake of the environment
- Do not drive at engine speeds that are more than 2/3 of Do not dr ive w it h unnecessaril y high eng ine speeds - upshift ing early
t h e m axim u m permitted RPM. saves fuel, reduces noise and protects the environment. •
New brake pads have to be "b urn ished in" bef ore they have opt imal
grab ~ & - & WARNING
During t he break-in period, you should avoid putti ng severe loads on After driving through water, mud, slush, etc ., the brakes may be
the brakes. Severe loads include, for example, sudden hard brak ing, slow to take effect because of wet brake rotors and pads. Dry the
in part icular at very high speeds or, for example, on moun ta in passes. brakes first by braking carefully to restore the full braking effect .
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
Driving and environment
The catalytic converter is an eff icient ''clean-up" dev ice built into the - Lack of proper maintenance as well as improper use of the
ex haust system of the ve hicle. The cat alyt ic converter bu rns m any of veh icle will impair th e f unc tion of t he emiss ion con t rol syst e m an d
the pollutants in the exhaust gas before they are released into the co uld lead to damage.
atmosphere.
The exclusive use of unleaded fuel is crit ical ly import an t for t he life of
the cata lytic converter and proper funct ioning of the eng ine.
<£>
For the sake of the environment
Even when the Emiss ion Control System is operating properly, the
exhaust gas can have a sulfur -like exhaust gas smell under some
& WARNING operat ing states . This depends on the sulfur content of the fu el being
used. Using a different brand of fuel may help, or filling the tank with
• Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas where the hot lead -free supe r grade gasoline. •
exhaust system may come in contact with dry grass, brush, fuel
spill or other material which can cause a fire.
• Do not apply additional undercoating or rustproofing on or Operate your vehicle economically
near the exhaust man ifold , exhaust pipes , catalytic converte r or
heat shields . During driving, the substance used for undercoating
and minimize pollution
could overheat and cause a fire.
General
0 Note Your personal style of driving will det ermine the economy
of your vehicle, as well as exhaust and noise levels.
• Be aware that j ust one tank filling with leaded fuel will already
seriously degrade the performance of the cat alytic conve rt er. Fuel eco nomy, e nvironmenta l impa ct, and wea r o n your eng ine ,
• Do not exceed the correct engine oil level =>page 275. brakes and tires large ly depend on three factors:
• Do not dr ive until the fuel tan k becomes complete ly empty . The • your persona l driving style
engine could misfire . Unburned fuel cou ld also get into the exha ust
• operat ing cond itions
system and th is cou ld cause the catalyt ic converter to overheat .
• t echni cal lim itat io ns
• Do not tu rn off t he igni t ion while t he vehi cle is moving.
• Do not contin ue to operate your vehicle under these conditions, as If you anticipate what you need to do next and drive economica lly,
otherwi se fuel can reac h t he cat alyt ic conve rter. This co uld res ult in you can easily cut yo ur fuel consum pt io n by 10- 15 pe rcen t . This
overheat ing of the converter, requir ing its replacement. sect io n w ill give you some tips on how you can he lp the env ironment
and your pocket book.
• To ass ur e eff icient ope rati on of t he Emiss ion Cont rol System:
- Have your vehicle maintained properly and in accordance with
the se rvice recommendations in your Wa rranty & Maintenance [i ] Tips
booklet. The consumption estimates as pub lished by ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION AGENCY(EPA) and Transport Canada may not co rre-
spond to your act ua l cons umption on the road, which will vary
Driving and environment
------------------------------------------------'
depending upon vehicle load and speed, road and weather conditions, It makes sense to shut off the engine in traffic jams, when waiting for
trip length, etc. • trains to pass at railroad crossings, or at traffic lights that have long
waits on red . Turning the engine off for just 30 -40 seconds saves
more fuel than is burned starting the engine again .
Drive smoothly and keep a lookout ahead
It takes a long t ime for the engine to warm up fully when it is running
Vehicles use the most fuel when they are accelerating . at idle. However, wear and noxious emissions are especia lly high
when the eng ine is warming up. So you should dr ive away as soon as
- Avoid unnecessary accelerating and braking. you start the engine and avoid running at high rpms while the engine
is still warming up.
Vehicles use the most fuel when they are accelerating. If you antici-
pate what is going to happen next, you will need to brake less and,
thus, accelerate less. Let the vehicle coast whenever possible - for
example when you see that the next traffic light is red.
0 Note
Do not leave engine idling unattended after starting . If warning
lights should come on to indicate improper operation, they would go
unheeded. Extended idling a lso produces heat, which could result in
Avoid full throttle
overheat ing or other damage to the vehicle or other property. •
Driving at moderate speeds saves fuel and improves your
mileage.
Regular maintenance
- Try and keep well below your car's maximum speed . A badly tuned engine unnecessarily wastes a lot of fuel .
Accelerating gently reduces fuel consumption, engine wear, and does - Have your vehicle serviced at regular intervals .
not disturb the environment .
Fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and eng ine noise increase By having you r vehicle regularly serviced by an authorized Audi dealer
disproportionately at high speeds . If you drive at approximately three helps to ensure that it runs properly and economically . The condit ion
quarters of top speed, fuel consumption will be reduced by one half. of your vehicle not on ly affects its safe ty and ability to hold its val ue,
Never dr ive faster than the posted speed limit and weather condi- it also affects fuel consumption.
tions permit. • Check your oil each time you fill your tank .
The amount of oil used is related to eng ine load and speed.
Reducin~ unnecessary idling It is normal for the oil consumption of a new engine to reach its
lowest value after a certain mileage has been driven.
Even when your car is just idling it burns up fuel.
You must dr ive your veh icle about 3,000 miles (5,000 kilometers)
- Shut the engine off when you are not driving the vehicle. before you can properly assess oi l consumption .
- Do not warm up the vehicle by letting the engine run at This also applies to fuel consumption and eng ine output.
idle.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
Driving and environment
0 Note
• Have your vehicle mainta ined properly and in accordance w ith the
service recommendations in your Warranty & Maintenance booklet.
Lack of proper maintenance as well as improper use of the vehicle w ill
impair the function of the emission control system and could lead to
damage.
• Do not alter or remove any component of the Emission Control
System unless approved by the manufacturer.
• Do not a lter or remove any device, such as heat shields, switches,
ignition w ires, va lves, which are designed to protect your vehicle 's
Emission Control System and other important vehicle components . •
The engine and catalytic converter have to reach their optimal oper-
ating temperature to reduce fuel consumption and nox ious emis -
sions effectively.
Just after starting, a cold engine in a mid-size car only achieves a fuel
economy of 6-8 miles per ga llon (30-40 l/100 km). After about a half
a mile, fuel economy climbs to 12 mpg (20 l/100 km). After about
2.5 miles (4 km), the engine is at it s proper operating temperature
and fuel economy has reached a normal level. So you can see that you
sho ul d avoid short trips whenever poss ible.
The outside temperature is also cr it ical in this regard . Your car
consumes more fue l in the winter than in the summer.
Trailer towing
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
Trailer towing
"-------------------------------------------------
Trailer load distribution Driving instruct!ons
Be sure the load in the trailer is held securely in place to prevent it
from shifting forward, backward or s ideways.
Driving with a trailer always requires extra care and
consideration.
Never allow a passenger to ride in a trailer => & in "Driving instruc-
tions" on page 248. To obtain the best possible handling of vehicle and trailer,
please note the following:
Engine cooling system
Towing a trailer makes the eng ine work harde r. It is important that - Do not tow a loaded trailer when your car itself is not
the cooling system's performance is up to the additional load. Make loaded.
sure that the cooling system has enough fluid.
- Be especially careful when passing ot her veh icles .
Tire pressure
- Observe speed limits.
When towing a trailer, inflate the tires of your vehicle to the cold tire
pressure listed under "Full load" on the label located either on the - Do not drive at the maximum permissible speed.
dr iver's side B-pillar (visible when the door is open) or inside the fuel
- Always apply brakes early.
filler flap . Inflate trailer tires to trailer and tire manufacturers' spec-
ifications. - Monitor the temperature gauge .
Lights Weight distribution
The headl ight settings should be checked w it h the trailer attached Towing a loaded trailer w ith an empty car re sults in a highly unstable
before driving off. Check to make sure both vehicle and trai ler lights distr ibution of weight. If this cannot be avoided, drive at very low
are wo rking properly. speeds only to avo id the risk of losing steer ing control.
Safety chains A "balanced" rig is easier to operate and control. This means that the
Be sure trailer safety cha ins are properly connected from the trailer tow vehicle should be loaded to the extent possible and permissible,
to the hitch on the vehicle. Leave enough s lack in the chains to permit wh ile keeping the trailer as light as possible under the circumstances.
turning corners . When you install safety chains, make sure they will Whenever possible, trans fer some cargo to the luggage compart -
not drag on the road when you are driving. ment of the tow vehicle while observing tongue load requirements
and vehicle loading considerations.
The chains should cross under t he trailer tongue t o prevent it from
dropping in case of separation from the hitch . Speed
The higher the speed, the more difficult it becomes for the driver to
control the rig . Do not dr ive at the maximum permiss ible speed.
Reduce your speed even more if load, weather or wind conditions are
unfavorable - part icularly when go ing downhill.
Reduce vehicle speed immediately if the trailer shows the slightest
sign of swaying. Do not try to stop the swaying by accelerating. _,
Observe speed limits. In some areas, speeds for vehicles towing Backing up is d iff icult and requ ires practice . Backing up with a trailer
t railers are lowe r than for regu lar veh icles. generally requires steering action oppos ite to that whe n backing up
your vehicle without a trailer.
Always apply brakes early . When dr iving downh ill, sh ift into a lower
gear to use the engine braking effect to slow the vehicle. Use of the Maintain a greater distance between your vehicle and the one in front
brakes alone can cause them to overheat and fa il. of you. You will need more room to stop . To compensate fo r the
trailer, you will need a larger than norma l turning radius.
Coolant temperature
When passing, remember that you cannot accelerate as fast as you
The coolant temperature gauge~ page 8 must be observed care-
normally would because of the added load. Make sure you have
fully. If the needle moves close to the upper end of the scale, reduce
enough room to pass. After passing, allow plenty of room for you r
speed immediately and/or turn off the air conditione r.
trailer before changing lanes again .
If the coolant temperature warning light in the instrument cluster
Avoid jerky starts, sharp turns or rapid lane changes .
star ts flashing -t- , pull off the road, stop and let the engine idle for
about two minutes to prevent heat bu ild-up.
[I) Tips
& WARNING • Do not tow a trai ler during the break-in per iod of your vehicle.
• If you tow a tra iler , your Audi may re qui re more frequent mainte-
Anyone not properly restrained in a moving vehicle is at a much
nance due to the extra toad ~ page 336 . •
greater risk in an accident. Neverlet anyoneride in your carwho is
not properly wearing the restraints provided by Audi. u
Parking on a slope
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
Trailer towing
"-------------------------------------------------
When rest a rting afte r p a rking:
- Apply the foot brake.
- Start the engine.
- Move the selector lever to D.
- Release the parking brake and slowly pull out and away
from the wheel chocks .
- Stop and have someone retrieve the wheel chocks.
(I] Tips
If you move the se lector lever of the automat ic t ransm ission to P
before applying the parking brake and before blocking the wheels,
you may have to use mo re force late r to move the lever out of the P
position.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
- Cleaning and protection
PB:1--------------------------
Cleaning and protection
Regular care preserv es vehicle value . • Do not clean the undersides of chassi s, fenders , wheel covers,
Any automobile is exposed to industria l fumes, co rrosive road salt, etc. without protecting your hands and arms. You may cut your-
self on sharp-edged metal parts.
etc. A well cared for Audi can lo ok like new many ye a rs after pur cha se.
Regu lar and correct care w ill co ntribute to mai nta ining t he bea uty • Moisture and ice on brakes may impair braking efficiency
a nd value of your Audi . ~ page 235, "General information ". Test the brakes carefully
each time you wash the vehicle .
Furthermore, good care may be a condition for substantiating a
warranty claim should corrosion damage or paint defects occur.
Your au t hori zed Audi d ea le r has a var iety of dedicated vehicle-care '£>For the sake of the environment
products and can advise w hich ones to use for clea ning the exterior Select only e nvironmenta lly fr iendly clea ning pr oduc t s. Leftover
and int er ior of your ve hicle. cleaning pro du cts sho uld not dis posed of in t he household waste . •
W het her you use products recommended by Aud i or other comme r-
cially availab le cleaning agents , please make sure yo u a ppl y them
co rrectly . Care of exterior
Washing
& WARNING Frequent washin g protects the vehicle.
• Cleaning agents may be poisonous . Keep them out of the reach
of children. The best protection aga inst env ironmental influences is frequent
• Heed all caution labels . wa shing an d waxing. How oft en t his is requ ired depen d s on :
• Always read directions on the container before using any • How m uch the vehicle is used
product. Follow the directions carefully. • W he re t he ve hicle is parke d (gar ag e, in the open un d er tr ees, etc.)
• Most chemical cleaners are concentrated and have to be • The seasona l and weather conditions
diluted .
• Environ m ental influences
• Use spot removing fluids only in well ventilated areas.
The longer bird droppings , insects , tree resin, road and industria l
• Do not use gasoline, kerosene , diesel fuel , nail polish remover gr ime, t ar , soo t , road sa lt and oth er ma t er ials remain on t he veh icle
or other volatile fluids . They may be toxic, flammable or body, the more lasti ng their destructive effects w ill be. High temper-
hazardous in other ways. Do not wash, wax or dry the vehicle with atu res cause d by ex pos ur e to intense sunlig ht int ensify the co rrosive
the ign ition on or the engine running . effect, part icu larly when humid ity is high as we ll. ~
Cleaning and protection -
---------------=---------=----l'flll
Under certain circumstances, weekly washing may be necessary . Washing the vehicle by hand
Under other conditions, a monthly washing and waxing may be
adequate. A lot of water is needed when washing a vehicle by hand.
After the winter, the underside of the vehicle shou ld be thoroughly - Before you star t washing, make sure you have read and
washed, preferably in a profess ion al car wash. understood the WARNINGS~ & in "General informa -
tion" on page 252.
& WARNING - First soak all dried dirt until it is soft, then rinse it off .
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information - As you clean your vehicle, start with the roof and work your
~ page 252. • way down to the bottom, using a sponge, a sponge glove
or a clean brush.
Automatic car wash - Rinse the sponge or the sponge glove often, flush ing it
The vehicle can be washed in almost any modern auto- clean each time .
matic car wash. - Use special car shampoo only for very persistent dirt.
The vehicle paint is so durable that the vehicle can normally be - Rinse the car thoroughly with water.
washed without problems in an automatic car wash . However, the
effect on the paint depends to a lar ge exten t on the design of the - Use a chamois leather to gently wipe the exterior dry.
facility, the filtering of the wash water, the type of wash and care
material, etc. If the paint has a dull appearance after going through Use a separate sponge for cleaning the wheels, door sills and other
the car wash or is scratched, bring this to the attention of the oper- regions exposed to road dirt. In this way, you will not scratch the
ator immediately . If necessary, use a different car wash. paint with coa rse particles imbedded in the sponge the next time you
wash the car.
Before going thro ugh a car wash, be sure to take the usual precau-
tions such as closing the windows and the roof. Factory installed
antennas must not be removed. & WARNING
If you have installed additional accessories on the vehicle - such as • Do not clean the underside of the chassis, fenders, wheel
spoilers, roof rack, etc . - it is best to ask the car wash operator if these covers, or other hard to reach parts without protecting your hands
should be removed. and arms. You may cut yourself on sharp-edged metal parts.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
& WARNING ~pag e 252. _..
- Make sure that the jet on the spray hose produces a "fan
0 Note shaped spray".
• Never try to remove dirt, mud or dust if the surface of the vehicle
is dry. Never use a dry cloth or sponge, since this could scratch your - Do not hold the spray nozzle too close to soft materials.
vehicle's paint or windows.
When cleaning the vehicle with a power washer always follow the
• Never wash your car in bright sunlight. Drops of water act as operating instructions. This applies particularly to the operating
magnifying lenses and may damage your paint. pressure and the spraying distance . Maintain a sufficient distance to
• When you wash your car in the winter: if you rinse your vehicle with soft materials such as rubber hoses and sound/vibration deadening
a hose, be careful not to aim the stream of water directly at locks, or materials (particularly on the underside of the engine hood). Do not
at door or hatch openings - they can freeze shut. use a jet which sprays water in a direct stream or one that has a
• Never use sponges designed to remove insects, or any kitchen rotating jet.
scouring sponges or similar products. They can damage your paint Water temperature should not exceed 140 °F (60 °() .
finish.
• You should remove debris (such as insects) from the headlight
lenses on a regular basis, for example when refueling your vehicle . & WARNING
Never use a dry cloth or sponge to clean the headlights. Only use wet Never wash tires with a jet that sprays water in a direct stream.
cloths or sponges to prevent scratches . It is best to use soapy water. This could cause invisible damage to the tires and weaken them,
evenif the sprayis from a relativelylong distanceand for a short
<£>
For the sake of the environment
time. Damaged and weakened tires can fail and cause accidents
and personal injury.
In the interest of the environment, the vehicle should only be washed
in special wash bays. •
0 Note
To avoid damaging your vehicle, always make sure that there is suffi-
Washing your vehicle with a power washer cient distance between the spray head and soft materials like rubber
Cleaning the exterior of your car with a high-pressure hoses , plastic parts and sound-deadening materials. Never aim the
power washer is safe as long as you observe a few simple spray head at the same point for a long time. This also applies to
cleaning headlights and painted bumpers. Remember: the closer the
rules. nozzle is to the surface of the material, the greater the stress on the
- Before using the power washer, make sure you have read material. •
and understood the WARNINGS=>& in "General infor-
mation" on page 252 .
- Always follow the operating instructions for the power
washer.
Cleaning and prot e ction -
---------------=---------=----l'fY'II
Waxing Polishing
Wax protects the vehicle's paint. Polishing restores the gloss to the paint.
- Use a man ually applied car wax occasionally to protect the Polish your vehicle only if the pa int has lost its shine and the gloss
paint . cannot be bro ught back wit h wax.
If the polish used does not contain preservative compounds, the
A good wax coat ing prot ects the vehi cle pa int to a la rge exte nt paint must be waxed afterwards =>page 255, "Waxing" .
against the environmental factors listed under=> page 252,
"Washing " and even against slig ht scrat ches.
You can use a liquid car wax to protect your paint as soon as one week & WARNING
after your vehicle has been delivered . Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and other informa t ion
Even if you regularly use a waxing process in automatic car washes, => page 252.
we recommend that you manually apply a coat of wax to give the
pai nt extra protectio n, part icularly if wate r no longer beads on the
clean pa int.
0 Note
Do not treat matte anodized metal tr im, plastic or rubber parts with
Protect plastic body parts with car wax in the same way as the vehicle polish or wax. •
body .
During warm weather dead insects tend to collect on the front
bumpe r and on the forward area of the hood. They a re much easier t o Trim strips
remove from pa int that is waxed often . Metal trim needs special care.
For env ironmental reasons, Aud i fabr icates the bright trim strips and
& WARNING trim pieces from pure chrom ium-free alum inum .
Alw ays read and heed all WARNINGS and other information Dirt and marks on the tr im strips should be removed with a pH-
=>pag e 252. balanced cleani ng agent (do no t use a chrome cleane r). Aut hori zed
Audi dealers carry cleaning products wh ich have been tested for use
0 Note
on you r vehi cle and are not harmful to the env ironment.
To avo id corrosion on the exterior trim strips, only a pH-balanced
Do not use car wax on
solution sho uld be used for the windshie ld washer .
• matte or anodized meta l t rim
• rubber or rubber-like tr im. •
& WARNING
Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
:::>page 252 . •
& WARNING
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information & WARNING
=>page 252. • Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
=>page 252. •
Aluminum trim
Windows
Use only neutral-pH products to remove spots and deposits from
aluminum surfaces. Chrome care products and alkaline cleaners will
Clear vision to all sides.
attack aluminum surfaces and can damage them over time . Clean all windows regularly to remove road film and car wash
wax buildup.
& WARNING - Remove snow from windows using a brush .
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information - Use a plastic ice scraper to remove ice from windows and
=>page 252. •
mirrors.
- Remove other residue on the windows with a spray-on
glass cleaner.
- Wipe the windows dry with a clean piece of cloth or
kitchen paper towel.
____________________________________________ C_l_e_a_n
_in
--=
g=---
a_n_d
----'p
,__r_o_t_e_c_t_ i_o_n__ lffl
The best way to remove snow from windows and mirrors is to use a shelf or in the rear trunk area . Always ensure that water never leaks
brush. Use a non-abrasive plastic ice scraper - better still, a spray t hrough the body section of the vehicle . You can do this by using
deicer - to remove ice from windows and mirrors . waterproof protection over the vehicle's electrical components (e .g.
when installing window tinting).
The windows must not be cleaned with insect remover or wax since
these can interfere with the function of the w indshie ld wipe r blades • Damage or malfunct ion of electrical components due to water
(chatter). damage or any other outside influence is not covered by the Audi New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. See your Warranty & Maintenance booklet
Oil, grease, or si licone residue can be removed with glass cleaner or
for additional details about your warranty . •
silicone remover. However, wax residue requires the use of a specially
formulated solvent . Please contact your authorized Audi dea le r for
advice on safe products for wax removal. Weatherstrips
Windows should also be cleaned on the inside at regular intervals .
Complete car care includes the weatherstrips as well.
Never dry windows w ith the same chamo is that you use to dry painted
surfaces. Wax residue on the chamois can impair vision through the - Apply a suitable rubber conditioner to the weatherstrips
windows. from time to t ime.
Exhaust tail pipes The MMI control console should be cleaned with a brush first so that
no dirt is t rapped be tween t he bu tto ns and the ho us ing. We recom-
Road salt and other corrosive materials will damage the material in mend g iving the MMI control console a final w ipe with a cloth moist -
the exhaust tai l pipes if they are not cleaned regularly . Do not clean ened with water and d ish washing detergent .
the tail pipes with wheel cleaner, paint po lish, chrome polish or other
abras ive cleaners. Clean the ta il pipes w it h ca r care products that are
suitable for sta inless steel.
0 Note
To prevent damage, make sure that no fluid ever gets into the MMI
Your authorized Audi dealer can provide cleaning products that have control console. •
bee n tested and approved for your veh icle . •
Aluminum trim
Care of interior
Use only neutral-pH products to remove spots and deposits from
Applies to ve hicle s: wit h MMI aluminum surfaces . Chrome care products and alkaline cleaners will
MMI display attack alumi num surfaces and ca n damage them ove r t ime .
- Clean the MMI display with a soft clean cloth and an LCD
cleaner .
& WARNING
Always read and he ed all WARNINGS and other information
The MMI display can be cleaned with a professionally available " LCD ~ pa ge 2 52 . •
cleaner". The cloth should be slightly dampened with the cleaning
fluid to clean the d isp lay.
Fabrics and fabric coverings
0 Note Fabrics and fabr ic coverings (e.g. seats , door tr im panels, etc.) should
be cleaned at regular intervals with a vacuum cleaner . This removes
To avoid scratching the MMI disp lay, you should never clean it dry . •
surface dirt particles which could become embedded in the fabric
through use . Steam cleaners should not be used, because the steam
Applies to ve hicle s: wit h MMI tends to push the dirt deeper into the fabric and lock it there .
MMI control console
Normal clean ing
- First clean the MMI control console with a brush to Genera lly, we recommend using a soft sponge or a lint-free
microfiber cloth to the clean fabric . Brushes should only be used for
remove dust from the housing.
carpets and floor mats, since other fabric surfaces could be harmed
- Then wipe the MMI control consol e with a clean, soft, by brushes . _,,
slightly damp cloth.
Normal surface sta ins can be cleaned using a comme rcially avai lab le Plastic parts and instrument panel
fo a m cle aner. Spread t he fo a m on t he sur f ace of t he fabr ic wit h a soft
sponge and work it in gently . Do not saturate the fabr ic. Then pat the Always use a clean cloth moistened in clear wate r to clean these
foam dry using absorbent, dry cloths (e.g . m icrofiber cloth) a nd areas . For pe rsiste nt dirt use an Audi a pproved solvent-free plast ic
vacuum it afte r it has dr ied com plete ly. cleaner /protectant.
Cleaning stains
Sta ins caused by beverages (e.g . coffee, fruit juice, etc .) can be
t reate d wit h a mild detergen t sol ut ion. Apply t he dete rgent solu ti on
& WARNING
with a s ponge . In the case of stubbo rn stains, a detergent pas t e ca n Solvents can change the propert ies of some plastics and make it
be applied directly to the stain an d wo rked into the fabric . Afte r- harder for the airbag to deploy.
wa rds, use copious amo unt s of clean water t o remove the rema ining • Never clean the instrument panel or the surface of airbag
detergent . App ly t he water with a damp cloth o r sponge an d pat the modules with cleaning products that contain solvents.
fabr ic dry wit h an a bsorbe nt , dry clot h . • Products containing solvents will make the surface of this part
Sta ins from choco late or makeup sho uld have detergent paste porous.
rubbed into t he m. Afte rwa rds, remove the so a p wit h wate r (dam p • Serious injuries can result if plastic parts come loose when the
sponge) . airbag is deployed .
Alcoho l can be used to treat stains from grease, oil, lipstic k or a ba ll- • Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
point pen . Melte d g reas e or dye mus t be pa tt ed off using abso rbe nt =;, page 252 .
material. It may be necessary to ret reat t he a reas with detergent
past e and wat er.
In the case of ge nera l soiling of the upholste ry and cover mater ia l, we
0 Note
Cleaning agents contai ning solvents will attac k the material and can
recommend hiring a specialis t that has the equ ipmen t to clean the change t he way it be have s. •
seat covers and other fa bric surfaces by shampoo ing and sp ray
extraction .
Applies to veh icles: wit h nat u ral leather
The leather sho uld be cleaned regularly as needed . After having been Cleaning and caring for leather upholstery
used for a relatively long time, your leather seats will acquire a rich and trim
aged f inish. This is a characterist ic of natura l leather and a s ign of
Natural leather requires sp ecial care and attention .
t rue quality.
In order to maintain the value of this natural product over the life of Normal cleaning
your vehicle, you sho uld fo llow t he recommendations below : - Clean soiled areas w it h a slightly moistened cotton or
woolen cloth.
More stubborn dirt If you have any questions about cleaning and caring for the leather in
your vehicle, it is best t o contact your aut hor ized Audi dealer, who will
- More stubborn dirt can be removed using a cloth sa tu -
be glad to help you and tell you about our full range of leather care
rated with a mild soap solution (2 tablespoons mild liquid products, such as:
soap).
• Leather cleaning and care kit
- Never allow the soap solution to saturate the leather, and • Creams to care for colored leather
make certain that no water soaks into the seams .
• Spot removers for ballpoint pens, shoe polish, etc .
- Wipe off the soap solution with a soft, dry cloth . • Oil/grease dissolving spray
• New and upcoming products.
Cl e aning spots
- Remove fresh water -based spots (such as coffee, tea,
juices, blood) with an absorbent cloth or paper towel. & WARNING
Alw ays read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
- Remove fresh g rease or oil-based spots (such as butter, =:>page 2 52.
mayonnaise, chocolate) with an absorbent cloth or paper
towel, or use the cleaner from the leather care kit if the
spot has not yet penetrated into the surface of the 0 Note
leather. • Never use chemical solvents (e.g . lighter fluid, turpentine), waxes,
shoe polish or similar products on the leather surfaces in your Audi.
- Use an oil/grease dissolving spray, if oil/ grease spots
• To avoid damage, have stubborn sta ins removed by a commerc ial
have dried on . cleaning specialist . •
- Remove specific kinds of spots (bal lpoint pen , felt marker ,
fingernail polish, water-based paint, shoe polish, etc.) Applies to vehicles: with Alca nta ra® u ph olst ery
with a spot remover specifically formulated for leather. Cleaning Alcantara ® (synthetic suede)
Leather care
Removing dust and dirt
- Every half year use an approved leather care produc t
- Moisten a cloth, squeeze out excess water and wipe down
(available from your authorized Audi dealer) to care for
the seat surfaces.
the leather .
- Apply the product very sparingly. Removing stains
Wipe it off with a damp cloth. - Moisten a cloth with lu kewarm water or with diluted ethyl
(rubbing) alcohol.
- Dab at t he stain . Start at the ou t side and work inwards. .,
____________________________________________ C_l_e_a_n
_in
--=
g=---
a_n_d
----'p
,__r_o_t_e_c_t_ i_o_n__ _
Only well -maintained safety belts work reliably when Plenum panel
nee ded. Remove leaves from the plenum pane l in front of the win d shield
under t he eng ine hoo d . This preven t s t he water d rain holes fro m
- Keep bel ts clean . becoming blocked, and it prevents debris from enter ing t he veh icle
- Fo r clean ing , use a m ild so ap a nd wa ter so lut io n . Let bel t s int er ior th rough t he heat ing and ven til at ion duc ts .
dr y t ho ro ughly and away fr om di rect su n lig ht . Corrosion protection
- Do not a llow in ertia re el sa fety be lt s to re trac t be fore the y The eng ine com partment and tr ansm iss io n have bee n co rr os io n-
are compl etely d ry. protected at the facto ry.
Goo d a nt i-cor ros ion trea t men t is very imp o rt an t , pa rt icu la rly in t he
- Chec k t he co ndition of yo u r safety be lts regularly .
wi nte r. If the ve hicle is freq uently d riven on sa lt treated roads, the
Heavily soiled safety be lts may not ret ract properly. entire eng ine compartment and plenum pane l sho uld be tho roug hly .,
& WARNING
Be aware : The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a
potentially hazardous area .
• Before working in the engine compartment, be sure to read the
information => page 263 .
• Before reaching into the front plenum panel, always remove
the ignition key. Otherwise, the windshield wiper system could
unintentionally be switched on, possibly causing personal injury
from the movingwiper linkage.
• Never reach into the area around or touch the radiator fan. The
auxiliary fan is temperature controlled and can switch on suddenly
- even when the ignition is off.
• Do not wash, wax or dry the engine with the engine running.
Moving or hot parts could injure you .
• Do not clean the under side of the chassis, fenders, wheel
covers, or other hard to reach parts w ithout protecting your hands
and arm s. You may cut yourself on sharp -edged metal parts.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
=>page 252 . •
2l Use on ly th e correct clean ing solut ions. Never use gas oline or diesel fuel.
Fuel supply and filling your fuel tank
Your vehicle may also be ope rated using unleaded reg ular gasoline
with a minim um octane rating of 87 AKI/91 RON. However, using 87 Blended gasoline
AKI/91 RONoctane fuel will slig htly reduce engine performance.
Use unleaded ga soline only. Unleaded gaso line is available Use of gasoline containing alcohol or MTBE (methyl
throughout the USA,Canada, and in most European countries. We tertiary butyl ether)
recommen d t hat you do not t ake your veh icle to areas or count ries You may use unleaded gasoline blended with alcoho l or MTBE
where unleaded gasoline may not be available. (common ly referred to as oxygenates) if the blended mixt ure meets
For more information on refueling your vehicle, see :::>page 266 . the following criteria:
Blend of ga soline methanol (wood alcohol or methyl alcohol)
Octane rating
• Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher .
Octane rati ng indicat es a gaso line's abi lity to resis t engi ne damag ing
"knock" caused by premature ignition and detonat ion. Therefore, • Blend must cont ain no more t han 3% methanol.
buying t he correc t grade of gasol ine is very impo rt ant to help preve nt • Blend must contain more than 2% co-solvents.
possible engine damage and a loss of engine performance . Blend of ga soline and ethanol (grain alcohol or ethyl alcohol)
Gasoline most common ly used in the United States and Canada has
• Ant i-knock index must be 87 AKIor higher.
the following octa ne rat ings tha t can usually be fou nd on t he filler
pump : • Blend must not contain more th an 10% ethanol.
Blend of gasoline and MTBE Although gasoline grades differ from one manufacturer to another,
they have certain things in common. All gaso line g ra des contain
• Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.
substances that can cause deposits to collect on vital engine parts,
• Blend must contain not more than 15% MTBE. such as fuel injectors and intake valves. Although most gasoline
Seasonally adjusted gasoline brands include additives to keep eng ine and fuel systems clean, they
are not equally effective.
Many gasoline grades are blended to perform especia lly well fo r
winter or summer driving. During seasonal change-over, we suggest Audi recommends using TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline. For more
that you fill up at busy gas stat ions where the seasonal adjustment is information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the officia l
more likely to be made in time . webs ite (www.toptiergas.com).
After an extended period of using inadequate fuels, built-up carbon
0 Note
deposits can rob your engine of peak performance.
• Methano l fuels which do not meet these requirements may cause
corrosion and damage to plastic and rubber components in the fue l
system .
0 Note
Damage or malfunction due to poor fue l quality is not covered by the
• Do not use fuels that fail to meet the specified criteria in this Audi New Vehicle Limited Warranty. •
chapter .
• If you are unab le to determine whether or not a particu lar fuel
blend meets the spec ifications, ask your serv ice station or its fuel Fuel tank
supplier.
• Do not use fuel for which the contents cannot be identified. Fuel filler neck
• Fuel system damage and performance problems resulting from
the use of fuels different from those specified are not the responsi- The fuel filler neck is located on the right rear side panel beh ind the
bility of Audi and are not covered under the New Vehicle or the Em is- fuel filler flap .
sion Control System Warranties. If the power locking system should fail, you can still open the flap
• If you experience a loss of fuel economy or driveab ility and perfor- manually - for detailed instructions see~ page 269.
mance problems due to the use of one of these fuel blends, we
You can find the fue l tank capacity of your vehicle in Technical Data
recommend that you switch to unblended fuel. •
~ page 335.
The label on the inside of the fuel filler flap tells you the correct fuel
Gasoline additives for your vehicle. For more information about fuel specifications, see
~page 265 .
A major concern among many auto manufacturers is carbon deposit Your vehicle fuel tank has an on-board refue lling vapor recovery
build-up caused by the type of gasoline you use. system. This feature helps to prevent fuel vapors from escaping from
the tank and polluting the environment wh ile you refuel your veh icle . ..,_
Fuel supply and filling your fuel tank
& WARNING
Under normal operating conditions, never carry additional fuel
containers in your car. Gas canisters and other containers used to
transport fuel can be dangerous. Such containers, full or empty, Fig. 208 Fuel filler
may leak and could cause a fire in a collision. If you must transport flap with attached fuel
fuel to use for your lawn mower, snow blower, etc., be very careful cap
and always observe local and state laws regarding the use, trans-
portation and storage of such fuel containers. Make certain the When activating the central locking, the fuel filler flap is
container meets industry standards (ANSI/ASTM F852 - 86). automatically unlocked or locked. Refuel the vehicle with the
igni tion turned off.
0 Note Taking the fuel cap off
Never drive your vehicle until the fuel tank is completely empty . The
irregular supply of fue l can cause misfiring. Gasoline could enter the - Turn off the ignition.
exhaust system and damage the catalytic converter. • - Press the left side of the fuel filler flap to open it
~ fig. 207 -arrow-.
Refuelling procedure
- Insert the fuel nozzle from the gasoline pump into the
fuel filler neck as far as it will go.
- Select a medium refuelling rate so that the nozzle
e'. switches off automatically when the tank is full.
Fig. 207 Right rear
vehicle side: Opening
the fuel filler flap
Putting the fuel cap back on
- After filling your tank, twist the fuel cap clockwise as far
as it will go.
- Close the fuel filler flap. .,_,
To avoid fuel sp illing or evaporat ing from th e fue l t ank a lways clos e
fu e l cap prop erly and com ple t ely.
& WARNING (continued )
• The fuel filler flap of your vehicle is not locked when you lock the
vehicle from the inside. •
Fig. 2 10 Driver's side Before opening the eng ine hood, make sure that the wind-
footwell : eng ine hood
release lever
shield wipers are flat against the win dshiel d. Otherwise, they
cou ld damage the paint on the hood .
- Open the dr iver's door. Pull up on t he release under the hood ~ fig. 211 . This
- Pull the re lease lever on the left under t he instrument releases the catch.
panel ~ fig. 210 in the directio n of the arrow. - Open t he hood all the way ~ & .
The hood pops up slightly under spring pressure. •
& WARNING
Hot eng ine coolant can burn you.
• To reduce the risk of being burned, never open the hood if you
see or hear steam or coolant escaping from the engine compa rt-
ment. Wait until no ste am or coolant can be seen or heard before
carefully opening the hood . •
____________________________________________ ....:
C_h_e..:......::.
c....:
k:..:..
in:....:..:::
g!....::.
a:..:..
n.:...
d:.:......:
f....:
i.:..
ll:.:.
i.:...
n::.:
gi!--__
- Pull the hood down until the pressure from the struts is • Move selector lever of automatic transmission to "P" (Park).
reduced. • Always let the engine cool down. Hot components will burn
skin on contact.
- Let the hood drop down and latch in place . Do not try to
• To reduce the risk of being burned, never open the hood if you
push it shut; it may fail to engage=:> & .
see or hear steam or coolant escaping from the engine compart-
ment. Wait until no steam or coolant can be seen or heard before
& WARNING carefully opening the hood.
• Keep children away from the engine compartment.
A hood that is not completely latched could fly up and block your
view while driving. • Never spill fluids on hot engine components. They can cause a
fire.
• When you close the engine hood, check it to make sure the
safety catch has properly engaged. The hood should be flush with • Never touch the radiator fan. The auxiliary electric fan is
the surrounding vehicle body parts. temperature controlled and can switch on suddenly.
• If you notice while driving that the hood is not secured prop- • Never open the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is still
erly, stop at once and close it. • warm. The coolant system is pressurized and hot coolant could
spray out.
• Protect your face, hands and arm from steam or hot engine
Working in the engine compartment coolant by placing a thick rag over the cap when you open the
Be especially careful whenever you work in the engine coolant reservoir.
compartment. • If work on the fuel system or the electrical system is necessary:
- Always disconnect the battery.
Whenever you must perform any work in the engine compartment,
for example checking and filling different fluids, there is a risk of - Never smoke or work near heaters or open flames. Fluids in
injury, burns and accidents. To prevent personal injury always the engine compartment could start a fire.
observe the following WARNINGS.The engine compartment of any - Keep an approved fire extinguisher immediately available.
vehicle is a hazardous area =>& . • To avoid electrical shock and personal injury while the engine is
running or being started, never touch:
& WARNING - Ignition cables
- Other components of the high voltage electronic ignition
To help avoid injury, before you check anything under the hood: system.
• Turn off the engine. • If you must perform a check or repair with the engine running:
• Remove the ignition key. - First, fully apply the parking brake, move selector lever of
• Apply the parking brake. automatic transmission to "P" (Park). .,
& WARNING
California Propos ition 65 Warning:
• Engine exhau st, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle
components conta in or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali-
fornia to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In
addition, certain flu ids conta ined in vehicles and certain products
of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc-
tive harm.
• Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead
and lead compound s, chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer and reproductive harms. Wash hand s after
handling . Fig . 212 Typical layout for conta iners and e ngi ne oil filler cap
- Unscrew the cap~ to the engine oil filling hole Changing the engine oil
=>page 275, fig . 214.
We recommend that have your oil changed by an autho-
- Carefully top off with the appropriate oil in 0.5 liter doses. rized Audi dealer or a qualified service station.
- Check the oil level again after two minutes=> page 275. Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always read
and heed all WARNINGS=>& in "Working in the engine compart-
- Top off the oil again , if necessary .
ment" on page 271.
- Screw the cap back on the filling hole. The eng ine oi l must be changed according to the intervals specified in
your Warranty & Maintenance booklet. This is very important because
& WARNING the lubr icating properties of oil diminish gradually during normal
vehicle use.
• While topping off, the oil must not come in contact with hot
Under some circumstances the engine oil should be changed more
engine parts - fire hazard!
frequently . Change oil more often if you drive most ly short distances,
• The oil filler cap must be properly secured to prevent oil from operate the vehicle in dusty areas or under predominant ly stop-and-
being sprayed on the hot engine and exhaust system when the go traffic conditions , or have your vehicle where t emperatures remain
engine is running · fire hazard! below freezing for extended periods.
• If your skin has come in contact with the engine oil, you must Detergent additives in the oil will make fresh oil look dark after the
subsequently cleanse it thoroughly. eng ine has been running for a short t ime . This is normal and is not a
reason to change the oil more often than recommended.
0 Note Because of the problem of proper disposal, along with the spec ial
tools and necessary expertise required, we strongly recommend that
• Check the oil level using the radio or MMI*. If the message Please
reduce oil level appears, contact your authorized Audi dealer or other you have your oil changed by an authorized Audi dealer or a qualified
qualified workshop to have excess o il extracted if necessary. service stat io n.
• Audi does not recommend the use of oil additives. They may If you choose to change your oil yourself , please note the following
damage the engine and adversely affect your New Vehicle impo rt ant information:
Warranty.
<£>
For the sake of the environment
& WARNING
To reduce the risk of personal injury if you must change the engine
• Under no circumstances can the oil come in contact with the oil in your vehicle yourself:
sewage network or the soil.
• Wear eye protection.
• Observe and fo llow legal regulat ions when disposing of empty oil
• To reduce the risk of burns from hot engine oil, let the engine
containers. •
cool down to the touch. ~
___________________________________________ C
_ h_e_c_k_i_n~g_ a_n_d
_ f_i_ll_i_
n_g__ ,n
& WARNING (co n tinued ) Engine cooling system
• When removing the oil drain plug with your fingers , sta y as far Coolant
away as possible . Always keep your forearm parallel to the ground
to help prevent hot oil from running down your arm. The engine coolant performs two functions: it keeps the
• Drain the oil into a container de s igned for this purpose, one engi ne from overheat ing and it p rote cts the engine from
large enough to hold at least the total amount of oil in your free z ing in the winter .
engine .
The coo ling system is sealed and generally requires little attention.
• Engine oil is poisonous. Keep it well out of the reach of chil-
dren. The cool ing sys t em has been fi lled at the fact ory w ith a permanent
coo lant wh ich does not need to be changed . The coolant consists of a
• Continuous contact with used engine oil is harmful to your
mixtu re of water and the manufacturer 's glyco l-basedcoo lant add i-
skin. Always protect your skin by washing oil off thoroughly with
t ive Gl2++ antifreeze w ith anticor ros ion addit ives (50% for USA
soap and water.
mode ls; 60% for Canadian mode ls). This mixture both ass ures the
necessa ry frost protect ion and protects meta l components in the
0 Note engine's cooling system from corrosion and scaling. It also raises the
boiling poin t of the coo lant.
Never mix o il additives wit h you r engine oil. These addi t ives can
damage your engine and adversely affect your Audi Limited New Do not reduce the concentrat ion of the coolant in t he summer by
Vehicle Warranty. adding plain wate r. The proportion of coolant additive must be at
least 50 % but not more than 60 % to maintain ant ifreeze protection
ffi For the sake of the environment and coolin g efficiency. If the coolan t fros t prot ection is too low , the
coo la nt cou ld freeze and damage t he veh icle heat ing and engine
• Before changing your oil, first ma ke s ure you know w here you can cooling system .
prope rly dispose of t he used o il.
For year-ro und d riving, ant ifree ze is adde d at the fact ory fo r tempe r-
• Always dispose of used engine oil properly . Do not dump it on atures down to:
garden so il, wooded areas , into open streams or down sewage drains .
• - 31° F ( - 3 5°C) USA
• Recycle used e ngine o il by taking it t o a used eng ine oil colle ction
facili ty in your area, or contact a service statio n. • • - 40°F ( - 40°() Canada.
You can mix the Gl2 ++ coo lant add itive with other additives (G12 + or
Gl2) . Always check wit h your a ut ho rized Audi dealer .
& WARNING
Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always
read and heed all WARNINGS=>& in "Working in the engine
compartment " on page 2 71.
Coolant loss
Coolant loss may ind icate a leak in the coo ling system. In the event of
coolant loss, the cooling system should be inspected immediately by
your authorized Audi deale r. It is not enough merely to add coolant.
In a sealed system, losses can occur only if the boiling point of the
coo lant is exceeded as a result of overheating .
0 Note
& WARNING(conti nued)
• Coolant pollutes the environment and could cause an engine fire. • The auxiliary electric fan is temperature controlled and can
Excess coolant will be forced out through the pressure relief valve in switch on suddenly even when the engine is not running.
the cap when the eng ine becomes hot .
• The auxiliary radiator fan switches on automatically when the
• If, in an emergency, only water can be added, the correct ratio engine coolant reaches a certain temperature and will continue to
page 277 must be restored as soon
between water a nd antifreeze ::::> run until the coolant temperature drops . •
as possible.
The fluid level may drop slightly after some time due to the auto-
matic adjustment of the brake pads. This is not cause for alarm.
& WARNING (cont inued)
If the brake flu id level falls considerably below the "MIN" mark, the • Brake failure can result from old or inappropriate brake fluid.
brake warning/indicator light (U.S. models: BRAKE , Canadian mode ls: Observe these precautions:
{(j))) will come on =>page 16 and=> page 30. Do not continue to - Use only brake fluid that meets SAE specification J 1703 and
ope rate the vehicle. The complete brake system should be thorough ly conforms to Federal Motor Vehicle Standard 116. Always check
checked by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop and the with your authorized Audi dealer to make sure you are using
cause corrected. If the brake fluid level is too low , the brake the correct brake fluid . The correct type of brake fluid is also
wa rning/ind icato r light will illuminate. Contact an authorized Aud i indicated on the brake fluid reservoir.
dealer immediately . - The brake fluid must be new. Heavy use of the brakes can
cause a vapor lock if the brake fluid is left in the system too
[I] Tips long . This can seriously affect the efficiency of the brakes as
well as your safety. This could result in an accident .
The brake fluid reservoir is located undernea t h the cover. •
Have the battery checked when you take your vehicle in for service.
You are well advised to rep lace a battery that is older than 5 years. WTips
With certain types of a irbag deployment, the battery is disconnected If your veh icle is left standing for several weeks at extremely low
from the vehicle e lectrical system for safety reasons => & in "Repair, temperatures, the vehicle battery should be removed and stored
care and disposal of the airbags" on page 203. where it will not freeze. This will prevent it from being damaged and
having to be replaced . •
Disconnecting the battery terminals
Some vehicle functions (power window regulators, for example) are
Working on the battery
lost if the battery terminals are disconnected. These functions have
to be relearned after the battery terminals are connected aga in . To Be especially careful when working on or near the
prevent this, the battery should only be disconnected from the battery.
vehicle electrical system when absolutely necessary for repairs.
The battery is located in the luggage compartment under the
Vehicles not driven for long periods floor. Before you check anyth ing in the lu~gage compart-
If you do not dr ive your vehicle over a period of several days or weeks, ment, read and heed all WARNINGS:=>& .
electrical components are gradually cut back or switched off. This
reduces energy consumption and maintains start ing capability over a Always heed the safety warnings, when work ing on the vehicle
longer period =>page 239. battery or the vehicle electrical system to prevent injury .
Take into consideration that when you unlock you r vehicle, some
The following WARNINGS are very important when
convenience functions, such as the master key remote function or
working on the battery:
power seat adjustment, may not be available. The convenience func-
tions will be available again when you turn on the ign ition and start Always heed the following WARNING SYMBOLS and safety pre-
the engine. cautions when working on the battery.
W inter operation Always wear eye protection.
During the w inte r months, battery capacity tends to decrease as
temperatures drop. This is because more power is also consumed Battery acid contains sulfuric acid. Always wear
wh ile starting, and the headlights, rear window defogger, etc., are gloves and eye protection . .,,_
used more often.
Avoid unnecessary power consumption, particularly in city traffic or
when traveling only short distances. Let your authorized Audi dealer
check the capacity of the vehicle battery before winter sets in
=>page 284. A well charged battery will not only prevent starting
problems when the weather is cold, but will also last longer .
------------------~::....::..:..._~---=--- Checking and filling IJII
No & WARNING (cont inued)
- sparks
-flames • When working on the battery, be sure not to short-circuit the
- smoking . terminals with tools or other metal objects. This would cause the
battery to heat up very quickly, which could lead to damage or
When a battery is charged, it produces hydrogen explosion and personal injury.
gas which is explosive and could cause personal
injury. • When a battery is charged, it produces hydrogen gas which is
explosive and could cause personal injury.
Always keep the battery well out of reach of chil- .,,_
• Always keep the battery well out of the reach of children.
dren .
• Before work is done on the electrical system, disconnect the
negative ground cable.
_& WARNING • Before performing any work on the electrical system, switch
Whenever working on the battery or on the electrical system, off the engine and ignition as well as any electrical equipment.
there is the risk of injury, accident and even fire. Read and heed The negative cable on the battery must be disconnected. I! you are
just going to replace a light bulb, then it is enough to switch off
the following WARNINGS:
the lights.
• Always wear eye protection. Do not let battery acid or any l~ad
• Before disconnecting the battery, switch off the anti-theft
particles get on your skin or clothing. Shield your eyes. Explosive
gases can cause blindness or other injury. alarm system! Otherwise you will set off the alarm.
• Battery acid contains sulfuric acid. Sulfuric acid can cause • When disconnecting the battery, first disconnect the negative
blindness and severe burns. cable and then the positive cable.
- Always wear gloves and eye protection. Do not tilt the • Before reconnecting the battery, make sure all electrical
battery because acid could leak out of the ventilation open- consumers are switched off. Reconnect the positive cable first and
ings. then the negative cable. Never interchange the cables - this could
start a fire!
- If you get battery acid in your eyes or on your skin, imm~di-
ately rinse with cold water for several minutes and get medical • Never charge a frozen or a thawed-out battery. It could
attention. explode! If a battery has frozen, then it must be replaced. A
discharged battery can freeze over at 32°F (0°C).
- If you should ingest any battery acid, seek medical attention
• Make sure the vent hose is always attached to the opening on
immediately.
the side of the battery.
• Do not expose the battery to an open flame, electric sparks or
an open light. • Never use batteries which are damaged. There is the danger of
an explosion! Always replace a damaged battery. .,,_
• Do not smoke.
• Do not interchange the positive and negative cables.
- Make sure the area is well vent ilate d wh e n you cha rge the
& WARNING ba t tery .
California Propos ition 65 Warning:
- Open t h e e ngi ne hood =? pag e 270.
• Battery post s, terminal s and related access ories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California - Open the red cover on the positive pole =? fig. 217 .
to cause cancer and reproductive pro blem s. Was h hand s after - Connect the charger con nectors accordi n g to the instruc-
handling .
tions to the jump start bolts . (Bolts un d er the red cover =
"positive" , Bolt s w it h hex head = "negative") .
0 Note
- Only now plug t h e ma ins lead for t he ch ar ging equ ipme nt
• Do not disconnect the vehicle battery when the ignition is
into t he wall outlet and tu rn it o n ~ & .
switched on or when the engine is running, otherwise, you will
damage electro nic components in t he e lectr ical system . - Make sure the charging rate is not over 30 amps/ 14 .8
• If your vehicle is go ing to st a nd for a long per iod of t ime witho ut Volt.
being d riven, protect the battery from "freezing", ot herw ise it will be
- When t he bat te ry is fu lly cha rged: Turn the cha rg ing
damaged and will then have to be replaced. •
eq uipment off an d remov e th e main s lead f rom the wa ll
out let.
Battery charging
- Now remove the clamps for t he charging equipment.
Starting the engine requires a well charged battery .
- Close the re d cover on the positive pole .
Close the ho od ~ p age 2 71 .
- Turn off t h e ign it ion and all electrica l cons u mers. It is not necessary to remove the battery from the luggage compart-
ment. ~
___________________________________________ C
_ h_e_c_k_i_n~g_ a_n_d
_ f_i_ll_i_
n_g__ _
0 Note
Never use a fast charger as a booster to start the eng ine. This w ill seri-
ous ly damage sens itive elect ronic components, such as control units,
W For the sake of the environment
Becau se of the problem of proper disposal of a ba tte ry, we recom -
re lays, rad io, etc., as well as the battery charger. • mend your author ized Audi dealer change the battery for you.
Batteries con t ain sulfuri c acid a nd lead an d m ust al ways be dis pose d
of properly in comp liance w it h all environmental regulat ions.
Dispos ing of vehi cle bat t er ies im proper ly is very dange rous t o the
environment . •
Windshield/headlight* washer
container
page 335.
You can find the reservoir capacity in the table in :::::::,
Clean water should be used when filling up. If possible, use soft water
to prevent scaling on the washer jets. Always add a glass cleaner solu-
tion (with frost protection in the winter) .
0 Note
Do not mix engine coolant antifreeze or any other additives to fill up
the windsh ield washer reservoir . •
________________________________________________ T_i_
re_ s_a
_ n_d_ w
_ h_e
_ e_l_s__ lffl
Tires and wheels
Groove Ply
means the spa ce between two adjacen t tread ribs . means a layer of rubbe r-coate d para lle l cords.
Speed rating (letter code) U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)
means the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended This is the tire 's "serial numbe r". It beg ins with the letters "DOT" and
periods of time. The ratings range from 93 mph (150 km/h) to 186 ind icates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two
mph (298 km/h) =>page 300 . You may not find this information on numbers or letters ind icate the plant where it was manufactu red, and
all tires because it is not required by law. the last four numbers represent the week and year of manufacture.
For examp le,
The speed rating letter code, where applicable, is mo lded on the tire
sidewall and indicates the maximum permissible road speeds => & in DOT ... 2209 ...
"Winter tires" on page 303. means that the tire was produced in the 22nd week of 2009. The
ot her numbers are marketing codes that may or may not be used by
Tire pressure monitoring system*
the t ire manufacturer. This informat ion is used to contact consumers
means a system that detects when one or more of a vehicle's tires are if a tire defect requires a reca ll.
unde rinflated and illuminates a low tire pressu re warning te llta le.
Vehicle capacity weight
Tread
means the rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lbs. (68 kilograms)
means that portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road. times the vehicle 's total seating capacity as listed on the label located
either on the driver's side B-pillar or on the ins ide of the fuel filler
Tread separation
flap.
means pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass.
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
Treadwear indicators (TWI)
means that load on an individual tire that is determined by distrib-
means the projections within the princ ipal grooves designed to give a ut ing to each axle its share of t he max imum loaded vehicle weight
visual ind ication of the degrees of wear of the tread. See =>page 297, and dividing by two.
"Tread Wear Indicator (TWI)" for more information on measuring
tire wear. Vehicle normal load on the tire
means that load on an individual tire that is determined by distrib-
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
ut ing to each axle its share of the cu rb weight, accessory weight, and
is a tire informat ion system deve lop ed by the United States National normal occupant weight (distributed in accordance with tab le below
Highway Traff ic Safety Adm inistration (NHTSA) that is designed to =>page 291) and dividing by two. ~
help buye rs make relative comparisons among t ires. The UTQGis not
a safety rating and not a guarantee that a tire will last for a prescribed
number of miles (kilometers) or perform in a certain way . It simp ly
gives tire buyers additional information to combine with other
considerations, such as price , brand loyalty and dea ler recommenda-
tions. Under UTQG,tires are graded by the tire manufacturers in three
________________________________________________ T
_ i_
re_ s_a_ n_d_ w_ h_e_ e_l_s_ ........
Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seat i ng capacities
Designated seating capacity, num- Vehicle normal load , number of Occupant distribution in a nor-
ber of occupants occupants mally loaded vehicle
5 3 2 in front, 1 in back seat
•
Co l d tire inf l ation pressure
Tirepressure aff ects the overall handling, performance and safety of a vehicle.
(. ~
TIREAND LOADINGINFORMATION
( SEATINGCAPACllY
J OTAL l :CENTER )!EAR
l :FRONT
Tot--w,lglodOC(l,-,ndQ,gc>"""-"1 __ _
I
"90<-
I)
lb$.
Tire pressure generally refers to the amount of air in a tire that it Maintain ing proper tire pressure is one of the most important things
nee d s it to do its job and safe ly carry the combi ned load of t he ent ire you can do to he lp avoid sudde n t ire failur e. Under infl at ed t ires are a
vehicle and its contents. Tire pressure is measured in kilopascals major cause of sudden tire fa ilure. Keep ing t ires at the rig ht pressure
(kPa), t he inte rnational measuri ng un it and in pou nds per square inch is a lso important for safe and responsive vehi cle ha nd ling, traction,
(PSI) . Tire pressure is based in part on the vehicle's design and load braking and load carrying. Tire pressures are particularly important
limit - the greatest amount of weight that t he vehicle can ca rry safe ly when the vehicle is being driven at higher speeds, and then espe·
and the t ire size . The proper tire pressure is frequent ly refe rred to as cially when heavily loaded even within the permissible load-
the "recommended cold t ire inflation pressure ." Air in t he tires carrying capacities approved for your vehicle .
expands when the t ire hea t s up because of internal fric t ion whe n it
The recommended tire pressures for your Audi depend on the kind of
flexes in use . The tire press ure is higher when the ti re has warmed up
ti res on your vehicle and the numbe r of passengers and/or amou nt of
t han whe n it is "cold." It is the inflat io n pressu re in a "cold" t ire that
luggage you will be transpo rti ng .
counts. Therefore, you sho uld never let air out of a warm t ire to
match "cold ti re infla t ion pressure " recommendations . The t ires On USAvehicles, the tire pressure label is located on t he d river's side
would then be under inflated and could fail suddenly. 8-pillar. On Canada vehi cles, the tire pressure label is located either
on t he driver's side 8- pilla r o r inside the fuel filler flap . The tire pres ·
sure labe l lists the recommended cold tire inflation press ures for the ..,.
vehicle at its maximum capacity weight and tires that were on your See the illustration =>page 291, fig. 219 for the locat ion of the label
vehicle at the t ime it was manufactured. either on d river's side B-pillar or inside the fuel filler flap (co lor of the
actual label and exact location on the vehicle will vary slightly).
If you wish to improve comfort when operating the vehicle at
normal load (up to 3 occupants), you can adjust tire pressures to Note that the following tab le is accurate at the time of going to press
those specified for normal vehicle load. Before operating the and is subject to change. In the event of discrepancies, the tire pres-
vehicle at maximum load, you must increase the tire pressures to sure label (On USAvehicles, the tire pressure label is located on the
those specified for maximum vehicle load =>& . dr iver's side B-pillar. On Canada vehicles, the tire pressure labe l is
located e ither on the driver's s ide B-pillar or inside the fuel filler flap)
Bear in mind that the tire pressure monitoring system* can only
monitor the tire pressures you have stored. The system does not always takes precedence.
recogn ize the load condit ion of your vehicle. The table below lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures
for the Audi model covered by your Owner's Literat ure at the vehicle's
The effectiveness of the tire pressure monitoring system* will be
capacity weight and the tire sizes installed on the res pective models
impaired if you store normal load pressures but then ope rate the
as origina l equipment, or as a factory option.
vehicle at its maximum load =>& .
The cor rect tire pressu re for the spare wheel is located on a label pressu re lab el on you r vehicle with the tires on you r vehicle. Make
either on the driver's side B-pillar or inside the fuel filler flap. sure that the tire size information on the vehicle label is the same as
the s ize of the tires on the vehicle. This is especially important if the
Because technical changes may be made to vehicle equipment during
vehicle belongs to someone else or you bought the vehicle with .,_
the model year, always compare the t ire s ize des ignation on the tire
________________________________________________ T_i_
re_ s_a
_ n_d_ w
_ h_e
_ e_l_s__ _
Remember, your safety and that of your passengers also depends on • Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation cause increased
making sure that load limits are not exceeded. Vehicle load includes tire wear and can affect the handling of the vehicle.
everybody and everything in and on the vehicle. These load limits are • Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation can also lead to
technically referred to as the vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating sudden tire failure, including a blowout and sudden deflation,
("GVWR") . The Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR") is the maximum causing loss of vehicle control. •
load that can be applied at each of the vehicle's two axles. The Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating and the Gross Axle Weight Rating are listed on
the safety compliance sticker label located either on the driver's side Checking tire pressure
8-pillar or on the inside of the fuel fi ller f lap . The tire pressure label
on your Audi lists the maximum combined weight of all of the occu -
The correct tire pressure for the tires originally installed
pants and luggage or other cargo that the vehicle can carry . For the on your vehicle is listed on the tire pressure label located
locat ion of the tire pressure label=> page 291, fig . 219 . either on driver's side 8-pillar or inside the fuel filler flap .
The re commended tire pressures are on the tire pre ssure labe l and in
& WARNING the table =>page 291, "Cold tire inflation pressure".This means that
the pressure m ust be checked and adjusted when the tire has not
Overloading a vehicle can cause loss of vehicle control, a crash or been dr iven for more than a coup le of m iles (kilometers) at low
other accident, serious personal injury, and even death. speeds dur ing the previous three hours. Air in the t ires expands when
• Carrying more weight than your vehicle was designed to carry the tire heats up as a result of internal friction as it flexes in use . The
will prevent the vehicle from handling properly and increase the tire pressu re is highe r when the t ire has warmed up than when it is
risk of a loss of vehicle control. "cold ."
• The brakes on a vehicle that has been overloaded may not be It is the inflation press ur e in a "cold" t ire that counts. Therefore, you
able to stop the vehicle within a safe distance. should never let air out of a wa rm tire to match "Cold tire inflation
• Tires on a vehicle that has been overloaded can fail suddenly pressu re" recommendations =>page 291 . The tires would then be
causing loss of control and a crash. unde rinflated and could fa il suddenly .
• Always make sure that the total load being transported - The tire pressure label on your Audi lists the recommended cold t ire
including the weight of a trailer hitch and the tongue weight of a inflation pressures at maximum capacity for the new, origina l equip-
loaded trailer - does not make the vehicle heavier than the ment tires that were on your vehicle at the time it was manufactured.
vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . For the location of the label =>page 291, fig. 219 .
Most tires lose air naturally over time. They can also lose some air if
& WARNING you drive over a pothole or hit a curb while parking. It is usually no t
poss ible to see whether the ra d ial tires used today are unde rinflated
• Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation can lead to a just by look ing at them . ._.
serious or fatal accident .
Therefore, be sure to check tire pressures at least once a month and • Place the air pressure gauge on the valve .
always before going on a long trip . Make sure to take the number of • The tire press ures should only be checked and adjusted whe n the
people and the amount of luggage into account when adjusting tire tires are cold. The slightly raised pressures of warm tires must not be
pressure for a trip - even one that you wou ld not consider to be reduced.
"long." See~ page 295, "Tires and vehicle load limits" for more
• Adjust the tire pressure to the load you are carrying.
important information.
• Reinstall the valve stem cap on the va lve.
Always use an accurate tire pressure gauge when checking and
adjusting inflation pressures. Check all of the tires and be sure not to When should I check the tire pressure?
forget the spare tire. If the press ure in any tire is too high when the The correct tire pressure is especially important at high speeds. The
tire is "cold," let air out of the tire slowly with the edge of the tire pressure shou ld therefore be checked at least once a month and
gauge and keep checking the pressure until you reach the pressure always before start ing a journey . Do not forget to check t he tire pres-
that is correct for the load (passengers and luggage) and kind of sure for the spare wheel.
driving you plan to do.
If the pressure in any tire is too low, note the difference between the When should I adjust the tire pressures?
pressure in the cold tire and the pressure you need and add the air Adjust the tire pressure to the load you are carrying. Aft er changing a
that you need to reach the correct pressure for the veh icle load wheel or replac ing wheels you have to adjust the tire pressures on all
(passengers and luggage) for the tires on your vehicle as listed on the wheels . In addition, you must then initialize the new tire press ures in
on your vehicle and in this manual and the kind of driving you plan to the tire pressure monitoring system*~ page 306.
do.
Never exceed the maximum inflation pressure listed on the tire
sidewall for any reason.
& WARNING
Incorrect tire pressures and/ or underinflation can lead sudden tire
Remember that the vehicle manufacturer, not the t ire manufacturer, failure , loss of control, collision, serious personal injury or even
determines the correct t ire press ure for t he t ires on your veh icle. death.
It is important to check the tire pressure when the tires are cold. • When the warning symbol appears in the instrument
• Read the requ ired tire pressure from the tire pressure label. On cluster, stop and inspect the tires.
USAveh icles, the tire pressure label is located on the driver's side 8- • Incorrect tire pressure and/or underinflation can cause
pillar. On Canada vehicles, the tire pressure label is located e ither on increased t ire wear and can affect the handling of the vehicle and
the dr iver's side 8-pillar or inside the fuel filler flap. The tire pressure stopping ability .
label lists the recommended cold t ire inflation pressures for the • Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation can also lead to
vehicle at its maximum capacity weight and the tires t ha t were on sudden tire failure, including a blowout and sudden deflation,
your vehicle at the time it was manufactured . For recommended tire causing loss of vehicle control.
pressures for normal load condit ions, please see chapter
• The driver is responsible for the correct tire pressures for all
~page 291 .
tires on the vehicle. The applicable pressure values are located on .,_
• Turn the valve stem cap counter-clockwise to remove it from the
tire valve.
________________________________________________ T_i_
re_ s_a
_ n_d_ w
_ h_e
_ e_l_s__ _
a stic ker on the driver's side 8 -pilla r or on the inside of the fuel The re are limits to the amo unt of load or weight that any vehicle and
filler flap . any tire can car ry. A veh icle t hat is ove rloa ded w ill not handle well a nd
• Only when all tires on the vehicle are filled to the correct pres· is more difficult to stop . Overloading can not only lead to loss of
sure, the tire pressure monitoring system* can work correctly. veh icle con t ro l, bu t ca n also da mage import an t parts of t he ve hicle
• The use of incorrect tire pressure values can lead to accidents or and can lead to sudden t ire failure , including a blowout and sudde n
other damage. Therefore it is essential that the driver observe the deflation that can ca use the vehicle to crash.
specified tire pressure values for the tires and the correct pres· Your safety and t ha t of you r passe ngers also de pends o n mak ing sur e
sures for the function of the tire pressure monitoring system* . that load limits are not exceeded. Vehicle load incl ud es everybody
• Always inflate tires to the recommended and correct tire pres- and everyt hing in and on t he ve hicl e. These load limits are t echn ica lly
sure before driving off. referred to as the vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating ("GVWR").
• Driving with underinflated tire s bend more, letting them get The "GVW R" includes the weigh t of the basic vehi cle, all factory
too hot resulting in tread separation, sudden tire failure and loss installed accessories, a fu ll ta nk of fue l, oil, coo la nt and other fluids
of control. plus maxim um loa d. The maxim um loa d includes t he number of
• Excessive speed and/overloading can cause heat build-up, passenge rs that t he veh icle is intended t o car ry ("sea ti ng capa city")
sudden tire failure and loss of control. with an ass umed weig ht of 150 lb s. (68 kg) for each passenger at a
• If the tire pressure is too low or too high , the tires will wear designat ed seating posit ion an d t he tot al weig ht of any luggag e in
the vehicle . If you tow a tra iler, the weight of the trailer hitch and the
prematurely and the vehicle will not handle well.
t ongue weig ht of t he loa ded t rai le r mu st be included as pa rt of t he
• If the tire is not flat and you do not have to change a wheel vehicle load.
immediately, drive at reduced speed to the nearest service station
to check the tire pressure and add air as required. The Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR") is t he m ax imum load that
can be a pplied at each of t he veh icle's two axles .
0 Note
The Gross Vehicle We ight Rating and the Gross Axle We ight Rating
are list ed on the sa fety comp lia nce sti cke r label located either on the
Driving without valve stem caps can cause damage to t he tire valves. dr ive r's side B-pilla r o r o n the inside of t he fuel f iller flap . Your Aud i
To preven t t his, always make su re t hat fa ctory inst alle d va lve stem has S se atin g po sit ions, 2 in t he fr o nt and 3 in t he rear fo r t ot a l
caps o n all wheels a re securely mo unt ed o n the valve. seating capacity of 5. Each seating position has a seat belt
=:, page 1 79, "Safety bel t s".
<£>
For the sake of the environment The fact t hat t here is an upper lim it t o your veh icle 's Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating means that t he total weight of whatever is being
Under inflated ti res will a lso inc rease the fuel consumption . •
ca rried in the veh icle (includ ing the weigh t of a t railer hitch and t he
tongue weight of the loaded tra iler) is limited . The mo re passengers
in th e ve hicle or pa ss engers w ho ar e heavier t ha n t he st a ndar d
we ights assumed mean that less we ig ht can be carried as luggage. .,_
The tire pressure label on your Audi a lso lists the max imum combined Steps for Determining Correct
we igh t of all of the occ upants and luggage or ot her cargo t ha t t he
vehicle ca n carry. For the location of the label=> page 291 , fig. 219. Load Limit
1.Locate the statement "THE COMBINED
& WARNING WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTSAND CARGO
Overloading a vehicle can cause loss of vehicle control , a crash or SHOULDNEVEREXCEEDXXXKGOR XXX
other accident, serious personal injury, and even death .
• Carrying more weight than your vehicle was designed to carry
LBS"onyour vehicle's placard (tire infla-
will prevent the vehicle from handling properly and increase the tion pressure label) ==>
page 291J
risk of the loss of vehicle control.
fig. 219.
• The brake s on a veh icle that has been overloaded may not be
able to stop the vehicle within a safe distance. 2. Determine the combined weight of the
• Tires on a vehicle that has been overloaded can fail s uddenly, driver and passengers that will be riding
including a blowout and sudden deflation , causing loss of control
and a cra sh. in your vehicle .
• Alway s make sure that the total load being transported -
includingthe weight of a trailer hitch and the tongue weight of a 3. Subtract the combined weight of the
loaded trailer - does not make the vehicle heavier than the driver and passengers from "XXX" kilo-
vehicle 's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. •
grams or "XXX" pounds shown on the
sticker ==>page 291J fig. 219.
Determining correct load limit
4. The resulting figure equals the available
Use the example below to calculate the amount of cargo and luggage load
total weight of the passengers and luggage capacity. For example, if the "XXX"
or other things that you plan to transport so amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will
that you can make sure that your vehicle be five 150 lbs. pass engers in your
will not be overloaded. vehicle, the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 -7 SQ (5 X 150) = 650 lbs.) ~
_________________________________________ ffl
T_i_re_ s _a_n_d_ w_ h_e_e_l_s_ .....
New tires and replacing tires and wheels U.S. DOTtire identification number
(j)
New tires and wheels have to be broken in. Audi Original tire
®
Sever snow conditions
®
@ Tire ply composition and materia ls used
The tires and rims are essential pa rts of the vehicle's design . The tires
and rims approved by Audi are specially matched to the character is-
t ics of the vehicle and can make a major contribut ion to good road
holding and safe handling when in good condition and properly
inflated =>& .
We recommend that all work on t ires and wheels be performed by an
authori zed Audi deale r. They are fam iliar with recommended proce-
dures and have the necessary special tools and spare parts as well as
the proper facilities for disposing of the o ld tires.
Authorized Audi dea lers have the necessary info rmation about tech-
Fig . 223 Tire specificatio n codes on th e sidewall of a tire nical requirements for insta lling or changing tires and rims .
holding, driving characteristics, and safety of the vehicle . The table The tires could also have the information of direction of rotation
page 291) lists specifications of the tires approved for the Audi
(::::> :::>page 287 .
models covered by your Owner's Literature.
Tire manufacturing date
The tire pressure label (On USA vehicles, the tire pressure label is
The manufacturing date is also indicated on the t ire sidewall
located on the driver's side B-pillar. On Canada vehicl es, the tire pres-
(possibly on ly on the inner side of the whee l):
sure label is located either on the driver's side B-pillar or inside the
fuel filler flap)( =>page 291, fig. 220) lists the specifications of the "DOT ... 2209 ... "means, for example, that the tire was produced in
orig inal equ ipment tires installed on your vehicle at the time it was the 22nd week of 2009.
manufactured.
Speed rating (letter code)
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized infor-
The speed rating letter code on the wheels ind icates the maximum
mation on the sidewall of all tires => page 299, fig . 223. This infor-
permissible road speeds => & in "Winte r tires" on page 303.
mation identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics, the
quality grade of the tire and also provides a tire identification number P up to 93 mp h (150 km/h)
for safety standard cert ification and in case of a recall. Q up to 99 mp h (158 km/h)
R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)
Tire specifications
S up to 110 mph (180 km/h)
Knowledge of tire specifications makes it easier to choose the correct
T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)
tires. Radial tires have the tire specifications marked on the sidewall,
for examp le: U up to 124 mph (200 km/h)
H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)
P255 / 35 Rl9 96V XL
V up to 149 mph (240 km/h) 3)
This contains the following information: Z over 149 mph (240 km/h) 3)
P Indicates the tire is for passenger cars (where applicable) W up to 168 mph (270 km/h) 3)
255 Nominal ti re width in mm of the tire from sidewall edge to side- Y up to 186 mph (298 km/h) 3>
wall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire
Your vehicle is normally factory equipped with tires, which possess
35 Height/w idth ratio in percent (aspect ratio) excellent driving characterist ics and give your Audi optimum dr iving
R Tire construction: Radial comfort. An electronic speed limiter=> page 26will normally prevent
19 Rim diameter code (in inches) your vehicle from go ing faster than the t ire speed rat ing::::>&-
96 Load rating code
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN) and tire
Y Speed rating letter code
manufacture date
XL (or "xl", " EXTRA LOAD", or "RF" Indicates that the tire is a"Rein-
This is the tire's "serial number". It begins with the letters "DOT" and
forced" or an "Extra Load" tire
ind icat es that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two ~
M+S (or "M/S") Indicates that the tire has some mud and snow capa-
bility
3
l For tires with a maximum speed capabilit y over 149 mph (240 km/h), t ire
man ufact urers sometimes use the letters "ZR."
__________________________________________________ T_i_r_e_s_ a_n_ d_ w_ h_e_e
_ l_s__ _
• Tract io n AA A B C
& WA RNI NG (continued)
• Tempe rat ure A B C
• If you install wheel trim disc s on the vehicle wheels , make sure
Quality g rades can be fo und where applicable on t he tire s ide wall
that the air flow to the brakes is not blocked . Reduced airflow to
between t read sho uld er and max imum se ct ion width ~ page 299,
the brakes can them to ove rheat, increasing stopping distances
fig . 223.
and causing a collision .
For example : Trea d wear 200 , Tract ion AA, Temperat ure A.
• Run flat tire s may only be used on vehicles that were equipped
with them at the factory. The vehicle must have a chas sis designed All passenger ca r ti res mus t confo rm t o Federal Safe ty Requireme nts
for run flat tires and a factory -installed tire pressure monitoring in addition to these grades.
system* that indicates a los s of tire pressure. Incorrect use of run
flat tires can lead to vehicle damage or accidents. Check with an Tread wear
authorized Audi dealer or tire speciali st to see if your vehicle can The tread wear grade is a comparative rat ing based on the wear rate
be equipped with run flat tires . If run flat t ires are used , they must of t he t ire whe n t est ed un der cont rolle d cond itions on a spe cified
be installed on all four wheels . Mixing tire types is not permitted. government test course .
For example, a t ire graded 150 would wear one and one hal f (1 1/ 2)
0 Note times as well on the gove rnment course as a tire graded 100 .
• For techn ical reasons, it is not gene rally poss ible to use t he wheel The relat ive performance of tires depends upon the act ua l conditions
rims from other vehicles. This ca n hold true fo r whee ls of the same of t heir use, however, and may de pa rt s ig nificant ly fr om t he no rm
vehicle type . due to variat ions in dr iving hab its, se rvice practices and differences in
• If the spare tire is different from the t ires that you have mounted road cha ract e ristic s and climat e.
on your veh icle (for examp le w inte r ti res or wide pro file t ires), t hen
Traction
use the spare tire for a short per iod of t ime on ly and drive with extra
care. Replace the flat ti re with t he tire matc hing the others on you r The traction grades, from highes t to lowest, are AA, A, B a nd C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as
veh icle as soon as possible .
me as ured under con t rolled co ndit ions on spe cifie d gove rnmen t tes t
• Never d rive wit ho ut t he valve st em cap. The valves could get surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor trac-
damaged . t ion perfo rman ce ::::>
& .
~ Temperature
For the sake of the environment
The temperature g rades are A (the hig hest), B, and C, representing
Dispose of old t ires in accordance with the loca l requirements. • the t ire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ab ility to d issi-
pate he at when t este d und er co nt rolled conditions on a spe cified
indoor laboratory test whee l.
Uniform tire quality grading
Susta ined high temperat ure can cause the mate rial of the tire to
• Tread wear degenerate and reduce t ire life, and excessive temperature ca n lead
to sud den tire fail ure ~ & . .,_
________________________________________________ T_i_
re_ s_a
_ n_d_ w
_ h_e
_ e_l_s__ _
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all Summer t ires provide less grip on ice and snow .
passenge r car ti res m ust meet under the Fede ral Motor Vehicle Winter tires (snow tires) m ust always be fitted on all fo ur whee ls .
Safety Standard No. 109 . Grades Band A represent higher levels of
performance o n the labo ratory test w heel than the minimum Ask your a utho rized Audi dealer or q ualified wor kshop for permi t ted
requ ired by law . winter tire sizes. Use on ly rad ial w inter t ires .
Winter ti res lose t he ir effectiveness w he n t he t re ad is wor n down to
& WARNING a depth of 0 .157 inch (4 mm).
Only drive with winte r tires under w inter conditions . Summe r tires
The traction grade assigned to t his tire is based on straight-ahead
hand le better w hen the re is no snow o r ice on the roads and the
braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration ,
temperature is above 45 °F (7 °().
cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics .
If you have a flat t ire, see notes on spare w heel =>page 2 99.
& WARNING Please a lways remember that winter tires may have a lower speed
rating than the tires originally installed on you r veh icle at t he time it
The temperature grade fo r this ti re is established for a tire that is was ma nufa ct ured . Please see=> page 300, "Speed rat ing (letter
properly inflated and not overloaded . Excessive speed, underinfla - cod e)" for a listing of the speed rating lette r codes and the maxim um
tion, or excessive load ing, either separately or in combinat ion, can speed at whi ch the t ires can be d riven.
cause heat buildup and possible tire failure . •
The speed rating letter code(=>page 290) is on the side wall of the
tire => page 299 .
Winter tires
Winter tires can improve vehicle handling on snow and & WARNING
ice. At temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C) we recommend Winter tires have maximum speed limit s that may be lower than
changing to winte r tires . your vehicle's maximum speed. Always know the maximum speed
before driving off. Never drive faster than the speed permitted for
In some heavy snow areas, loca l gover nments may requ ire true your specific winter tires. This w ill cause damage to the tires
winter or "snow" tires, those with very deep ly cut tread . These tires leading to an accident and serious personal injury to you and your
sho uld only be used in pai rs and be installed on all four wheels. Make passengers.
sure you purchase snow tires t hat are the same size and construction
type as t he ot he r t ires o n your veh icle .
Your vehicle is equipped with a ll-whee l dr ive, this will improve trac- & WARNING
t ion dur ing winte r dr iving, even with the standard tires . However, we Driving faster than the maximum speed for which the w inte r tires
strongly recommend t hat you always equ ip all four wheels on your on your vehicle were designed can cause tire failure including a
vehicle with correctly fitted winter ti res or all-season tires, when blowout and sudden deflation, loss of control, crashes and serious
winte r road conditions are expected . This also improves the veh icle's personal injuries . Have worn or damaged tires replaced immedi-
bra king perfo rmance and re du ces stopp ing distances . ab~. ~
Remove wheel center covers and t rim d iscs befor e put t ing snow Wheel bolts must always be tightened to the correct
chains on your vehicle =:, 0 . For safety reasons cover caps must then torque.
be fitt ed ove r t he wheel bo lts. These are available from au t horized
The desig n of wheel bo lts is matched to the factory installed rims. If
Audi dealers.
differen t rims a re fitted, t he correct wheel bolts wit h the rig ht length
and correctly shaped bolt heads must be used. This e nsures that ..,_
________________________________________________ T_i_
re_ s_a
_ n_d_ w
_ h_e
_ e_l_s__ _
w heels are fitted secure ly and that the brake system func ti ons Low aspect ratio tires
cor re ct ly.
In certa in circumsta nces, you may not use wheel bolts from a Your Audi is factory-equipped with low aspect rat io tires. These tires
different vehicle - even if it is the same mo del =>page 338 . have bee n t horo ugh ly t e st ed a nd bee n sele ct ed spe cifically fo r your
mode l for the ir supe rb performance, road fee l and hand ling under a
variety of dr iving co ndit ions . Ask your a ut hor ized Audi d eale r fo r
& WARNING more deta ils .
Improperly tightened or maintained wheel bolts can become The low as pect rat io of these tires is indicated by a numera l of 55 or
loose causing loss of control, a collision and serious personal less in t he ti re's size des ignation. The nu m e ral represen t s t he ratio of
injury. the t ire's sid ewall height in relat io n to its tread width expressed in
• Always keep the wheel bolts and the threads in the wheel hubs per ce nt age. Conve nti o na l t ires have a heigh t /w idt h rat io of 60 o r
clean so the wheel bolts can turn easily and be properly tightened. more.
• Never grease or oil the wheel bolts and the threads in the wheel The performance of low-aspect-ratio tires is particularly sensitive to
hubs. They can become loose while driving if greased or oiled, even improper inflation pressure . It is therefore important that low
if tightened to the specified torque. aspect ratio tires are inflated to the specified pressure and that the
• Only use wheel bolts that belong to the rim being installed . inflation pressure is regularly checked and maintained. Tire pres-
sures should be checked at least once a month and always before a
• Never use different wheels bolts on your vehicle.
long trip ~ pag e 293, "Checkin g ti re pre ssur e" .
• Always maintain the correct tightening torque for the wheel
bolts to reduce the risk of a wheel loss. If the tightening torque of What you can do to avoid tire and rim damage
the wheel bolts is too low, they can loosen and come out when the Low as pect ratio t ires ca n be damaged more easi ly by impact w ith
vehicle is moving. If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel potholes, curbs, gullies or ridges on the road, pa rtic ula rly if t he tire is
bolts and threads can be damaged and the wheel can become unde rinflated.
loose.
In o rder to minim ize the occurrence of impact damage to the t ires of
your vehicle, we recom m e nd th at you observe the fo llowin g precau-
0 Note tions :
The specified torque for the wheel bolts is 90 ft lbs. (120 Nm) wit h a • Always maintai n recommen d ed inflation pressures . Check your
tol e ran ce of ± 7,4 ft lbs.( ± 10 Nm). Torqu e wheel bolt s di ag onally. tire pr essu re every 2,0 00 m ile s (3,0 00 km) an d add air if necess a ry.
After chang ing a wheel, the to rque must be checked as soon as • Drive ca refu lly on roads with potholes, deep gullies o r ridges. The
possible with a t orqu e wrench - prefer abl y by an autho rized Audi impact from d riving thro ugh or over such obs t acles can damage your
dealer or qualified wo rkshop . • tires. Im pact w it h a curb may also cause damage to your tires .
• After a ny impact , immediately inspect you r t ires or have t hem
inspected by the nea rest author ized Aud i dealer . Replace a damage d
t ire as soon as possib le. _.,
• Inspect your tires every 2,000 miles (3,000 km) for damage and As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
wear . Damage is not always easy to see. Damage can lead to loss of pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illumi nat es a low tire pres-
air and underinflat ion, which could eventually cause tire failure. If sure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under -
you believe that a tire may have been damaged, replace the tire as inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure tellta le illuminates,
soon as poss ible . you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
• These tires may wear more quickly than others. them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated
tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire fa ilure . Under-
• Please also remember that, whi le these tires deliver responsive
inf lation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
hand ling , they may ride less comfortably and make more noise than
affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
other choices.
Please note tha t the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte-
Reduced performance in winter/cold season nance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire
conditions pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger
All tires are designed for certain purposes. The low aspect rat io, ultra illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
high performance tires originally installed on your vehicle are Your vehicle has also been equipped w ith a TPMS malfunction indi-
intended for maxim um dry and wet road performance and handling. cator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The
They are not suitable for cold, snowy or icy weather conditions . If you TPMS malfunction indicator is comb ined with the low tire pressure
drive under those circumstances, you should equip your vehicle with telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
all-season or winter tires, which offer better traction under those flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously
conditions. We suggest you use the recommended snow or all-season illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle
tires specified for your vehicle, or their equivalent . start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
Refer to =:, page 303 for more detailed information regarding winter When the ma lfunction ind icator is illuminated, the system may not
tires . • be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur fo r a variety of reasons, including the insta l-
lation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the veh icle that
Tire pressure monitoring system prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS
malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
Ap pli es to vehicl es: w ith t ire pressure mo nito r ing system your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and
General notes wheels allow the TPMS to cont inu e to function properly. •
Using the ABS sensors, t he tire pressure monitor ing system com pa res & WARNING
the tire tread circumference and vibrat ion characterist ics of the ind i- • If the tire pressure indi cator appears in the instrument cluster
vidual tires . If the pressure decreases in one or more t ires, this is indi- display, one or more of your tires is significantly under -inflated.
cated in the instrument cluster with a warn ing symbol and a Reduce your speed immediately and avoid any hard steering or
message => f ig. 22 4. The driver message in the display goes out after braking maneuvers . Stop as soon as possible and check the tires
5 seconds. The driver message can be d isp layed again by pressing the and their pressures. Inflate the tire pressure to the proper pres-
[SETj button. If on ly one tire is affected, the display will indicate its sure as indicated on the vehicle 's tire pressure label => page 291.
posi ti on. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to _,,.
[i J Tips
• The tire pressure monitoring system stops working when there is
an ESP/ABS malfunction.
• Using snow chains may result in a system ma lfunction .
• To ensure a proper TPMS function use AUDI Original Tire s which
are marked with "AO" or "RO" on the tire sidewall. => page 299.
• The tire pressure monitor ing system on your Audi was calibrated
using tires with the "AO" or " RO" identification. We recommend
using these tires. •
What do I do now?
Vehicle tool kit Some of the vehicle items listed above are prov ided on certain models
only or are opt ional ext ras.
The too ls are stored underneath the floor panel in the Before ret urn ing the jack* to its place, retract the jack arm fully .
luggage compartment.
& WARNING
• Never use the screw driver hex head to tighten wheel bolts,
since the bolt s cannot attain the necessary tightening torque if
you use the hex head, potent ially causing an accident .
• The factory -supplied jack is intended only for your vehicle
model. Under no circumstances should it be used to lift heavy
vehicles or oth er loads; you risk injuring yourself .
Fig. 2 26 Luggag e • Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised, which could
com pa rtm ent : t ool kit cause an accident .
• Support the vehicle securely with appropriate stands if work is
When you need accessto the vehicle tool kit or jack* , you will need to to be performed underneath the vehicle ; otherwise , there is a
t ake out t he spare ti re* and cover ~ page 311 . potential risk for injury. •
Depending on your vehicle's equipment, the tool kit may also be
located under the cargo floor cover @ ~ fig . 226 behind the seat
backrest.
The vehicle too l kit includes :
• Hook for removing whee l covers*
• Alignment pin for changing the wheel
• Screwdriver with reversib le blade
• Tool for changing light bulbs
• Reversible bit (reversible Torx bit for changing light bulbs)
• Rod for jack
• Jack*
• Lug wrench
• Tow ing eye
What do I do now? -
------------------
App li es to vehicles: with space-saving spare t ir e veh icle . It must not be swapped with a compact spare tire from
Space-saving spare tire (compact ano t her t ype of vehicle.
spare tire)* Snow chains
The spare tire/wheel is located in the luggage compart- For t echnical reasons , the use of snow chains on the comp act sp ar e
tire is not permitted .
ment under the cargo floor cover. It is intended for short-
term use only. If you do have to dr ive wit h snow chains and a front tire fails, mount
the spa re wheel wit h tire instead of a rear tire . Install the snow chains
on the rear tire and use it to replace t he defective front tire .
& WARNING
• Never use the spare tire if it is damaged or if it is worn down to
the tread w ear indicators .
• If the spare tire is more than 6 year s old, use it only in an emer -
gency and with ext reme caution and careful dr iving.
Fig. 227 Spare t ire • The spare tire is intended only for temporary and short-term
use. It should be replaced as soon as possible with the normal
wheel and tire .
Removing the spare tire
• Afte r mount ing the compact spare tire, the tire pressure must
- For access, ra ise the cargo floor cover . be checked as soon as possibl e. The tire pressure of the compact
- Turn the large screw ~ fig . 227 counter-clockwise. spare tire must be 4.2 bar; otherwise, you risk having an accident .
• Do not drive fa ster than 50 mph (80 km / h). You risk having an
- Take out the spare tire . accident.
• Avoid full-throttle acceleration, heavy braking, and fa st
Securing the replaced tire
cornering . You risk having an accident.
- Place the whee l w ith t ire in the spare wh e el well and • Never drive using more than one spare whe el and tire. You risk
se cure the wheel w ith t he large screw. having an accident.
• Normal summer or winter tires must not be mounted on the
Using the spare tire (compact spare tire)
compact spare wheel rim.
The compac t spare t ire is only int ended for emergenc ies un t il you can
reac h a repair shop. Replace it as quickly as poss ible with a standar d • For technical reasons, the use of tire chains on the spare tire is
wheel and t ire. not permitted . If it is necessary to drive with tire chain s, the spare
wheel must be mounted on the front axle in the event of a flat in
There ar e some restrict ions on the use of the compact spare tire. The a rear tire. The newly available front wheel must then be installed _,.
compac t spare t ire has been des igned spec ifically fo r you r type of
in place of the rear wheel with the flat tire. Installing the tire
& WARNING
You or your passengers could be injured while changing a wheel if
chain before mounting the wheel and tire is recommended.
you do not follow these safety precautions:
• Loose items in the passenger compartment can cause serious
• If you have a flat tire, move a safe distance off the road. Turn
personal injury during hard braking or in an accident.
off the engine, turn the emergency flashers on and use other
- Never store the inflatable spare tire or jack and tools in the warning devices to alert other motorists.
passenger compartment.
• Make sure that passengers wait in a safe place away from the
- Always store all jacking equipment, tools, and the inflatable vehicle and well away from the road and traffic.
spare tire in the luggage compartment.
• To help prevent the vehicle from moving suddenly and possibly
- Tighten the knurled retaining screw for the inflatable spare slipping off the jack, always fully set the parking brake and block
tire securely. • the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed with the
folding chocks or other objects. When one front wheel is lifted off
the ground, placing the Automatic Transmission in "P" (Park) will
Changing a wheel not prevent the vehicle from moving.
• Before you change a wheel, be sure the ground is level and
Before changing a wheel firm. If necessary, use a sturdy board under the jack.
Observe the following precautions for your own and your • After installing the inflatable spare tire, make sure that you
replace the flat tire/wheel in its storage area properly and tighten
passenger's safety when changing a wheel. the knurled retaining screw securely.
- After you experience a tire failure, pull the car well away
from moving traffic and try to reach level ground before
you stop ~ & .
0 Note
If you are changing the wheel on a steep incline, use a rock or similar
- All passengers should leave the car and move to a safe object to blo ck the opposite wheel to prevent the vehicle from
location (for instance, behind the guardrail) ~ & . moving.
& WARNING
Alway s read and follow all WARNINGS and information => & in
"Raising th e vehicle " on page 31 5 and =>page 318 . •
App li es to vehicles: with decorat ive wheel covers App li es to vehicles: with wheel bolts w ith caps
Removing Removing
- Insert the hook provided with the vehicle tool kit in the - Push the plastic clip provided with the vehicle tool kit over
hole in the hub . the wheel bolt cap until it engages .
- Pull off the decorative wheel cover =>fig . 228. • - Pull on the plastic clip to remove the cap =>fig. 229 .
Refitting
- Place the caps over the wheel bolts and push them back
on.
The caps are to protect and keep the wheel bolts clean. •
_______________ What do I do now? __,, -
[i] Tips
• Never use the hexagonal socket in the handle of the screwdriver to
loosen or tighten the wheel bolts .
• If a wheel bolt is very tight, you may find it easier to loosen by
carefully pushing down on the end of the wheel bolt wrench with one
foot only . As you do so, hold on to the car to keep your balance and
Fig. 230 Changing a take care not to slip. •
wheel: loosening the
wheel bolts
Take tight hold of the end of the wrench handle and turn
the wheel bolts counter-clockwise about one single turn
in the direction of arrow =:, fig. 230.
Tightening
- Install the wheel bolt wrench over the wheel bolt and
push it down as far as it will go. Fig. 231 Changing a
wheel: mounting
- Take tight hold of the end of the wrench handle and turn points for the jack ..
each wheel bolt clockwise until it is seated.
& WARNING
• Do not use force or hurry when changing a wheel· you can
cause the vehicle to slip off the jack and cause serious personal
injuries.
Soft ground under the jack can cause the vehicle to slip off the jack.
Always place the jack on firm ground. Use a flat , stable support if
necessary. Use a non -s lip surface such as a rubber mat on a slippery
surface such as tile.
& WARNING
Fig. 232 Close-up: • You or your passengers could be injured while changing a
proper positioning of wheel if you do not follow these safety precautions:
jack
- Positioning the jack under the vehicle at any other place than
those indicated above may damage the vehicle or may result in
The location of the jack point is indicated by an indentation
personal injuries.
on the underside of the vehicle==>page 315, fig. 231.
- A soft or unstable surface under the jack may cause the
- Activate the parking brake to prevent the vehicle from vehicle to slip off the jack. Always provide a firm base for the
rolling unintentionally. jack on the ground. If necessary, use a sturdy board under the
jack.
- Move the selector lever to the P position.
- On hard, slippery surface {such as tiles) use a rubber mat or
- Find the lifting point in the sill that is closest to the faulty similar to prevent the jack from slipping.
wheel ==> page 315, fig. 231 . • To help prevent injury to yourself and your passengers:
- Turn the handwheel on the vehicle jack until the jaw - Do not raise the vehicle until you are sure the jack is securely
==>
fig. 232 @ covers the notch on the vehicle. engaged.
- Passengers must not remain in the vehicle when it is jacked
- Align the vehicle jack so the jaw @ covers the notch and up.
the base plate ® is flat on the floor. The base plate ® - Make sure that passengers wait in a safe place away from the
must be vertical under the lifting point @ . vehicle and well away from the road and traffic.
- Install the rod on the vehicle jack: Insert the rod into the - Make sure jack position is correct, adjust as necessary and
opening on the handwheel. Turn the rod left or right to then continue to raise the jack. •
secure it.
- Continue raising the jack with the rod until the wheel lifts
off the ground slightly.
Only position the vehicle jack at the designated points::::> page 315,
fig. 231. Ther e is exactly one location for each wheel. Do no t position
the jack in any other locations.
_____________________________________________ W
__ h_a_t_ d_o_ I_d
_ o_ n_o_w
_ ?_ ___.
ffl'I
Taking the wheel off/installing the spare - Screw the threaded end of the alignment pin from the
tire tool kit hand-tight into the empty bolt hole :=}fig. 234.
Follow these instructions step-by-step for changing the - Then remove the other wheel bolts as described above .
wheel. - Take off the wheel leaving the alignment pin in the bolt
hole :=}0 .
Fig. 233 Changing a - Screw on the wheel bolts and tighten them slightly using
wheel: using the the hexagonal socket.
screwdriver handle
(with the blade - Remove the alignment pin and insert and tighten the
remove d) to turn t he
bolts
remaining wheel bolt slightly like the rest .
- Turn the jack handle counter-clockwise to lower the
vehicle until the jack is fully released.
- Use the wheel bolt wrench to tighten all wheel bolts firmly
:=}page 315 . Tighten them in a crisscross pattern, from
one bolt to the (approx imately) opposite one, to keep the
wheel centered.
- Perform the steps required after changing the wheel
Fig. 23 4 Changing a
wheel: alignment pin :=}page 313, "After changing a wheel" .
inside t he top hole
The hexagonal socket makes it easier to remove the wheel bolts from
the rim. Care shou ld be taken when remov ing the reversible blade .
After you have loosened all wheel bolts and raised the vehicle
off the ground, remove and replace the wheel as follows :
0 Note
Do not use commerci al ly ava ilab le t ire seal ants. Ot herw ise, t he elec-
trical components of the t ire pressure monitoring system* w ill no
longer wor k properly and t he se ns or for the ti re pr essure moni t ori ng
system* w ill have to be rep laced by a q ua lified wor kshop. •
Fuses - Remove the clamp from the rear side of the fuse cover
~ fig. 235.
Replacing a fuse - Remove the fuse using the clamp and replace the blown
Fuses that have blown will have metal strips that have fuse with an identical new one.
burned through.
& WARNING
Do not repair fuses and never replace a blown fuse with one that
has a higher amp rating . This can cause damage to the electrical
system and a fire.
0 Note
If a new fuse burns out again after shortly have you have installed it,
Fig. 235 Left cockpit: have the electrical system checked by your authorized Audi dealer.
fuse panel cover
The fuses are located at the front left and right of the cockpit
[I) Tips
• The following table does not list fuse locations that are not used .
and behind the trim on the right side of the luggage compart-
ment. • Some of the equipment items listed are optional or only available
on certain model configurations .
- Turn off the ignition and the affected electrical • The crank in the cover is used for emergency operation of the
consumers. sunroof*. •
- Check the following table to see which fuse belongs to the
consumer.
- Remove the appropriate cover.
- To remove the purple plastic clip if necessary 4 ), hold onto
it at the small side and pull it out of the fuse panel
~ page 321, fig. 236.
4
) You can dispose of the plast ic clip after remov ing it.
____________________________________________ ..!:F~u~s~
e
==s
~a:!!n~d~b~u~LEb~s
~_J-
-- 7 cell phon e prep 5 • life -threatening injur ies can result from improper handling of the
high -voltage portion s of such lamp s!
• Only your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified workshop
Bulbs should change the bulbs in gas discharge lamp s. There are part s
with sharp edges on the openings and on the bulb holde rs that can
cause serious cuts. If you are uncertain about what to do, have the
Replacing bulbs
work performed by an authorized Audi deal er or other qualified
Fory our sa fety, we recom m end that you have your autho- workshop . Serious personal injury may result from improperly
rized Audi dealer replace any bulbs for you. performed work .
Emergency situations
General
& WARNING
This chapter is intended for trained emergency crew s and working Batterie s contain electricity, acid, and gas . Any of these can cause
personnel who have the necessar y tools and equipment to perform very serious or fatal injury . Follow the inst ructions below for safe
the se operations . • handling of your vehicle 's battery .
• Always shield your eyes and avoid leaning over the battery
whenever possible.
Starting by pushing or towing • A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures just below
32 °F (0 °C). Before connecting a jumper cable, you must thaw the
frozen battery completely , otherwise it could explode.
(D Note • Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes or skin . Flush any
Vehicles with an automatic transmis sion cannot be started by contacted area with water immediately .
pushing or towing . • • Improper use of a booster battery to start a vehicle may cause
an explosion.
• Vehicle batteries generate explos ive gases. Keep spa rks, flame
Starting with jumper cables and lighted cigarettes away from batteries.
If necess ary, the engine can be started by connecting it to • Do not try to jump start any vehicle with a low acid level in the
the battery of another vehicle. battery.
If the eng ine shou ld fai l to start because of a discharged or weak • The voltage of the booster battery must also have a 12 -Volt
battery, t he battery can be connecte d to the battery of another rating. The capacity (Ah) of the booster battery should not be
lower than that of the discharged battery. Use of batter ies of
vehicle, using a pair of jumper cable s to start the eng ine .
different voltage or sub stantially different "Ah" rating may cau se
Jumper cables an explosion and personal injury.
Use only ju mper cables of suffic ient ly large cross section to carry the • Never charge a frozen battery . Gas trapped in the ice may cause
sta rter current safely . Refer to the manufacture r's specifications. an explosion.
Use on ly j umper cab les with insulated te rm inal clamps which are • Never charge or use a battery that has been frozen. The battery
distinct ly marked : case may have be weakened.
plus(+) cable in most cases colored red • Use of batteries of different voltage or substantially different
capacity (Ah) rating may cause an explosion and injury . The
minus (-) cable in most cases colored black . capacity (Ah) of the booster battery should not be lower than that
of the discharged battery. _..
0 Note
• App lying a higher voltage booster battery will cause expens ive
damage t o sens it ive e lect ron ic compone nts, such as contro l unit s,
re lays, rad io, etc.
• The re must be no elect rical contact between the veh icles as othe r- Fig. 2 3 9 Engine
wise current could already start to flow as soon as the pos it ive( +) compartment : Connec-
t erminals a re connected. t ors forjumper cables
and charger
[i ] Tips
• The d ischa rged ba tt ery mus t be proper ly connec t ed to the
vehicle 's electrical system. Whe n jump starting or charging the
batt ery, never connec t the negat ive g round cable to the batte ry nega-
tive post because the battery manager system must be ab le to detect
the ba ttery's state of charge . Always connect the negative gro und Fig. 24 0 Jump
sta rting with the
cable to the negative ground post of the batte ry manager contro l battery of another
unit. • vehicle: @ discharged
vehicle battery , ©
booste r battery
The procedure descri bed below for connect ing ju mper cables
is inten ded to provide a jump start for your veh icle.
battery that is being charged does not vent to the outside, escaping Front towing loop
battery gas could ignite and explode! •
Do not install the front towing loop until it is needed.
General hints
Your Audi requires special handling for towing.
The fo llowing information is to be used by commercial tow truck Fig. 241 Front
operators who know how to operate their equipment safely. bumper: removing the
cover cap
• Never tow your Audi, towing will cause damage to the engine
and transmission.
• Never wrap the safety chains or winch cables around the brake
lines.
• To prevent unnecessary damage, your Audi must be transported
with a flat bed truck.
• To load the vehicle on to the flat bed, use the towing loop found
in the vehicle tools and attach to the front or rear anchorage
~ page 328 and ~ page 329. Fig. 242 Front
bumper: screwing in
the towing loop
& WARNING The towing loop fits into the threaded hole located on the
A vehicle being towed is not safe for passengers. Never allow
right side of the front bumper and covered by a small cover
anyone to ride in a vehicle being towed, for any reason. •
when not in use.
- Remove the towing loop from the vehicle toolkit
~page 310.
- Press the cover in by applying short strong pressure to the
bottom part to release it from the bumpe r ~ fig. 241.
- Screw the towing loop tightly into the threaded hole as far
as it will go~ fig. 242 . ..,
_____________________________________________ E_m
__ e_r-=
g=-e_n_c-==
y"-s_i_
t_u_a_t_i_o_n_ s_ __.f
When it is no longer needed, unscrew the towing loop and put it back Unscrew the towing loop again after use and install the cover in the
into the vehicle toolkit. Be sure to have the towing loop stored in the bumper. Install the cover in the bumper. Return the towing loop to
vehicle at all times. the toolkit . Be sure to have the towing loop stored in the vehicle at all
times.
On the right side of the rear bumper there is a threaded hole Fig. 244 Vehicle on
flat bed truck
for the towing loop. The threaded hole is protected by a
cover.
Front hook up
- Remove the towing loop from the vehicle toolkit - Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car carrier
=>page 310. ramp.
- Press the cover in by applying short strong pressure to the - Attach the winch hook to the front towline eye previously
bottom part to release it from the bumper :::::;,
fig. 243. installed . _.
- Screw the towing loop tightly into the threaded hole as far
as it will go .
Re ar hook up
- Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car carrier
ramp.
- Attach the winch hook to the rear towline eye previously
insta lled.
& WARNING
• To reduce the risk of serious injury and vehicle damage.
- Always lift the vehicle only at the special workshop hoist and
floor jack lift points illustrated=> page 330, fig. 245 and
=>page 330, fig. 246.
- Failure to lift the vehicle at these points could cause the
vehicle to tilt or fall from a lift if there is a change in vehicle
weight distribution and balance. This might happen, for
example, when heavy components such as the engine block or
transmission are removed.
• When removing heavy components like these, anchor vehicle
to hoist or add corresponding weights to maintain the center of
gravity. Otherwise, the vehicle might tilt or slip off the hoist,
causing serious personal injury.
0 Note
• Be aware of the following points before lifting the vehicle:
- The vehicle should never be lifted or jacked up from under-
neath the engine oil pan, the transmission housing, the front or
rear axle or the body side members. This could lead to serious
damage.
- To avoid damage to the underbody or chassis frame, a rubber
pad must be inserted between the floor jack and the lift points.
- Before driving over a workshop hoist, check that the vehicle
weight does not exceed the permissible lifting capacity of the
hoist.
- Before driving over a workshop hoist, ensure that there is
sufficient clearance between the hoist and low parts of the
vehicle. •
General information
0 Note
Weights • The veh icle ca pac ity we ight fig ur es apply when t he load is di st rib-
uted evenly in the vehicle (passengers and luggage) . When t rans-
porting a heavy load in the luggage compa rtment, ca rry the load as
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating near to the rear ax le as possible so t hat the veh icle's handling is not
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), and the Gross Axle Weight impai red .
Rating (GAWR) for front and rear are listed on a sticker on the left • Do not exceed the max imum permissible axle loads or the
door jamb. maximum gross vehicle weig ht. Always remember that t he vehicle's
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating includes the weight of the basic hand ling will be affected by the extra load . Therefore, adjust your
vehicle pl us full f ue l t ank, oil and coo la nt, plus max im um load, whi ch speed according ly.
includes passenger weight (150 lbs./68 kg per des ignated seating • Always observe loca l regu lat ions . •
position) and luggage weight ~ & .
0 Note
W hen d riving up steep ramps, on rough roads, over curbs, etc. it is
important to remember that some parts of your vehicle, such as
spoilers or exhau st sys t em componen t s, may be close to t he grou nd.
Be careful not to damage them. •
________________ Data Vf'II
-
Data
211 hp, 2.0 liter 4-cyl. engine
Engin e data
Dimensions (approx.)
Capacities (approx.)
Fuel tank
- Tota l capacity gal (liters) 16.9 (64 .0)
- Reserve (of total capacity) gal (liters) 1.8-2.4 (7-9)
Wind shield and headlight* wa s her fluid container quarts (l ite rs) 4 .8 (4. 5)
Engine oil with filter change quarts (lite rs) 4 .9 (4 .6)
•
Safety first Do-it,yourself service Technical data
___ C_o_n_s
_ u_m
_ e
_ r_I_n
_ f_o_r_m
_ a
_ t _io
_ n_____________________________________________ _
Consumer Information
Warranty coverages • Navigation syst ems for veh icles built fo r t he U.S.A. and Canada
w ill not necessar ily work in Europe, and may not wo rk in other coun-
tries outside of North Ame rica.
Your Audi is covered by the following warrantie s :
•
•
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perforation
0 Note
Audi canno t be responsib le for mech ani cal dam age t hat co uld res ult
• Emissions Control System Warranty
from inadeq uate fue l, se rvice or parts ava ilability. •
• Emissions Performance Warrant y
• California Emissions Control Warranty (USA vehicles only)
• California Emissions Performance Warranty (USA vehicles only) Audi Service Repair Manuals and
Detailed informa ti on regarding your warran t ies can be fo und in your Literature
Warranty & Maintenance boo klet . •
Audi Officia l Facto ry Service Manuals and Literature are published as
so on as poss ible aft er mode l int rodu ct ion. Service manu a ls and lite r-
Operating your vehicle outside the ature are available to order from t he Aud i Technical Literature
Order ing Cente r at:
U.S.A. or Canada
www.audi .techliterature .com •
Government regulat ions in the United States and Canada req uire t hat
au t omobiles meet spe cific emi ssion regula t ions an d safe t y st an-
dards . There fore, ve hicles bui lt for the U.S.A. and Canada differ from Maintenance
vehicles so ld in othe r countries.
If you plan to take your vehicle ou t side the continental lim its of the General
United States or Canada, the re is the possibility that
Your vehicle has been des igned t o help keep m ainten anc e re qu ire-
• unle aded fue ls for vehicle s with cataly t ic converte r may not be
ments to a min imum. However, a certain amount of regular ma inte-
available;
nan ce is still ne cessary t o assure your ve hicle's sa fety, ec onomy a nd
• fue l may have a conside rably lower octa ne rat ing . Imp roper f ue l re liability . For deta iled veh icle maintena nce consult your Warranty &
may cause engine damage; Maint enance bo okle t.
• serv ice may be inadequate due to lack of proper serv ice fac ilities, Under difficult operating conditions, fo r example at extreme ly low
too ls or testing eq uipment; outs ide temperatures, in very dusty regions , when towing a trai ler
• re placement parts may not be read ily avai lab le . very frequent ly, etc., some se rvice wor k s hou ld be perfo rmed
between t he intervals specif ied. This app lies part icularly to: .,_
_____________________________________________ C_o_n_s_u_m
__ e_r_I_n
_ f _o_r_m
_ a_t_ i_o_n
__ ,n
• oil cha nges, and dealer has t he facilities, o rigina l parts and trained spec ia lists to keep
• clea ning or re pla cing th e air fi lt er. your vehi cle runni ng properly.
FCC Pa rt 15 .1 9
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is
subject to the following two condi t ions:
(1) Th is dev ice may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) t his device mus t ac cept any inte rfe rence re ceived, incl uding int er -
ference t hat may cause undes ired operat ion.
RSS-Gen Issue 1
Ope rat ion is subject t o t he followi ng two condi t ion s:
(1) t his device may not ca use interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
t ha t may ca use undesire d ope rat ion of the device. •
______________________________________________ _ o_n
C _ s_u_m_ e_r_ I _n_f_o_r _
m_ a_t_i_o_n
__ _
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
___ A_l_p._h
_ a_b_e_ t _
ic_a_l_ in_d_e_x____________________________________________ _
A Additives
Engine oil ...... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
All wheel drive . . . ... . . . ..........
Alloy wheels ...........
. . 238
. . . ... . ... . . 257
A/C mode . ..... . .......... . . . . . 99,
106 Adjusting All-wheel drive
Accessories . . . . . ..... .. . . ... .. .. . . . 338 Steering column manually . . . . . . . . . 110 Winter tires . . . . ................ . 303
Adaptive cruise control .............. 121 Adjusting front seats ......... . . . . . . . . 70 Alternator
Changing speed . . . . ..... . ........ 124 Airbag Malfunct ion . ... . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 29
Driver information ............. 127
.. Warning/indicator lights ... . . . ... . . 14 Anti-free ze
Driver intervention prompt .. . ... . . 131 Airbag system .. . ............... 189, 206 See Engine coolant system ......... 277
Driving in traffic . . . . ... . .. . ... ... 122 Advanced Airbag System ......... . 193 Anti-glare inside day-night mirror ..... . . 65
Driving program . . . . . . ... . . ...... 132 Advanced Airbag System components 196 Anti-lock brake system
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ... 130 Care .... . .......... . . . ..... . . . . 203 How the ABS system works . . . . .... 237
Open road .. . ... . . . ............. 122 Child restraints . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . 213 Warning/indicator lights . . ......... 15
Override ................ . ..... . . 122 Children ....... . . . ... . ... . . . .... 212 Anti-Slip Regulation System (ASR)
Request for driver to assume control 122 Components (front airbags) . . . . ... . 196 How the system works 234
Save speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 124 Danger of fitting a child safety seat on the Anti-theft systems
Setting distance ... . ............. 126 front passengerseat ............ 19 1
Electronic immobilizer ..... . . ... . . . 41
Setting time interva l . ............. 126 Disposal .. . . ... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . 203
Settings . .................... 132
... Ashtray ........................... . 89
Front airbags .......... . ..... 193, 194
Special driving situations .......... 132 How do the front airbags work? ..... 198 ASR
Status messages ........ . ........ 130 How many airbags does my vehicle have? . How the Anti-Slip Regulation System
Switching on and off ..... . ........ 123 196 works . . ............... . . . . . . . 234
System limits ................. 132
.. How the Advanced Airbag System compo- Asterisk
Temporarily turning off ... . .. . . ... 125 nents work together ..... . ...... 197 What does it mean when something is
Warning/ind icator lights .......... 128 Important things to know ... . . . . . . 189 marked with an asterisk? . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Adaptive dampers . . . . . ............. 146 Indicator light ................... 200 Audi brak ing guard ............ . ... . . 134
Adapt ive light . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... . .. . 58 Monitoring ..................... 200 Error messages ...... ............ 136
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light ..... 201 Settings ........ ................ 136
defect ive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
Repairs ........ . . . . . . . ..... . . . .. 203 Status messages .......... . . . ... . 136
Adding
Safety instructions .... . ..... . .... 202 Switching on and off ....... . . ... .. 136
Engine coolant .. . . . ............. 279
Side airbags . . . . ................ . 205 Audi dr ive select ........ . . . ... . . . . . . 146
Engine oil ....... . ........ . ...... 275
Side curtain airbags .......... . . . . 208 Adaptive dampers . . . . ... . ........ 146
Windshield washer fluid ...... . . . . . 286
We ight -sensing mat .. . . . . . . . . . . .. 212 Description . ....... . ............ 146
Additional accessories . . . . . . . ........ 338
When must the system be inspected? 200
___________________________________________ A
_ l :..
p_h_a_b
_ e_t _ic_a_l_ in_d
_ e_x__ _
Dynamic steering . . ..... .. ... . . . . . 146 Average speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... 21 Brake system .. . . . . ... .. .... . . . . . . . . 280
Sett ing the driving mode .. . ....... 147 Avoid damaging the vehicle ........... 243 Anti-lock brake system ............. 15
Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literature . Brake fluid . . . .................. . 280
336 B Brake fluid specifications for refill and
Auto Lock ........................... 42 rep lacement . ................ . . 281
Auto Safety Hotline . ... . . . . . . . . . .... 177 Battery . . . . . ... . ................... 281 Brake light defective ............... 35
Auto-Check Control .............. . ... . 27 Battery location ins.ide the luggage Brake pads . ....... ...... ..... . . . 242
compartment .................. 282 Electromechanical parking brake . . . . 115
Automatic belt retractor ......... . . . . 183
Charging ................ . ... . . . . 284 General information ........ . ... . . 235
Automatic car wash Important warnings when working on the How does mo isture or road salt affect the
See Washing .................... 253 battery ... . . ..... ...... . . . ... . . 282 brakes? . . . . . ................ . . 235
Automatic climate control Jump starting . ..... ...... . ..... . . 325 Malfunction .................... . . 30
A/C mode ................... . .... 99 Low ............................ 239 Warning/indicator lights ... . . . . . . . . 16
Automatic climate control plus ..... . . . 100 Replacing the battery . . . . ......... 285 Worn brake pads symbol ........... 35
A/C mode ......... . .... .. . . . ... . 106 State of charge ... . .............. 239 Braking guard
See also Deluxe automatic climate contro l Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... 281 See Audi braking guard .......... . . 134
plus ....... . . . ... . . . ..... ... .. 100 Work ing on the battery . . ..... . . . . . 282 Break-in period . . . . . . . . .. . . .. ..... . . 242
Automatic climate control system . . ... . . 94 Battery voltage .................. . ... 36 Brake pads . . . ..... ...... ....... . 242
See also Deluxe automat ic climate contro l Before driving ..... . . . ..... . ........ 169 Tires . . . . . . . . .............. . ... . 242
94
Blended gasoline ... . ............ . .. 265 Bulbs ..... ... ........ . . . . . . . ... . . . 324
Automatic driving light control ......... 55
Body cavity sealing . . . . ... . .......... 258
Automatic Shift Lock (ASL)........... . 151
Automatic transmission .............. 149
Booster seats . . . . . . . . ... . .......... 219 C
Brake ass ist ... . .................... 23 7
Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) ......... 151 California Proposition 65 Warning ..... 272
Driving ......................... 149
Brake booster . . . . . . . . . ... . ......... 236
Battery spec ific . . ................ 284
Dynamic shift program ..... . . . . . . . 152 Brake fluid
Capacities ............ . ..... . ... . . . 335
Emergency release ............ . . . . 154 Changing the brake· fluid ........... 281
Checking the brake fluid level ....... 280
Car care . . . . . . . . ............ . ... . . . 252
Fail-safe mode . . . . ............ . .. 154 Interior ......................... 259
Kick-down ...................... 152 Reservoir . . . . . . . ... . . . . . ... . .... 280
What is the correct brake fluid level? . 280 Plastic and vinyl . . . . ..... ........ . 256
Manual shift program ............. 153 Weatherstrips ...... . ..... . . . . . . . 257
Selector lever .................... 150 What should I do if the brake fluid warning
light comes on? . . . .............. 280 Care of exterior ... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Shift buttons .. . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . 154
Cargo area
Steering wheel with tiptronic ....... 154
See Loading the luggag e compartment ..
Automatic wipe/wash system ..... . . . . . 62 175
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
___ A_l_p._h
_ a_b_e_ t _
ic_a_l_ in_d_e_x____________________________________________ _
Switching on ... .. .. . . ... . . . . . . . . 118 Temperature . .. ........ .. . ... . . . . 97 Outside temperature display .. . . .... 19
Warning/indicator lights . . . ... . ... . 15 Turning on and off . ... . ............ 96 Sound system display ... . ......... . 19
Cruising range ....................... 21 Deluxe automatic climate control plus .. 100 Driver seat
Cup holders ... . ... . ............ . ... . 88 Air distribution ... . . . . . . ......... 105 See Seating position ........... . .. 170
Air vents ........................ 106 Driver's seat memory
D Air vents (rear) . ... . ..... . ........
Automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . ......
107
103
Act ivat ing remote control key ....... 75
Driving lights . . . . . ... . ............... 55
Data .. . .. ...... . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Automatic recirculation . . ... .... . . 108 Driving messages ................ . . . . 28
Data recorder ............... . . . . . . . 232 Basic settings ............... ..... 107 Driving safely . . . . ................ . . 168
Date display . ... . . . . . ............ . . . . 10 Controls ..................... ... 102
Driving through water ........ . . . . . . . 243
Daytime running lights ........... . ... . 57 Defrost . ..... . .................. 105
Driving time . . ..... . . . .............. 21
Declaration of compliance Description . . ..... . . . . . . . . . ......100
Economical use . . ..... . . . ........ 107 Duplicate key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... .. 38
Adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . .... 339
Fan . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . ..........104 Dust and pollen filter
Audi side assist . . . . . ... . ......... 339
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . .... 105 Deluxe automatic climate control plus
Cell phone package ............ . . . 339 100
Convenience key . . . . . ... . .. . . . . ... 339 Recirculation mode ............ 104...
Synchronization ... . . . . . . ......... 108 Dust filter
Electronic immobilizer .. . . . . . . . . . . 339
Temperature . . ... . .............. 103 Deluxe automatic climate control .... 94
Homelink® universal remote control . 339
Turning on and off . . ... . . . ...... 103 .. Deluxe automatic climate control plus . .
Remote control key .. . ... . . . . . . . . . 339 100
Tir e pressure monitoring system . . . . 339 Determining correct load limit . . . . . . . . . 296
Dynamic steer ing ....... . . . . . 13, 34, 146
Defective light bulb warning . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Digital clock . ............ . ..... . . . . . . 10
Defrosting the windows .... . ..... 98, 105 Digital compass . ................ . . . . 68
Defrost ing windows ......... . . . . 98, 105 Digital speedometer . . . .. . . .. .... ..... 20 E
Deluxe automatic climate control ....... 94 Dimensions . . . . . . ... . .............. 333 Efficiency program . . . ... . . . .. ... . .... 24
Air distribution . . . ................ 98 Doors Fuel economy messages . . .......... 25
Automatic mode .... . . . . . ... . ... . . 96 Child safety locks . . . . .. . ........... 50 Memory levels .. . ... . . . ... . . . . . . . . 22
Controls . . . . . ... . ............ . . . . 95 Emergency locking ................ 47 Other equipm ent . . . . ... . .......... 24
Defrost . . ....... . . . ... . . . . . ... . . . 98 Driver information system ... . ..... . . . . 18 Electrical accessories
Description .............. . . . . . . . . . 94 Defective light bulb warn ing ...... . . . 35 See Socket . . . . ... . ............... 91
Economical use ....... . .. . ........ 99 Digital speedometer .. . ... . . . . . . . . . 20 Electrica l seat adjustment
Fan . . . . . . . ..... . .. .... .. . . . . . ... 97 Driver inf ormation messages ........ 28 See Seat adjustment . . . ... . . . . . . . . . 73
Rear window defogger ......... . . . . 99 Open door or rear lid warn ing ........ 20
Recirculation mode ...... . . . ... . . . . 98
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
___ A_l_p._h
_ a_b_e_ t _
ic_a_l_ in_d_e_x____________________________________________ _
Electromechanical parking brake Energy management . . . . ...... . . .. . . 239 Oil grades . . . . . ... . ..... ... . ... . 273
Emergency braking ..... . ......... 117 Battery power ......... . ......... 241 Specification and viscosity .... . . . .. 273
Malfunct ion .................. . .. 117 Driver not ifica t ion .............. . . 241 Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . 36
Operation ...................... 115 Engine Engine oil pressure
Parking ...................... . . 116 Compartment ................... 272 Malf unct ion . . . . . . . . . ... . ......... 31
Releasing and closing . . . .......... 11 5 Coolant ........................ 277 Engine oil sensor defect ive ............ 36
Start ing assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Hood .. . ................ . ...... 270 Engine speed lim itation . ...... . . . . . . . . 37
Start ing from rest . . . ...... . . . . . . . 116 Starting . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 111
Environment
Starting off with a t railer . . . . . ... . . 117 St arting with jumpe ir cables . ....... 325
Break-in per iod ........... . . . .... 242
Warning/ind icator lights . . . . . . .. . . . 16 Stopp ing ....... . . . . . . . ......... 112
Catalyt ic converte r . . . ............ 243
Electronic differential lock (EDL) Engine compartment Disposing of you r vehicle battery .... 285
How t he system wor ks ............ 234 Saf ety instruct ions .... . ..... . . . .. 271 Driving at hig h speeds ............ 245
W arning/ind icator lights ........... 15 Work ing the engine compartment . . 271 Driving to mi nimize poll ution and noise . .
Electronic immobilizer ................ 41 Engine coolant system . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 277 244
Electronic power contro l Adding coolant ... . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Fuel ........................... 267
(EPC)warn ing/indicator light . . . . .... 13 Checking coolant level . . .... . . . . . . 278 Fuel economy . . ... . .. .... . . . . . . . 244
Electro nic st abiliza t ion program (ESP) Checking the engine coolant level . . . 278 Leaks unde r yo ur vehicle . . ........ 27 1
How the system wor ks ... ..... .... 232 Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Lett ing the veh icle stand and warm up ...
War ning/ind icator lights ........... 14 Radiator fan .................... 280 245
Emergency braking .. . ... . ...... . . ... 117 Engine coolant temperature Proper disposal of dra ined brake fluid 281
Emergency flasher ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 59 Temperat ure gauge . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . 8 Proper disposal of dra ined engine coola nt
Warning/ind icator lights . . ......... 14 Engine data .............. . ......... 335 279
Engine hood Proper disposal of drained engine oil 275,
Emergency key .. . ................... 38
276
Start ing engine . . . . . . . . ........... 41 Closing .............. . ..... . .... 271
Recycling used engine oil . . ........ 275
Emergency locking of the doors ........ 47 How to release the hood ........... 270
Unleaded fue l . ...... . ..... . . . . . . 265
Emergency operation Engine oil . . .. . . ... . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . 273
W hat should I do w it h an old batte ry?
Luggage compartment lid .......... 50 Add ing ... . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . ... 275 285
Emergency release Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . ... 275
Environmental note
Selector lever ................... 154 Changing ........ . ..... . . . . . ... . 276
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . 99, 105
Check oil level ................... 275
Emergency starting . . . ... . .......... 325 Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Consumption . . . . . . . . ............ 275
Emergency towing . . ... . . . . ..... .. . . 328 EPC
Oil consumption ................. 274
Emergency unlocking See Electronic power cont ro l . . . . . . . . 13
Ignition key ...... . ............... 40
___________________________________________ A
_ l ::..
p_h_a_b
_ e_t _ic_a_l_ in_d
_ e_x__ ffll
ESP
See Electronic stabilizat ion program (ESP)
Front airbags
Description .... . . . . . . . . . .. . ...... 193
G
14 How they work ................ . .. 198 Garage door opener (Homelink ®) ...... 164
Event Data Reco rder (EDR) ... . . . . . . . . . 232 Front ashtray . . . . . ... . . .............. 89 Gas discharge lamps ................ . 324
Exhaust tail pipes Front seats ... . .................. . . . 70 Gauges
Cleaning .. . ............ . . . ... . . . 259 Adjusting .. . . . . . . . ..... . ........ 171 Engine coolant temperature .... . ..... 8
Expansion tank ...... . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 278 Child restraints in the front seat .. . . 191 Fuel gauge . . . ... . . . . . . . .......... 10
Eyeglasses compartment .. . ...... . .... 93 Frontal collisions and the laws of physics 180 Tachometer . . . .................... 9
Fuel General illustration
F Add itives .. . . . ... . ... . . . ........ 265 Instruments and controls ... . ... . . . . . 7
Blended gasoline .. . . . . . . . ... . .... 265 Glossary of tire and loading terminology 288
Fan Consumption . . .......... . ..... .. . 21 Glove compartment . . . . ....... . . . .... 92
Deluxe automatic climate control .... 97 Filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. .. 266 Gross Veh icle Weight Rating (GVWR) . . . 333
Deluxe automatic climate control plus .. Fuel gauge ...... . . . .............. 10
104
Radiator .. . ............ . ... . . . . . 280
Gasoline .....................
Gaso line additives . . .. . .. . ... . ....
... 265
266
H
Fastening Octane rating . . . . . . .............. 265 Head lights
Booster seats ...... . .... .. . . ... . . 219 Recommendation . . ........ . ... . . 265 Fog lights .. . . . ... . ............... 56
Convert ible child safety seats . . . .... 218 Refuelling ......... . . . . . . . ...... 267 Rearfoglights ............ . ... . . . . 56
Infant seats ..................... 217 Reserve .................. ....... . 10 Head restraints .............. . . . . . . . 172
Fastening eyes . . ................ .. . . 79 Tank capacity . . .................. 335 Adjusting .......... . ..... . . . ... . 172
Flat tire Unlocking the fuel filler flap by hand . 269 Front seats .. . ..... . .............. 76
Changing ... . .......... . ..... .. . 312 Fuel economy messages (efficiency program) Rear seats . . . . ... . . ... . .. .. . . .... 77
Floor mats ....... . . ....... . . . . ..... 17 4 25 Removing . . . . . . .................. 77
Fog lights ............. . ... . . . ..... . 56 Fuel filler flap Headlight
Foot pedals .. . . . .......... . . . ... . . . 174 Unlocking the fuel filler flap by hand . 269 Washer system .... . .............. 62
For the sake of the environment Fuel supply too low . . . ... . . . . . . . ..... . 36 Headl ight washer reservoir . . ......... 286
Gasoline fumes and the environment 267 Fuses Headlights
Reducing engine noise by early upshifting Assignment ............ 321,322,323 Adaptive light ........... . . . ... . .. 58
9 Replacing .. . . . ... . ... . .......... 320 Headlight range control defect ive .... 37
Refueling . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 267 Heatable
Saving fuel by early upshifting .. . ... . . 9 Front seats ............... . ..... . 108
Rear seats . . . . . ... . ............. 109
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
-- ~A~l±p~h~a~ b'..::e~
t~i~c ~a~l ....'..
i~n~d~e:..:x~------------------------------------------
Heated
Rear window ................. 99, 105
Immob ilizer .... ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Important things to do before driving .. 169
K
Washer fluid nozzles .............. 62 Impro perly worn safety belts ..... . . . . 187 Key ..................... . . . ....... 38
Heated outside mirrors ............ . . . 67 Indicator light Battery replacement ............... 39
Heater Dynamic steering .............. 13, 34 Key replacement .................. 38
Deluxe automatic climate control . . . . 94 Master key with remote control ...... 38
Indicator l ights . . . . .......... . ... . . . . 12
Heating Mechanical key .................. . 40
Airbag system ....... . . ... ... 200, 201
Deluxe automatic climate control plus ... PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ... . ..... . 201 Kick-down
100 tiptronic ....................... 152
Infant seats ....... . . . . . . . ......... 217
Heavy clothing and safety belts ........ 182 Ins ide rear view mirror ................ 65
High beam ................ . . . ... . . . 59 Installing child safety seats L
Warning/indicator lights . . ......... 15 Safety belts ......... . .... . . . . . . . 221 LATCH 22S
High volt age warning labe l ........... 332 Insta lling the upper tether strap on the Description . . . . . ... ..... ...... . . 226
HomeLink® un iversal remote control . .. 164 anchorage . . . ................ . . 229 Installing a child restraint ......... 227
Hood Instrument lighting ..... . .. . . . . . . . . . . 58 Location . . ................ . ... . . 226
Opening ...................... . . 270 Instruments and controls .............. 8 Mounting and releasing the anchorage
Release lever .................. . . 270 General illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 hook .......... . ......... . . . .. 227
Horn ............................... 7 Interior lights Leather .................... . . . . . . . 260
How are child restraint system anchors related Dimming . . ..... . . . . . . ... . . . ... .. 60 Cleaning ............ . ... . . ... . . 261
to chi ld safety . . . . . ............. 225 Front ... . ............... . . . . . . . . 60 Lifting jack ... .... . ... . . . . . . .. . . . . . 31S
How many air bags does my vehicle have? . ... Rear . . . . ................ . . . ... . . 61 Lifting vehicle ... . .............. . ... 330
196 Interval wiping . . . . . . .............. . . 62 Light
How often should I check my tire pressures? . Rain sensor ... ..... ...... . ... . ... 62 Coming home ............ . . . ... . . 57
294
Daytime running lights ............. 57
How safety belt pretensioners work ... . 187 J Driving light control ............... 55
Hydroplaning .. . ............ . ...... 298 Exterior lighting . . . . . ... . ......... 57
Jumper cables . . . . . .......... . . . ... . 326 Leaving home .................... 57
I Jump-starting ............ . ....... . . 325 Switching on and off ........ ....... 55
Light sensor . .......... . ........... . 5S
Ignition key ........................ 111
Light sensor defective ................ 35
Emergency unlocking . . . . . ... . ..... 40
Lighting . . . . ... . . ... . . ............. 55
Ignition lock . . . ... . . . . . . . . ... ...... 111
Malfunction ................... 33, 37
___________________________________________ A
_ l._
p_h_a_b
_ e_t _ic_a_l_ in_ d_e_x__ _
Lights Ski sack . . . .. . .. . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 86 Monitor ing the Advanced Airbag System 200
Emergency flashers ........... . . . . . 59 See also Loading the luggage
High beam .............. . . . ..... . 59 compa rt ment . . . . . . . . . ... . . .. .. 175
N
High beam warning/indicator light ... 15 Luggage compartment carpeting ... ... . 83
Turn signals ............ . . . . . . . . . . 59 Luggage compartment floor ........... 82 Nat ural leather ...... . .............. 260
Xenon headligh t s ........ . . . ... . . . . 58 New t ires and whee ls . . . . . . . . ..... .. . 299
Loading the luggage compartment .. . . . 175 M NHTSA
Contact ing . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . 177
Locking
Luggage compartment lid .. . . . . ... . . 47 Maintenance ........ . . . . . . . . . . . .... 336 Number of seats ............. . ... . . . 179
Power locking switch . . . . ...... ..... 46 Malfu nction Ind icator Lam p (MIL) . . . 15, 25
Remote control key . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . 43 Master key 0
Using the mechanical key ....... .... 45 Batte ry replacement ....... . ... . . . . 39
Low beams . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . 55 Check light .. . ... . ................ 39 Occupant seating positions .......... . 170
Low-beam headlight Master key with remote control ......... 38 Octane rat ing . .................... . 265
Defective ............. . . . ... . ... . 35 Mechanical emergency closing function Odomete r . . .. . . .. ... .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . 11
Lower universal anchorage bars (Canada) . . . Sliding/t ilting sunr oof . . . . . . ....... 54 Oil
225 Mechanical key .................. . . . . 40 See Eng ine oi l ...... . .... . . . 273, 275
Lower universal anchorages (Canada) . . . 225 Memory for driver's seat . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 74 Oil consump ti on ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 275
Luggage Recalling settings . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 75 On-Board Diagnostic System (OBD)
Stowing . . . . . . . . . .. ..... . . . . ... . 175 Storing sett ings ... . ... . ........... 75 Data Link Connector (DLC) ...... . ... 25
Luggage compartment ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . 78 Mi leage Electronic speed lim iter ......... ... 26
Automatic lid operat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Average ................ . . . ... . . . 21 Malfunction Indicato r Lamp (MIL) ... . 25
Cover ............. . . . ... . . . . . . . . 79 Instantaneo us .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 21 Open door or rear lid warn ing .. . ... .... 20
Emergency release ............. . . . . SO Mir rors Opening
Enlarg ing . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . 85 Acti vati ng t he digita l compass .... . .. 68 Slid ing/t ilting sunroof .... . . . . . . . . . 53
Fast ening eyes . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . 79 Adjus t ing the ant i-g lar e . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Operate your vehicle economically and mini-
Lid . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . ... . . 47 Aut om at ic dimm ing fo r the out side mize pollution .. . . . . . . . . ..... .. . 244
Loading . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . 78 m irrors ................ . . . ... . . . 68 Optiona l equipment
Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . ...... 47 Automatica lly dimming inside mirror . 65 Marked with an aste risk . . ........... 5
Partition net .. . ..... . . . ... . . . . . . . . 81 Ins ide rear view mirror . . . . . ... . .. . . 65 Other equipment (effic iency program) ... 24
Side Compartment .. . . . . . . . . . ... . . 83 Inte rior mirro r ................ .... 65 Outside mirrors .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . 67
Manual glare dimmi ng . . . .......... 65
Outside temperatu re display .... . ... . . . 19
Outside mirrors ................... 67
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
___ A_l_p,,_h
_ a_b_e_ t _
ic_a_l_ in_d_e_x____________________________________________ _
Owner's manual
How the Owner's Manual is organ ized . . 5
Polishing . . . . ... . . .. . ....
Pollen filter
. . .. . ... . . 255
Q
Deluxe automatic cli mate control 94 Quart z cloc k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
p Poll utant fi lter Question
Deluxe automatic climate cont rol 94 What happens to unbelted occupants? . . .
Paint 18 1
Power locking switch . . . . . . . . .... . . ... 46
Touch-up . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... . . .. 256 W hy safety bel t s? ................ 179
Power locking system ... . . . . . . . . ... . . 41
Paint No . ... . . . ... . . . . . . . . ... . . . ... 332
Emergency locking ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Park assist . .................. . ... . . 156 Locking and unlocking the vehicle from R
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . ........ 156 inside ....... . ..... . ... . . . . . . . . 46
Rear, w ith rear view camera ........ 158 Rad iator fan . .......... . . . . . . . ... . . 280
Luggage compartment lid .. . . . ... . . 47
Parking . . ... . . . ..... . . . ....... .. .. 1 16 Select ive un lock featur e ............ 43 Rain sensor ....................... . . 62
Automatic transm ission ........... 149 Settings .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . 43 Rain sensor defect ive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 35
Parking brake . . ... . . . . . . . . . ........ 115 Unlocking and lock ing vehicle .... . . . 43 Reading l ights
See also Electromechanical parking brake Power locks Front . . . . ... . ................... 60
115 W indows open and closed . .. . ... . . . 52 Rear . . . . . ... . ................ . . . 61
Parkingsystem ..................... 156 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 34, 238 Reardoorsunshade.................. 62
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . ... 156 power sunr oof Rear fog li ghts .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 56
Rear, w ith rear view came ra . ... . ... 158 Convenience open ing/closing . . . . . . . 52 Rear lid
Parking System (rear) Power window regulators See Lugg age compa rt ment ........ . 47
Adjusting the warning tones ....... 157 Convenience open ing/clos ing . ... . . . 52 Rear light
Parking syst em (rear) . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . 156 Malfunct io ns ... . . . ....... . . . . . . . . 52 Defective ................. . ... . . . 35
Parking system (rear, with rear view camera) Pregnant women Rear view camera
Parking mode 1 .. . . . .......... . .. 160 Special considerations when wearing a Parking mode 2 . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Parki ng mode 2 . . . . . ............. 161 safet y belt . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Parking mode 1 . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Sicher heitsh inwe ise .............. 158 Programming the Hom e li nk® universal re- Rear view mir ror
Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 160 mote contro l ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Ins ide rear view mir ror . . . . ......... 65
Switching rear view camera on/off .. 16 3 Prope r occupa nt seat ing posit io ns . . . . . 170 See also Mir rors . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . 65
Parts replacement . . ... . ... . ... . .... 338 Proper safety belt position .......... . 184 Rear window defogger ........ . . . . 99, 105
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light . . . . . . . . 201 Pro per seat ing position Recirculation mode
Passive safety system .. .. . . .. .. . . . . . . 168 Front passenger . . . . . ...... . . . . . . 171 Deluxe automatic climate control . . . . 98
Pedals . . . . ..... . .................. 174 Occupants . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Deluxe automatic climate control pl us
Physical principle s of a frontal coll ision . 180 Rear passengers .... .. . . . . . . . . . . . 172 104
________________ Alphabetical index -f!:VII
Red symbols ...... .. .. . ... . . .. . . . . . . 29 Safety belt position . . . . .. . . ... .... . . 184 for using safety belts ..... . . . . . . . . 182
Refill engine oil .............. . ... . . . . 32 Safety belt height adjustment . . . . . . 186 Monitor ing the Advanced Airbag System .
Refuell ing .. . . . ... . ........ . ... . . . . 267 Safety belts worn by pregnant women . . . 202
Release lever for hood ...... . . . ..... . 270 185 Seat adjustment
Safety belt pretensioner ............ . . 187 Driver's seat .................. . . . . 70
Remote control ga rage door opener
(Homelink ®) ..... . . . . . . .. .. . . . . 164 Service and disposal ............ . . 188 For-and-aft manually . . . ... . ... . . . . 72
Safety belt warning light . . . . . . . . . 15, 179 Front passenger's seat .. . ... . . . .... 71
Remote control key
Safety belts . ... . ................ . .. 183 Front seats ... ..... ............... 70
Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . ...... 43
Cleaning ... ..................... 263 Head restraints ................ . . 172
Remote rear lid release .......... . . . . . 47
Danger to passengers who do not wear a Manual .......................... 71
Repair manuals ............ . . . . . ... . 336
safety belt . . . .................. 181 Power ............. . . . ... . ... . . . . 73
Repairs Seat back angle manually ....... . . . . 72
Fastening .. . . . . . . . . . . . .......... 18 3
Airbag system ................ . . . 203 Seat height manually ...... . ... . . . . 72
Height adjustment .... . . . ........ 186
Replacing bulbs ............. . . . . . . . . 324 Improperly worn .. . ... . . . ........ 187 Seat belts
Replacing tires and wheels ......... . . . 299 Not worn ... . . .................. 181 See Safety be lts .... . ............. 179
Replacing windshield wiper blades .. . . . . 64 Safety belt position ............ . . . 184 Seat heating
Reporting Safety Defects ... . ...... . .. 177 Safety instructions . ... ........... 182 Front seats .............. . . . ... . . 108
Reset button ...................... . . 11 Securing child safety seats ......... 221 Rear seats . . . . . . . . . ............. 109
Retractor .. . ..... . . . . . ... . . . ....... 183 Special considerations for pregnant Seat memory ........................ 74
Reversible cargo area floor ............. 82 women ................ . ....... 185 Seating capacity . ............ ..... . . 179
Unfastening . . ................... 186
Reversible mat ........ . . . ... . . . . . . . . 83 Seating position
Warning/indicator light ........... 179
Rims Driver .............. . . . . . . . . . ... 170
Why YOUMUSTwear them ......... 179
Cast alloy ...... .. .. . ... . . . . . . . . . 257 Front passenger ... . .. . . ........ . . 171
Worn properly ................ . .. 181
Roof rack ............ . .... .. . . . . . . . . 87 How to adjust the front seats ....... 171
Safety compliance sticker ........... . . 332
Mounting locations ............ . . . . 87 Incorrect seat position . . . ......... 173
Safety equipment . ................ . . 168 Occupants ..................... . 170
Roof load . . ............ . ..... . . . . 88
Safety features for occupant restraint and Rear passengers ................. 172
s protection ..........
Safety guidelines
. ....... . .. 168
Seats
Number of seats ... . ............ . 179
Safe driving habits . .............. . .. 168 Seat adjustment . . . .............. . 70
Securing attachments . . ...... . ... . . . . 84
Safety instructions
Select ive unlock feature . .......... . ... 43
Engine compartment .. . ..... . .... 271
Selector lever ... . . . ................ 150
for side curtain airbags ... ... . . . ... 210
Emergency release ....... . . . ... . . 154
for using child safety seats ....... . . 214
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
___ A_l..,_
p_h_a
_ b_e_t_i_c _a_l_i_n_d_e.:....
x__________________________________________ _
Uniform t ire quality grading . .. . . . . . 302 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . ... 149 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . . 332
Wi nter tires ............. . ....... 303 t iptron ic . .................. . .... 149 Vehicle j ack . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 5
Tires and vehicle load li mits . ...... . . . . 295 Transport Canad a . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . 177 Vehicle li terature . . . .......... . ..... ..4
Tires and wheels Tread Wear Indicator (TWI) . . ......... 297 Vehicle tool kit . . ... . . . .......... . . . 310
Checking tire pressu re ............. 2 93 Trip computer Vehicle-ca re pro ducts . . .. ..... . ... . . . 2 52
Cold ti re infla t ion pressure ......... 2 91 Fuel consumption ............. ... . 21 Vent ilation
Dime nsio ns . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . ..... 299 Mileage ....................... . . 21 Deluxe automatic climate control . . . . 94
General notes ...... . . . . ... . . . . . . . 287 Single-t r ip memory .......... . . . ... 22 Deluxe automatic climate control pl us
Gl ossary of tire and loading t erminology . Total-t rip memo ry . . . ...... . ... . . . . 22 100
288 Trip odometer . . . . ... . ..... ..... ..... 11
New t ir es and w heels ... . ......
Replacing ..............
. . . 2 99
. ... . . . . . 2 99
Tru nk
See Luggage compartmen t .......... 48
w
Snow chains ........ . ..... . . . ... . 304 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . 12
Trunk lid
Tir es and vehicle load limi t s . ....... 295 Wa rning/indicator lights . . . ... . ... . . . .. 8
See Luggage compartment .. . . .. . . . . 47
W heel bol t s . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Ada ptive cruise cont rol ............ 128
Turn signals . . . . . ... . . .. ..... . . . . . . . . 59
Winter ti res ... . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . 303 Airbag system ............ . ..... . . 14
Warning/indicator lights ........ . . . 14
Tires/Wheels Ant i-lock bra ke system (ABS) .... .. . . 15
Low aspect rat io t ires . . . ...... .... 305
Tir e pressure mo nitoring system 14, 306 u Brake system . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Cruise contro l . . . . . ..... .. . . ... . . . 15
Tool kit .................... . . . . . . . . 310 Undercoating . . . . . . . . ... . .......... 258 Electromechanical parking brake . . . . . 16
Torn or frayed safety belts .... . . . . . . . . 182 Unf aste ning safety belts .. . .......... 186 Electronic power control . . .......... 13
Touch-up paint ............. . ....... 256 Electronic stabilization program (ESP) 14
Unidirect io nal tires ...... . . . ......... 287
Towing High beam . . . ..... ...... ......... 15
Uniform ti re quality grading . ... . . .. .. 302
Front eyelet ..................... 328 Malf unction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ... . 15
Unlocking
Rear eyelet ...................... 329 Safety belt . .. . ... . .. .. .. . . . ... . . . 15
Luggage compart m ent li d ........... 47
Tow tr uck procedures . . . . . . . . . .. . . 328 Tir e pressure mon itor ing system ..... 14
Powe r locking switch ...... . ..... . . . 46
TPMS Turn signals ... ... . .. ... . . . ... . . . . 14
Remote control key ................ 43
Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . 307 Warranty coverages ... .. ............ 336
Using the mechani cal key . .. . . . . . . . . 45
Trailer towi ng . ............ . . . . . . . . . 24 7 Washe r reservo ir . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Use of jumper cables . . . .. . . . . ... . ... 326
Operating instr uct ions ... . . . ... . . . 247 Wash ing .. .. . ... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Technical requ iremen t s ... . . . . 24 7,248 Automatic car wash ......... . ..... 253
Tips . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . 249
V by hand ............ . . . . . ....... 253
Vanity mir ror .................... . . . . 61
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
- ------',.__ ___________________________________
Alphabetical inde x _
General information ..... .. ... . . . . 252 Why safety belts? . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 179, 180 y
with a power washer .............. 254 Window regulators
Waxing .. . . . . . . . .................. 255 Malfunctions ........ . .... . . . . . . . . 52 Yellow symbols . . . .................. 33
Wear indicator . . ................... 297 Power locks . . . ................ . . . 52
Weatherstrips ................... .. 257 W indows
We ights .................. . ..... . . 333 Cleaning ...... . ..... . . . . . . . . . .. 256
What happens if you wear your safety belt too Windshield defogging/defrosting .. 99, 105
loose? ........................ 184 Windshield washer fluid
What happens to unbelted occupants? . 181 Low level ...... . . ... . . ... .. . . .... 36
What impairs driving safety? .......... 169 W ind shield wipers
What should I do after changing a wheel? ... Fau lty . . . ..... ..... ...... . ..... . . 37
294 Replacing the rear wiper blad e ...... 65
What should I do after replacing wheels? Replacing w indshield wipe r blades ... 64
294 Service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Wheel bolts Switching on/off ................ . . 62
Torque . ...................... .. 304 Washer reservoir ................. 286
Wheels . . . ... . . . .................. 287 Winte r operation
Cast alloy ....................... 257 Battery ... . . . . . . . . . . ............ 281
Checking tire pressu re .......... . . 293 Coolant system . . . . . . . . ... . . . ... . 277
Cold tire inflation pressure ......... 291 Defrosting windows ....... . . . . 98, l0S
General notes ............ . . ..... 287 Front seat heating ... . . . . . . . . . ... 108
Glossary of tire and loading terminology . Rear seat heating ................ 109
288 Tires .................... . . . ... . 238
New tires and wheels ............. 299 Windows ............ . ... . . . ... . 256
Tires and vehicle load limits ........ 295 Winte r tires ...... . . . . . . . ... ....... 303
When must a safety belt be replaced? .. 182 All-wheel drive ...... . ..... . . ... . 303
When must the airbag system be inspected? . Wiper blades
200 Replacing windshield wiper blades ... 64
When should I adjust the tire pressures? 294 See also Windshield wipers ...... 64 , 65
When should I check the t ire pressures? 294
Where are lower anchorages located? .. 226 X
Where can I find th e tire pressures for my car?
Xenon headlights . ..... ...... . . . . 58, 324
293
It has always been Audi 's poli cy t o continuously improve its product s. "Au di ", "qu attro" and the fo ur rings emb lem are regist ered t rade-
Audi, therefore, reserves the right to make changes in design and marks of AUDI AG. "A4 Avant" is trademark of AUDI AG.
specifica ti ons, and t o make add it ions or improvemen t s in it s prod-
Editorial deadline: 04 / 09/2010
ucts, without incurr ing any obligation to install them on products
prev io usly manufactured.
Text, illustrat ions and specifica t ions in this manual are based o n the ~ For the sake of the environment
most up-to-date informat ion avail able at the time of printing . Printed on environmen t ally friend ly paper (bleached witho ut chlo -
rine, recyclable) .
All r ight s reserved. May not be reproduced or t ranslat ed in whole or
in part without the written consent of AUDI AG. Specifications are Printed in Germany
subject t o change witho ut not ice. © 201 0 AUDI AG
www.audi.com